Cisco Systems Home Theater Server 52x User Manual

REVIEW DRAFT—CISCO CONFIDENTIAL  
User Guide for  
Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
Revised: May 31, 2011  
Americas Headquarters  
Cisco Systems, Inc.  
170 West Tasman Drive  
San Jose, CA 95134-1706  
USA  
Tel: 408 526-4000  
800 553-NETS (6387)  
Fax: 408 527-0883  
Text Part Number: OL-15762-03  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
Reference 6-31  
FAQs 6-42  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
Guidelines 11-10  
Procedures 11-12  
Reference 11-18  
FAQs 11-25  
Concepts 12-1  
Overview 12-1  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
viii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
Reference 12-6  
FAQs 12-9  
Concepts 13-1  
Glossary 13-1  
Workflow 13-4  
Reference 13-8  
FAQs 13-8  
Concepts 14-1  
Overview 14-2  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
ix  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
Reference 14-22  
FAQs 14-31  
Concepts 15-1  
Overview 15-1  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
x
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
Concepts 16-1  
Overview 16-1  
Reference 16-9  
Concepts 17-1  
Overview 17-1  
Reference 17-7  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
xi  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
Concepts 18-1  
Overview 18-1  
Scenarios 18-5  
Reference 18-10  
FAQs 18-12  
Concepts 19-1  
Overview 19-1  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
xii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
Concepts 27-1  
Overview 27-1  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
xvii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
xviii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
P
A R T  
1
Cisco Digital Media Suite Administration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C H A P T E R  
1
Welcome [to DMS-Admin]  
Revised: May 21, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You will administer Cisco DMS.  
Audience  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Concepts  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
1-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 1 Welcome [to DMS-Admin]  
Procedures  
Glossary  
Timesaver  
Go to terms that start with... [  
|
].  
A
Appliance Administration Interface. Text-based, menu-driven user interface and command shell on all  
AAI  
Cisco DMS appliances. Administrators use AAI to set up, connect, and maintain an appliance.  
D
Digital Media Suite Administration. Web-based graphical user interface on a DMM appliance.  
DMS-Admin  
Administrators use DMS-Admin to:  
Activate and monitor features throughout the full range of Cisco DMS products.  
Exchange information with network entities outside Cisco DMS.  
Centrally manage user accounts for Cisco DMS products.  
Procedures  
Learn Your DMM Appliance Serial Number  
Caution  
You cannot obtain any Cisco DMS software feature licenses until you know your DMM appliance serial number.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Use SSH (or a keyboard connected your DMM appliance) to log in to the admin account in AAI.  
Note  
You alone know the password for this account.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
1-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 1 Welcome [to DMS-Admin]  
Procedures  
In the top-level menu for AAI, the SHOW_INFO option is highlighted by default.  
Step 2  
Press Enter to load the Show Info screen.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Write down the appliance serial number that AAI shows to you.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Start DMS-Admin  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Point your browser at your DMM appliance.  
Use HTTPS and specify port 8443  
OR  
Use HTTP and specify port 8080which redirects immediately to the secured HTTPS connection.  
Be sure to use the fully qualified appliance DNS name and not merely its IP address.  
For example, https://dmm.example.com:8443.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
1-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 1 Welcome [to DMS-Admin]  
Procedures  
Step 2  
When the login page loads, sign in to your account.  
Note  
The appearance of the login screen can differ from this illustration. Its actual appearance depends on which Cisco DMS  
software release you use and which user authentication method (embedded, LDAP, or federation) Cisco DMS uses in your network.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Click Log In.  
Choose Administration from the global navigation or click Administration on the landing page.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
1-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 1 Welcome [to DMS-Admin]  
Procedures  
What happens next depends on what happened before.  
No licenses are installed.  
Is your  
appliance  
factory-new or  
recently  
We take you first to the page where you can install a license key.  
restored?  
At least one license is installed.  
Have you  
activated even  
one licensed  
feature?  
We take you first to the DMS-Admin Dashboard, whose gauges can inform you  
at a glance.  
Step 5  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Set a User Session Timeout for Components of Cisco DMS  
We log inactive users out of their sessions automatically after an interval, which you set, has elapsed.  
This interval applies to all users without exception.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Choose Administration > Security > Session.  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Use the Session Timeout (in minutes) field to enter or edit a session timeout value.  
Click Update.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
1-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 1 Welcome [to DMS-Admin]  
Reference  
Reference  
FAQs and Troubleshooting  
FAQs  
Q. What might prevent me from logging in?  
A. Check the following, and then try again to log in.  
Is your username wrong or mistyped?  
Is your password wrong, mistyped, or expired?  
Is your user account suspended?  
Is your user account locked after too many failed login attempts?  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
1-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
C H A P T E R  
2
DMS-Admin Dashboard  
Revised: May 21, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You will administer Cisco DMS.  
Audience  
Note  
You have already installed at least the license key to activate one Cisco DMS software feature module.  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Concepts  
Dashboard Overview  
The dashboard for DMS-Admin centralizes many features for system monitoring and log collection.  
When problems of any kind interfere with the data-collection processes that populate its gauges, they  
show question marks in addition to the best available data. In this case, check that your systems and  
network are configured and working correctly.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
2-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 2 DMS-Admin Dashboard  
Concepts  
These are the dashboard gauges.  
NEW IN CISCO DMS RELEASE 5.2.3The Failover Cluster gauge monitors your use, if any, of failover.  
Note  
Sometimes, a monitoring gauge might leave out a value that you expect it to show. When this occurs, we mark any missing  
values with a placeholder symbol ( ) to indicate which values we could not show.  
Tip  
Until you install at least one license key, the DMS-Admin dashboard cannot retrieve data to populate its gauges.  
Understand the Alerts Gauge  
This gauge shows the total count of notification messages delivered in the past 1 hour.  
Timesaver  
Click View Alerts to open the Alerts page.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
2-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 2 DMS-Admin Dashboard  
Concepts  
Understand the System Information Gauge  
The System Information gauge:  
Tells you the installed release version of your DMM server software.  
Tells you the serial number of your DMM appliance.  
Measures free space and used space for:  
The content partition on your DMM appliance hard drive.  
The content partition on your Show and Share appliance hard drive.  
Understand the Status Gauge  
Tip  
Refresh your browser to update the data that this gauge shows.  
Have you set up the hardware and activated the separately licensed software features for server failover,  
Show and Share, and your DMPs?  
If so, this gauge summarizes their current state in three summaries, side-by-side.  
Digital Media Players  
Counts the total number of registered DMPs.  
Specifies how many DMPs were reachable or unreachable when this gauge loaded in your browser.  
Show and Share  
Appliance  
States whether your Show and Share appliance was unreachable at any time in the past 1 hour.  
(This release supports your use of only one Show and Share appliance.)  
Counts the number of Show and Share publishing operations that were pending or completed when  
this gauge loaded in your browser.  
Failover Cluster  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3Indicates the status of Cisco DMS appliances in your failover cluster.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
2-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 2 DMS-Admin Dashboard  
Procedures  
Timesaver  
Click...  
View All DMPs and DMP Groups to open the DMP Manager page.  
Go to Show and Share to open Show and Share.  
Manage Show and Share to open Show and Share Administration.  
View Failover Status to open the Failover Configuration page.  
Understand the Licensed Features Gauge  
This gauge lists software feature module licenses that are installed on your DMM appliance and  
describes constraints that your licenses impose.  
Understand the Users Logged In Gauge  
Counts the total number of users who logged in to your Cisco DMS appliances over the past 1 hour.  
Timesaver  
Click View All Users to open the Users page in DMS-Admin.  
Procedures  
View Dashboard Gauges  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Click the Dashboard tab.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
2-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
C H A P T E R  
3
Licenses  
Revised: May 21, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You will administer Cisco DMS.  
Audience  
Note  
You have already purchased at least the license key to activate one Cisco DMS software feature module.  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Concepts  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
3-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 3 Licenses  
Procedures  
Understand Licenses  
Features of Cisco DMS are licensed and activated separately. Until you obtain and install license keys,  
their corresponding features are hidden from all usersincluding you, the administrator.  
Note  
Even then, some features remain hidden from users whose privilege levels are low.  
What to Do Next  
OPTIONALWould you like to learn which feature licenses we sell?  
MANDATORYWould you like to obtain license keys?  
MANDATORYWould you like to install feature licenses?  
Procedures  
Obtain License Keys  
Before You Begin  
Obtain the serial number for your DMM appliance.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Compose an email message that includes or identifies all of the following.  
All Cisco sales order numbers that were associated with your Cisco DMS purchase (such as,  
appliances, software modules for DMM, and DMPs), including even the sales order numbers for all  
purchased products and services that are not components of Cisco DMS.  
Your DMM appliance serial number.  
Your email address.  
The name of your organization.  
The department name within your organization.  
The DMM software feature module (or modules) that you purchased.  
Did you purchase DMM software feature modules for Cisco Digital Signs or Cisco Cast? If so,  
include the number of DMPs that you will manage centrally.  
Step 2  
Send the email message to [email protected].  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
3-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 3 Licenses  
Procedures  
Step 3  
Step 4  
After you receive a license key file from Cisco, save a local copy of it.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
What to Do Next  
Related Topics  
Install License Keys  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Start DMS-Admin.  
Choose Licensing > Install/Upgrade Licensing.  
Click Browse or Choose File, depending on your installed browser.  
Find and click the license file where you saved it.  
Click Open.  
Click Install License.  
Repeat these steps until all of your licenses are installed.  
Features that you licensed are now activated.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Step 8  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
3-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 3 Licenses  
Reference  
View Installed Licenses  
Before You Begin  
Install license keys.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Start DMS-Admin.  
Choose Licensing > View Licensing.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Tip  
The License Features gauge on the DMS-Admin dashboard summarizes this information.  
Related Topics  
Check the Dashboard Gauge for Licenses  
Before You Begin  
Install license keys.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Start DMS-Admin.  
Choose Administration > Dashboard.  
Check the License Features gauge.  
It tells you which of your:  
Licensed features are activated.  
Feature licenses impose restrictions.  
Step 4  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Reference  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
3-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 3 Licenses  
Reference  
Base Licenses for Cisco DMS Appliances and Endpoints  
We include a base license at no additional cost with the purchase of any Cisco DMS appliance or  
endpoint. These licenses are unit-specific and perpetual. We do not impose any non-support fees and do  
not obligate you to purchase other licenses.  
DMM appliance  
With a DMM appliance base license, you can:  
Install feature licenses for components of Cisco DMS1.  
Gain access to features after you license them.  
Create user accounts and user groups for components of Cisco DMS1.  
Configure a user authentication framework for use throughout Cisco DMS1.  
Configure event notifications and alarms for components of Cisco DMS1.  
Check processes remotely.  
Monitor and restart servers remotely1.  
Show and Share  
appliance  
With a Show and Share appliance base license (and a DMM appliance), you can set up a  
Show and Share site.  
Authors: 5  
Viewers: Unlimited  
Category managers: Unlimited  
Featured video managers: Unlimited  
Video reviewers/publishers: Unlimited  
With a DMP endpoint base license, you can set up the DMP itself2 from its embedded device  
DMP endpoint  
manager, DMPDM.  
1. Including Show and Share, if you have and use it.  
2. Managed in isolation, without involving DMM or any other DMPs.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
3-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 3 Licenses  
Reference  
Optional Module Licenses  
Note  
To obtain and activate any license for any component of Cisco DMS, you must have a DMM appliance.  
Part Number1  
Description  
Module or Pack  
Show and Share  
Author License  
Packs  
10 authors  
50 authors  
500 authors  
DV-AUTHOR-FL-10  
Author licenses are cumulative. For example, the base  
license for Show and Share includes 5 authorsso, if you  
purchase and install a 10-author pack, your  
DV-AUTHOR-FL-10=  
DV-AUTHOR-FL-50  
DV-AUTHOR-FL-50=  
DV-AUTHOR-FL-500  
DV-AUTHOR-FL-500=  
DV-AUTHOR-FL-1000  
DV-AUTHOR-FL-1000=  
DV-AUTHOR-FL-10000  
DV-AUTHOR-FL-10000=  
DV-AUTHOR-FL-25000  
DV-AUTHOR-FL-25000=  
DMM-LEM52-K9  
Show and Share will support as many as 15 authors.  
1,000  
authors  
10,000  
authors  
25,000  
authors  
Show and Share  
Features  
Live Event  
Module  
Activates Show and Share abilities to host and produce  
managed, live webcastsincluding audience polling,  
moderated Q&A, audio, video, and synchronized slides.  
DMM-LEM52-K9=  
DMS-Admin  
Features  
SNMP  
Notifications  
DMM-SNMP52-K9  
Activates support for SNMP interaction with network  
monitoring applications. Also activates support for event  
notifications and alerts.  
DMM-SNMP52-K9=  
DMM Features  
DigitalSigns  
Module  
DMM-SIGNSM52-K9  
DMM-SIGNSM52-K9=  
DMM-CAST52-K9  
DMM-CAST52-K9=  
Activates DMM baseline features to centrally manage and  
operate a digital signage network with Cisco DMPs.  
Cast Module  
Activates DMM abilities to deliver on-demand video and  
live broadcast TV channels over IP networks to DMPs and  
their attached presentation systems.  
Centralized DMP  
Management  
1 DMP  
DMP-FL-1  
To centrally manage DMPs from DMM, you must  
combine a Digital Signs Module license with at least one  
DMP feature license.  
DMP-FL-1=  
10 DMPs  
50 DMPs  
500 DMPs  
1,000 DMPs  
DMP-FL-10  
DMP-FL-10=  
DMP-FL-50  
DMP-FL-50=  
DMP-FL-500  
DMP-FL-500=  
DMP-FL-1000  
DMP-FL-1000=  
DMP feature licenses are cumulative. If you are already  
licensed to manage 500 DMPs before you install an  
additional 50-unit license, your DMM installation will  
support managing as many as 550 DMPs.  
1. During your initial order, use part numbers that omit the = character. Only later, when you want to extend what you ordered initially, should you use part  
numbers that end with =.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
3-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
C H A P T E R  
4
Server Operations  
Revised: May 21, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You administer Cisco DMS.  
Audience  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Procedures  
Check Processes Remotely  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Start DMS-Admin.  
Choose Administration > Services.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
4-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 4 Server Operations  
Procedures  
Step 3  
Do one of the following.  
View the processes for DMM  
Would you like  
to check server  
processes on  
your DMM  
Click DMM Server in the far-left column.  
A list tells you which processes are running or stopped.  
appliance?  
View the processes for Show and Share  
Would you like  
to check server  
processes on a  
Show and Share  
appliance?  
Click Show and Share Server in the far-left column.  
A list tells you which processes are running or stopped.  
Step 4  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Restart Appliances Remotely  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Start DMS-Admin.  
Choose Administration > Services.  
Click a server name in the far-left column.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
4-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 4 Server Operations  
Reference  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Choose Options > Restart Server.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Reference  
Server Processes  
Each of these server processes runs on at least one type of Cisco DMS appliance.  
ActiveMQ  
Apache  
Cast Web Application  
Cast Admin Web Application  
Cast EPG Collector Web Application  
Cast Flash Web Application  
Cast Remote Control Web Application  
DMS-Admin Web Application  
DSM Web Application  
Event Management System  
IFMS Web Application  
OpenAM Web Application  
Postgresql  
Scheduled Backup Services  
Streaming Server  
Tomcat  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
4-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 4 Server Operations  
Reference  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
4-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C H A P T E R  
5
Cisco Hinter for RTSP  
Revised: May 21, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You administer Cisco DMS.  
Audience  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Concepts  
Overview  
A streaming media framework called RTP over RTSP makes it possible for DMPs to play streaming  
video on demand through RTSP connections. This framework prevents data loss inside streams and  
maintains proper synchronization of audio to video, even in high-definition.  
You must maintain two data files for each VoD that you will stream in this way.  
An MPEG2-TS source file, which uses the filename extension MPG. Its program stream might be  
encoded as MPEG-1, MPEG-2, or MPEG-4 Part 10 (H.264).  
A “hinted” MOV file, which is derived from your MPG source file and imposes order upon it.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
5-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 5 Cisco Hinter for RTSP  
Concepts  
You must use our Cisco Hinter utility to output each hinted MOV file.  
Cisco Hinter prepares MPEG2-TS files for interleaved RTP transmission through open source software  
called Darwin Streaming Server (DSS). Hinter adds delivery information to a media track, which tells  
DSS how to pack and stream (multiplex, or mux) data from the audio channel and the video channel. This  
method improves audiovisual synchronization because these channels traverse the network together.  
Your DSS can then deliver such hinted video to your DMPs upon demand, after you stage the MPG-MOV  
pair to its media serving directory.  
Cisco Hinter versions for Windows and Linux users are downloadable from your DMM appliance.  
Note  
We do not develop, maintain, sell, or support Darwin Streaming Server. Nor do we warrant its suitability for any purpose.  
Workflow  
1. Download and set up Cisco Hinter.  
2. Download Darwin Streaming Server (DSS).  
Note  
The official repository for DSS is http://dss.macforge.org. Alternatively, you can use  
3. Install and configure DSS on equipment other than any Cisco DMS server appliance.  
4. Process each of your MPG files with Cisco Hinter to output a small, hinted MOV file.  
5. Stage your MPG and MOV files together in the DSS serving directory.  
6. Request streams from rtsp://<DSS_IP_address>:<optional_port_number>/<filename>.mov.  
In DMPDM  
a. Enter your stream’s address in the URL field at Display Actions > Media URL.  
b. Click Start.  
In Digital Signs  
a. Click the URL (recommended) radio button on the Simple property sheet in the Add Asset  
dialog box.  
b. Enter your stream’s address in the URL field.  
c. Choose RTSP from the File Type list.  
d. Click Save.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
5-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 5 Cisco Hinter for RTSP  
Procedures  
Restrictions  
RTSP Variants  
There are many variants of RTSP and we support only one of them. You must use RTP over RTSP,  
which is also called RTP over TCP or Interleaved TCP. In this variant, RTP, RTCP, and RTSP data  
stream together over one logical porttypically, port 554.  
Our RTSP does not support live streaming (multicast or unicast) in this release.  
Our RTSP does not support “trick mode.” This means that you cannot pause video during playback,  
fast-forward through it, or fast-rewind through it. You can merely start or stop playback.  
Darwin Streaming Server  
DSS cannot read any file whose file size is greater than 2.1 GB. You must split such large files into  
smaller ones before you derive hinted MOV output from them.  
Although DSS is an open source streaming media platform and available for multiple operating  
systems, we have tested DSS on Linux exclusively.  
Cisco Hinter  
Cisco Hinter software is available for Windows and Linux, exclusively.  
We do not support any other hinter.  
We do not support playback of hinted files that you output from any other hinter.  
Protocols  
We do not support User Datagram Protocol (UDP).  
We do not support Session Announcement Protocol (SAP).  
We do not support Session Description Protocol (SDP) or its announcements.  
Procedures  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
5-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 5 Cisco Hinter for RTSP  
Procedures  
Download Cisco Hinter  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Start DMS-Admin.  
Choose Settings > Hinter.  
Step 3  
Click to download either the Windows or the Linux version.  
Cisco-Hinter-Windows.zip  
Cisco-Hinter-Linux.tar.gz  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Decompress the archive.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Windows  
Install Cisco Hinter on Windows  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Open a command prompt where you decompressed the archive.  
Type the command cd CiscoHinter, and then press Enter.  
Type the command install.bat, and then press Enter.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
5-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 5 Cisco Hinter for RTSP  
Procedures  
Run Cisco Hinter on Windows  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Open a command prompt where you decompressed the archive.  
Type the command runHinter.bat, and then press Enter.  
Enter the MPEG2-TS filename in the Source MPEG field.  
OR  
Click Browse or Choose File (depending on which browser you use) to find your MPEG2-TS file.  
We populate the Output Name field automatically. It is identical to the name in the Source MPEG field,  
except that the filename extension is MOV and not MPG.  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Click Generate, and then wait for the “Hinting finished successfully” message.  
Find your hinted MOV output file in the ..\hinted-files subdirectory.  
Move or copy both the MPG file and its MOV derivative to the DSS root directory.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Linux  
Install Cisco Hinter on Linux  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Open a command prompt where you decompressed the archive.  
Type the command run Install.sh, and then press Enter.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Run Cisco Hinter on Linux  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Open a command prompt where you decompressed the archive.  
Type the command run runHinter.sh, and then press Enter.  
Enter the MPEG2-TS filename in the Source MPEG field.  
OR  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
5-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 5 Cisco Hinter for RTSP  
Reference  
Click Browse or Choose File (depending on your browser) to find your MPEG2-TS file.  
We populate the Output Name field automatically. It is identical to the name in the Source MPEG field  
except that the filename extension is MOV and not MPG.  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Click Generate, and then wait for the “Hinting finished successfully” message.  
Find your hinted MOV output file in the ..\hinted-files subdirectory.  
Move or copy both the MPG file and its MOV derivative to the DSS root directory.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Reference  
FAQs and Troubleshooting  
Troubleshoot RTP Over RTSP  
These general troubleshooting ideas might help you to diagnose and resolve problems with this feature.  
Verify that both the MPG source file and its hinted MOV derivative are present together in the media  
root directory on your DSS.  
Use a utility like openRTSP to test both the MPG source file and its hinted MOV derivative. The  
correct Linux command line syntax in this case is  
openRTSP -V -v -t rtsp://DSS_server_IP_address/filename.mov  
Use HexEdit, WinHex, or a similar utility to open your hinted MOV file and verify that it contains:  
An explicit reference to the full and literal filename of your MPG source.  
The signature for MOV output from Cisco Hinter:  
Hinted MPEG1 Muxed Track  
The signature for interleaved RTP:  
m=OTHER 0 RTP/AVP 96  
Check the system logs on your DSS.  
Note  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
5-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
C H A P T E R  
6
Authentication and Federated Identity  
Revised: May 31, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
Embedded ModeYou understand fundamental principles of user authentication.  
Audience  
LDAP ModeYOU ARE A MICROSOFT ACTIVE DIRECTORY EXPERT with real-world experience in its configuration  
and administration.  
Federation ModeYOU ARE A SAML 2.0 EXPERT with real-world experience in its configuration and administration,  
including import and export of SAML 2.0-compliant IdP and SP configuration files.  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Concepts  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Concepts  
Overview  
User authentication features of DMS-Admin help you to:  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.0Authenticate all user sessions. We now we prevent you from disabling  
mandatory authentication, even though we allowed this in Cisco DMS 5.1.x and prior releases.  
Choose and configure an authentication method.  
Import user account settings from an Active Directory server.  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.1Synchronize user groups from an Active Directory server.  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3Use federation services with a SAML 2.0-compliant IdP to support  
SP-initiated “single sign-on” login authentication in your network (following an initial  
synchronization to a Microsoft Active Directory Server that populates the DMM user database).  
Note  
We support your use of oneand only one—IdP server with Cisco DMS 5.2.3.  
Glossary  
Timesaver  
Go to terms that start with... [  
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
].  
A
Microsoft implementation of LDAP. A central authentication server and user store.  
Active Directory  
A domain-straddling combination of Active Directory trees within an organization that operates  
multiple Internet domains. Thus, the forest at “Amalgamated Example, LLC” might straddle all trees  
across example.com, example.net, and example.org.  
Active Directory  
forest  
Or, to use Cisco as a real-world case-study, one forest could straddle cisco.com and webex.com,  
among others.  
Note  
This Cisco DMS release does not support Active Directory forests.  
A subdomain-straddling combination of IdPs throughout one Internet domain. These IdPs operate  
collectively on behalf of the Internet domain’s constituent subdomains. Thus, the “tree” at  
example.com might encompass all of the IdPs to authenticate user sessions within subdomains such  
as these:  
Active Directory  
tree  
legal.example.com  
sales.example.com  
support.example.com  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Concepts  
The DN to authenticate your Active Directory server’s administrator.  
administrator DN  
Note  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3This release is more strict than any prior release in its enforcement of  
proper LDAP syntax. Now, when you specify the administrator DN, you must use proper  
syntax, which conforms exactly to LDIF grammar.  
Proper syntax: CN=admin1,OU=Administrators,DC=example,DC=com  
Poor syntax:  
EXAMPLE\admin1  
OTHERWISE  
When you use poor syntax here for the first time while your DMM appliance runs DMS 5.2.3,  
we show you, the administrator, this error message: “Invalid username or password.”  
But if you used and validated poor syntax here before upgrading to Cisco DMS 5.2.3, we do  
not repeat the validation process. Thereforeeven though we do not show an error message  
to anyoneLDAP users simply cannot log in.  
Note  
An LDAP expression must never include a space immediately to either side of a “=” sign. Similarly, it must  
never include a space immediately to either side of an “objectClass” attribute. Otherwise, validation fails.  
The process to verify if a directory service entity has correctly claimed its own identity.  
authentication  
C
certification authority. Authority that issues and manages security credentials and public keys, which  
any directory service entity relies upon to encrypt and decrypt messages exchanged with any other  
directory service entity. As part of a public key infrastructure (PKI), a CA checks with a registration  
authority (RA) to verify information that certificate requestors provide. After the RA verifies requestor  
information, the CA can then issue a certificate.  
CA  
common name. An attribute-value pair that names one directory service entity but indicates nothing  
about its context or position in a hierarchy. For example, you might see cn=administrator. But  
cn=administratoris so commonplace in theory that it might possibly recur many times in an Active  
Directory forest, while referring to more than just one directory service entity. An absence of context  
means that you cannot know which device, site, realm, user group, or other entity type requires the  
implied “administration” or understand why such “administration” should occur.  
CN  
Therefore, use of a standalone CN is limited in the LDIF grammar. Absent any context, a standalone  
CN is only ever useful as an RDN.  
Note  
An LDAP expression must never include a space immediately to either side of a “=” sign. Similarly, it must  
never include a space immediately to either side of an “objectClass” attribute. Otherwise, validation fails.  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3circle of trust. The various SP that all authenticate against one IdP in common.  
CoT  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Concepts  
D
domain component. An attribute to designate one constituent part of a fully-qualified domain name  
(FQDN). Suppose for example that you manage a server whose FQDN is americas.example.com. In  
this case, you would link together three DC attribute-value pairs: DC=Americas,DC=example,dc=com.  
DC  
Note  
An LDAP expression must never include a space immediately to either side of a “=” sign. Similarly, it must  
never include a space immediately to either side of an “objectClass” attribute. Otherwise, validation fails.  
Uniquely encrypted digital representation of one directory service entity, whether physical or logical.  
This trustworthy representation certifies that the entity is not an imposter when it sends or receives data  
through a secured channel. The CA normally issues the certificate upon request by the entity or its  
representative. The requestor is then held accountable as the “certificate holder.” To establish and retain  
credibility, a certificate must conform to requirements set forth in International Organization for  
Standardization (ISO) standard X.509. Most commonly, a digital certificate includes the following.  
digital certificate  
One DN to authenticate the directory service entity.  
One DN to authenticate the CA.  
A serial number to identify the digital certificate itself.  
An expiration date, after which any entity that receives the certificate should reject it.  
A copy of the certificate holder’s public key.  
The CA’s digital signature, so recipients can verify that the certificate is not forged.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Concepts  
Any single, named unit at any level within a nested hierarchy of named units, relative to a network. An  
entity’s essence depends upon its context. This context, in turn, depends upon interactions between at  
least two service providersone apiece for the naming service and the directory servicein your  
network. Theoretically, an entity might represent any tangible thing or logical construct.  
directory service  
entity  
By “tangible thing,” we mean something that a person could touch, which occupies real space in  
the physical world. For example, this entity type might represent one distinct human being, device,  
or building.  
By “logical construct,” we mean a useful abstraction whose existence is assumed or agreed upon  
but is not literally physical. For example, this entity type might represent one distinct language,  
subnet, protocol, time zone, or ACL.  
An entity’s purpose is broad and flexible within the hierarchical context that defines it.  
distinguished name. A sequence of attributes that help a CA to distinguish a particular directory service  
entity uniquely for authentication. Distinct identity in this case arises from a text string of  
comma-delimited attribute-value pairs. Each attribute-value pair conveys one informational detail  
about the entity or its context. The comma-delimited string is the actual DN. It consists of the entity’s  
own CN, followed by at least one OU, and then concludes with at least one DC. For example:  
DN  
CN=username,OU=California,OU=west,OU=sales,DC=Americas,DC=example,DC=com  
Note  
An LDAP expression must never include a space immediately to either side of a “=” sign. Similarly, it must  
never include a space immediately to either side of an “objectClass” attribute. Otherwise, validation fails.  
Thus, each DN represents more than merely one isolated element. A DN also associates the element to  
its specific context within the Active Directory user base that your IdP depends upon.  
Note  
A DN can change over the lifespan of its corresponding entity. For example, when you move entries in a tree, you  
might introduce new OU attributes or deprecate old ones that are elements of a DN. However, you can assign to any  
entity a reliable and unambiguous identity that persists beyond such changes to its context. To accomplish this, merely  
include a universally unique identifier (UUID) among the entitys set of operational attributes.  
F
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3The whole collection of authentication servers that synchronize their user  
bases to one IdP in common and thereby make SSO possible within a network. This mutualized pooling  
of user bases bestows each valid user with a “federated identity” that spans an array of your SPs.  
federation  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Concepts  
I
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3identity provider. One SAML 2.0-compliant server (synchronized to at least  
one Active Directory user base), that authenticates user session requests upon demand for SPs in one  
network subdomain. Furthermore, an IdP normalizes data from a variety of directory servers  
(user stores).  
IdP  
Users send their login credentials to an IdP over HTTPS, so the IdP can authenticate them to whichever  
SPs they are authorized to use. As an example, consider how an organization could use three IdPs.  
An IdP in legal.example.com might authenticate user sessions for one SP, by comparing user  
session requests to the user base records from one Active Directory server.  
An IdP in sales.example.com might authenticate user sessions for 15 SPs, by comparing user  
session requests to the user base records from three Active Directory servers.  
An IdP in support.example.com might authenticate user sessions for four SPs, by comparing  
user session requests to the user base records from two Active Directory servers.  
Note  
Tip  
Only a well known CA can issue the digital certificate for your IdP. Otherwise, you cannot use SSL, HTTPS, or  
LDAPS in Federation mode and, thus, all user credentials are passed in the clear.  
We have tested Cisco DMS federation features successfully against OpenAM and Shibboleth.  
We recommend that you use an IdP that we have tested with Cisco DMS.  
We explicitly DO NOT support Novell E-Directory or Kerberos-based custom directories.  
If your IdP fails, you can switch your authentication mode to LDAP or Embedded.  
L
Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. A highly complex data model and communications protocol for  
user authentication. LDAP provides management and browser applications with access to directories  
whose data models and access protocols conform to X.500 series (ISO/IEC 9594) standards.  
LDAP  
Secure LDAP. The same as ordinary LDAP, but protected under an added layer of SSL encryption.  
LDAPS  
Note  
Before you try to configure SSL encryption and before you let anyone log in with SSL, you MUST:  
Activate SSL on your Active Directory server and then export a copy of the servers digital certificate.  
Import into DMM the SSL certificate that you exported from Active Directory.  
Restart Web Services (Tomcat) in AAI.  
Caution  
Is your DMM appliance one half of a failover pair?  
If so, you will trigger immediate failover when you submit the command in AAI to restart Web Services. This occurs  
by design, so there is no workaround.  
LDAP Data Interchange Format. A strict grammar that SPs and IdPs use to classify and designate  
LDIF  
named elements and levels in Active Directory.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Concepts  
O
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3SAML 2.0-compliant identity and access management server platform written  
in Java. OpenAM is open source software available under the Common Development and Distribution  
(CDDL) license. OpenAM is derived from and replaces OpenSSO Enterprise, which also used CDDL  
OpenAM  
organizational unit. An LDIF classification type for a logical container within a hierarchical system.  
In LDIF grammar, the main function of an OU value is to distinguish among superficially identical CNs  
that might otherwise be conflated. For example:  
OU  
CN=John Doe,OU=sales,DN=example,DN=com  
CN=John Doe,OU=marketing,DN=example,DN=com  
Note  
An LDAP expression must never include a space immediately to either side of a “=” sign. Similarly, it must  
never include a space immediately to either side of an “objectClass” attribute. Otherwise, validation fails.  
R
relative distinguished name. The CN for a directory service entity, as used exclusively (and still without  
any explicit context) by the one IdP that has synchronized this entity against an Active Directory user  
base. When an IdP encounters any RDN attribute in an LDIF reference, the IdP expects implicitly that  
its SAML 2.0-synchronized federation is the only possible context for the CN. It expects this because  
an IdP cannot authenticateand logically should never encounter—a directory service entity whose  
RDN is meaningful to any other federation.  
RDN  
S
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3Security Assertion Markup Language. XML-based open standard that security  
domains use to exchange authentication and authorization data, including assertions and security  
tokens. We support SAML 2.0.  
SAML  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3A SAML 2.0-compliant architecture for federated identity-based  
authentication and authorization.  
Shibboleth  
SP  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3service provider. Server that requests and receives information from an IdP.  
For example, SPs in Cisco DMS include your DMM server and your Show and Share server.  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3single sign on. (And sometimes “single sign off.) The main user-facing  
benefit of federation mode is that SPs beginand end, in some implementationsuser sessions on  
behalf of their entire federation. SSO is a convenience for users, who can log in only once per day as  
their work takes them between multiple servers that are related but independent. Furthermore, SSO is  
a convenience to IT staff, who spend less time on user support, password fatigue, compliance audits,  
and so on.  
SSO  
We DO NOT support single sign off in Cisco DMS 5.2.3.  
We support only SP-initiated SSO in Cisco DMS 5.2.3.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Concepts  
U
The location of the user subtree in the LDAP directory tree. For example, DC=ad,DC=com.  
user base  
Note  
An LDAP expression must never include a space immediately to either side of a “=” sign. Similarly, it must  
never include a space immediately to either side of an “objectClass” attribute. Otherwise, validation fails.  
The DN for an Active Directory user base.  
user base DN  
user filter  
Note  
An LDAP expression must never include a space immediately to either side of a “=” sign. Similarly, it must  
never include a space immediately to either side of an “objectClass” attribute. Otherwise, validation fails.  
A user filter limits the scope of an agreement to import filtered records from an Active Directory  
user base.  
Note  
An LDAP expression must never include a space immediately to either side of a “=” sign. Similarly, it must  
never include a space immediately to either side of an “objectClass” attribute. Nor can a group name include any spaces.  
Otherwise, validation fails.  
X
X-509  
A standard for public key infrastructure. X.509 specifies, among other things, standard formats for  
public key certificates and a certification path validation algorithm.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Concepts  
Understand the Requirement to Authenticate Users  
Although Cisco DMS always authenticates users, we support three authentication methods.  
ꢉꢉꢊꢅ  
ꢆ ꢇꢈꢅ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢄꢃꢄꢅ  
Embedded authentication is completely native to Cisco DMS. It does not depend on any  
external servers.  
LDAP authentication causes Cisco DMS products to rely on oneand only oneMicrosoft  
Active Directory server and a Microsoft Internet Information Server (IIS). Thus, setup and  
operation with this method are more complex than with embedded authentication.  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3Federation modealso known as single sign-on (SSO) causes Cisco DMS  
products to rely on a SAML 2.0-compliant IdP in combination with a Microsoft Active Directory  
server and IIS. Thus, setup and operation with this method are more complex than with LDAP  
authentication.  
Note  
Tip  
You must choose one of these methods. The method that you use determines which login screen your users will see.  
After a user session times out, we prompt the affected user to log in twice.  
An unresponsive Active Directory server can hang a login prompt for 20 minutes without any error message.  
EMBEDDED MODE  
LDAP MODE  
FEDERATION (SSO) MODE 1  
IdP-specific login screen  
(NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3)  
1. When any of your federation servers uses a self-signed certificate, we show your users two SSL warnings during login.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Concepts  
Decide Which Authentication Method to Use  
LDAP and Active Directory Concepts  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Concepts  
LDAP is Highly Complex  
Caution  
LDAP-related features of Cisco DMS are meant for use by qualified and experienced administrators of  
Microsoft Active Directory. Unless you are an Active Directory and LDAP expert, we recommend that you use  
embedded authentication.  
Plan Ahead  
Install and configure Active Directory and Internet Information Services (IIS) before you try to  
configure LDAP authentication mode or federation mode in DMS-Admin.  
Tip  
We support IIS 6 on Windows Server 2003.  
Pair your DMM appliance and your Show and Share appliance in AAI before you configure  
Cisco DMS to use LDAP authentication. Otherwise, video tutorials for Show and Share are not  
loaded onto your Show and Share appliance.  
Make sure that you have generated or imported certificates as necessary and activated SSL on the  
Active Directory server before you try to configure SSL encryption.  
Restrictions  
Support for  
Active Directory  
Cisco DMS Release  
Trees  
Forests  
5.2.0  
Yes  
No  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Yes  
No  
Yes  
No  
Yes  
No  
Synchronization Concepts  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Concepts  
Synchronization (Replication) Overview  
When you choose LDAP authentication or SSO authentication, user account data originates from your  
Active Directory server. However, Cisco DMS does not synchronize (replicate) this data automatically,  
in real time. Instead, we cache it. Therefore, you must resynchronize user account data when you think  
it is appropriate to do so. You can:  
Resynchronize manually.  
Schedule synchronizations to recur in the future at set intervals.  
Note  
Features of Digital Signs and Show and Share Administration help you to manage user access  
privileges and permissions for Cisco DMS.  
DMS-Admin synchronizes all user accounts in the Active Directory “user base” that your filter specifies,  
except users whose accounts are disabled on your Active Directory server.  
Synchronization Types  
We support four types of Active Directory synchronization in LDAP mode or federation mode.  
Initial  
Update  
Overwrite  
Delete  
Runs a one-time  
synchronization for a  
Runs an incremental,  
fast update to find and copy of user accounts  
Overwrites your local  
Deletes your local copy  
of user accounts that  
new filter that you never make up for any  
that correspond to your correspond to a defined  
synchronized  
previously.  
differences between  
user accounts that  
match your  
with new copies of  
and deletes the entry for  
those user accounts. In that filter from  
Active Directory filter addition, deletes your  
and your local copy of local copy of each user  
DMS-Admin.  
those user accounts.  
account that has been  
deleted from  
the last time that you ran  
a synchronization.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Concepts  
Understand Synchronization of a DMM Group to an LDAP Filter  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.1  
Is the Active Directory Filter  
Associated to a DMM  
User Group?  
We Sync All Matching LDAP User Accounts to the  
‘All Users’ Group in DMM  
Associated User Group in DMM  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
N.A.  
In most cases, you can associate one LDAP filter apiece to one DMM user group. Likewise, in most  
cases, you can associate one DMM user group apiece to one LDAP filter. The Digital Signs user  
group is an exception to both of these principles. It is built-in to Cisco DMS.  
After you associate a DMM user group to an LDAP filter, you cannot use features on the Users tab  
to delete the DMM user group until after you delete the LDAP filter. However, even when you delete  
an LDAP filter, there is no requirement to delete its associated DMM user group. Furthermore,  
there is no way for you to delete the Digital Signs user group. It is built-in to Cisco DMS.  
Understand Manual Synchronization  
Manual synchronization mode requires you to choose Administration > Settings > Authentication >  
Synchronize Users > LDAP Bookmarks during all future synchronizations. Afterward, you must  
click Update.  
Note  
Manual synchronization mode deletes your schedule for automatic synchronizations.  
Understand Automatic Synchronization  
Automatic synchronization mode automates and schedules incremental updates to user accounts that  
match Active Directory filters that you defined in DMS-Admin. When you use automatic  
synchronization mode, new fields and elements become available to you. These help you to configure  
the settings for automatic synchronization.  
Tip  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Concepts  
Guidelines for Synchronization  
We recommend that you synchronize your LDAP bookmarks periodically. Synchronization ensures that  
user and group membership associations are current and correct.  
Sync  
Type  
Best Practices  
Initial  
The Initial option is CPU-intensive for your DMM appliance and might lower performance  
temporarily. We recommend that you use it during off-peak hours only.  
Update  
We recommend that you use the Update option whenever:  
A new user account in Active Directory should have login access to DMM or  
Show and Share.  
User attributes1 change in Active Directory for a user account in DMM or  
Show and Share.  
A user account is disabled in Active Directory and should be deleted from DMM  
and Show and Share.  
Overwrite Note  
The Overwrite option is CPU-intensive for your DMM appliance and might lower its  
performance temporarily. We recommend that you use this option during off-peak hours only.  
After a user account is deleted from Active Directory, this option deletes the  
corresponding user account from DMM and Show and Share.  
After a user account is associated to a new first name, last name, or username, this  
option overwrites the outdated user account attributes.  
Delete  
Caution  
The Delete option is destructive by design. We advise that you use it sparingly and with great  
caution. Among other effects, your deletion of an LDAP bookmark can affect user access to videos  
in Show and Share.  
Note  
Typically, the deletion process takes about 1 minute to finish. However, when there are more than  
50,000 users in the Active Directory database, this process might run in the background and take about  
30 minutes to finish. In this case, the user interface in DMS-Admin can show that a bookmark was deleted  
even though the actual process has not finished. If you observe this behavior, simply allow 30 minutes for  
the operation to finish.  
1. Attributes that you entered on the Manage Attributes property sheet in DMS-Admin.  
Related Topics  
LDAP Concepts  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Concepts  
Understand LDAP Attributes  
Ordinarily, DMS-Admin will not import any user account from your Active Directory server when the  
value in it is blank for any of these attributes:  
Login User NameThis required value always must be unique.  
First NameThis required value might be identical for multiple users.  
Last NameThis required value might also be identical for multiple users.  
However, you can import and synchronize all of the Active Directory user accounts that match your  
filters. You can do this even when some of the user accounts are incomplete because one or more of their  
attributes have blank values.  
To prevent these undefined attributes from blocking the import of the user accounts they are meant to  
describe, you can enter generic values for most attributes in the Values to Use by Default column.  
DMS-Admin takes the generic values that you enter, and then inserts them automatically where they  
are needed.  
Tip  
Nonetheless, you cannot enter a default value for the Login User Name attribute. Usernames are unique.  
Guidelines for LDAP Filters  
Use “OU” values to impose rough limits on a filter  
Never use a filter that defines the user base at the domain level. For example, this filter is  
not acceptable.  
DC=example,DC=com  
Instead, use filters that define the user base at a lower level, as this one does.  
OU=SanJose,DC=example,DC=com  
LDAP returns matched records from all levels within the user base that your filter defines.  
Would a filter for “OU=SanJose,DC=example,DC=com” ever include any users from...?  
OU=RTP,DC=example,DC=com  
No1  
Yes2  
Yes2  
OU=Milpitas,OU=SanJose,DC=example,DC=com  
OU=Sunnyvale,OU=SanJose,DC=example,DC=com  
1. Research Triangle Park, NC, does not have any physical connection to San José, CA.  
2. Milpitas, CA and Sunnyvale, CA, are suburbs of San José, CA, which affects them directly and in multiple ways.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Concepts  
Use “memberOf” values to pinpoint a filter more precisely  
But what if you did not want to include any members of Milpitas or Sunnyvale? If your  
Active Directory server considered these cities (organizational units) to be subsets of San José, how  
could you exclude their members? To do so, you would use the  
memberOf  
attribute. It stops LDAP from matching records at any lower level than the one you name explicitly.  
In this scenario for example, you would use  
memberOf=OU=SanJose,DC=example,DC=com  
to match only the direct members of the “SanJose” OU.  
Use “objectClass” values to match all user records  
You can define a comprehensive filter that matches all user records.  
objectClass=user  
Password Concepts  
Note  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3User passwords in Cisco DMS are no longer case-sensitive.  
Understand the Effects of a Changed Password in Active Directory  
After you change a user password on your Active Directory server, there is no requirement to  
resynchronize the affected user account in DMS-Admin.  
Understand the Effects of a Blank Password in Active Directory  
Even though it is possible in Active Directory to use a blank value for a password, Cisco DMS does  
not allow it.  
When you choose LDAP authentication, any user whose Active Directory password is blank is  
prevented from logging in to any component of Cisco DMS.  
Access is enabled or restored after the password is populated on the Active Directory server.  
Understand Authentication Property Sheets for LDAP  
The Authentication page contains four tabbed property sheets.  
Select  
Mode1  
Embedded, LDAP, or (NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3) SSO  
Select Mode is by default the only active tab. Your choices on the Select Mode property sheet  
determine whether you have access to the other three property sheets.  
Define  
Filter  
LDAP or (NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3) SSO  
Your choices on the Define Filter property sheet help you to configure and add a new agreement.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Concepts  
Synchronize  
Users  
LDAP or (NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3) SSO  
Your choices on the Synchronize Users property sheet help you to submit a new agreement.  
Manage  
Attributes  
LDAP or (NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3) SSO  
1. In most production environments, you can expect to use the Select Mode property sheet only one time.  
Federated Identity and Single Sign-on (SSO) Concepts  
IdP Requirements  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3To use federation (SSO) mode in Cisco DMS, you must have access to an IdP  
that meets our requirements. Your IdP must:  
Support SAML 2.0.  
Support these two SAML profiles:  
Web Browser SSO Profile  
Enhanced Client or Proxy (ECP) Profile  
Generate assertions in which the SAML “UID” attribute is mapped to the local portion of an  
authenticated user’s username.  
Use a digital certificate from a well-known CA (but only if you will use HTTPS).  
Configuration Workflow to Activate Federation (SSO) Mode  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3  
1. Configure and set up an Active Directory server.  
2. Configure and set up a SAML 2.0-compliant IdP.  
Note  
When you use a “fresh install” of Cisco DMS 5.2.3 (as opposed to an upgrade), your DMM appliance is configured  
to use embedded authentication mode by default. But when you upgrade a DMM server that was already  
configured for an earlier Cisco DMS release, it might use either embedded mode or LDAP mode.  
3. Obtain a digital certificate from a trusted CA and install it on your IdP.  
4. Use DMS-Admin to configure Cisco DMS for federation mode.  
5. Export SAML 2.0-compliant metadata from your DMM server and import it into your IdP.  
6. Export SAML 2.0-compliant metadata from your IdP and import it into your DMM server.  
7. Configure Active Directory exactly as you would in LDAP mode.  
8. Click Update to save your work, and then advance to the Synchronize Users property sheet.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Concepts  
9. Synchronize DMM with your Active Directory server to populate the DMM user database.  
Note  
You MUST configure at least one LDAP bookmark.  
10. Synchronize users exactly as you would in LDAP mode.  
Note  
Whenever you change any setting or value on your IdP or any of your SPs, you must reestablish their  
pairing to restore mutual trust among them.  
11. Click Update to save your work.  
Authentication Scenarios for User Sessions in Federation (SSO) Mode  
SSO Scenario 1—Trusted + Valid + Authorized  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3  
1. A web browser requests access to a protected resource on an SP.  
Your federation will not approve or deny this request until it knows more.  
2. The SP asks its IdP if the browser is currently authenticated to any valid user account in the CoT.  
3. The IdP verifies that:  
The browser is already connected to an SP elsewhere in the CoT, having authenticated  
successfully to a valid user account and having received a SAML “token” or “passport” that  
authorizes at least some access.  
The user account has sufficient permissions to access the protected resource.  
4. The IdP acts on the SP’s behalf and redirects the browser immediately to the protected resource.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Concepts  
SSO Scenario 2—Trusted + Valid + NOT Authorized  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3  
1. A web browser requests access to a protected resource on an SP.  
Your federation will not approve or deny this request until it knows more.  
2. The SP asks its IdP if the browser is currently authenticated to any valid user account in the CoT.  
3. The IdP verifies that:  
The browser is already connected to an SP elsewhere in the CoT, having authenticated  
successfully to a valid user account and having received a SAML “token” or “passport” that  
authorizes at least some access.  
The user account DOES NOT have sufficient permissions.  
4. The IdP redirects the browser to the SP, where an HTTP 403 Forbidden message states that the user is  
not authorized to access the protected resource.  
SSO Scenario 3—Nothing Known  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3  
1. A web browser requests access to a protected resource on an SP.  
Your federation will not approve or deny this request until it knows more.  
2. The SP asks its IdP if the browser is currently authenticated to any valid user account in the CoT.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Concepts  
3. The IdP reports that:  
The browser is not yet connected to any SP in the CoT.  
The browser is not yet authenticated to any valid user account.  
We cannot tell if the browser’s human operator is a valid and authorized user, a valid but confused user,  
or an intruder.  
4. The SP redirects the browser automatically to an HTTPS login prompt on the IdP, where one of  
the following occurs.  
The browser’s human operator successfully logs in to a valid user account. The IdP attaches a SAML  
“token” or “passport” to the browser session, authorizing at least some access. And:  
– The user account has permission to access the protected resource. So, the IdP acts on  
the SP’s behalf and redirects the browser immediately to the protected resource.  
OR  
– The user account DOES NOT have permission to access the protected resource. So, the  
IdP redirects the browser to the SP, where an HTTP 403 Forbidden message states that the user  
is not authorized to access the protected resource.  
The browser’s human operator fails to log in. So, lacking any proof that this person is authorized,  
we block access to every protected resource until the human operator can log in successfully.  
Migration Between Authentication Methods  
Understand Migration (from Either LDAP or SSO) to Embedded  
When you migrate from LDAP or federation mode to embedded authentication mode, you must  
explicitly choose whether to keep local copies of the:  
User accounts that were associated to LDAP filters.  
Groups and policies that were associated to LDAP filters.  
Note  
Unless you choose explicitly to keep the local copy of a user, a group, or a policy, we discard the local copy.  
Migration from one mode to another takes as long as 1 minute to finish.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Procedures  
The result varies according to the combination of your choices.  
When You  
Keep Local  
Copies of  
The Result  
We preserve all local information.  
Yes Yes Yes  
Yes No No  
We overwrite all LDAP-derived user account passwords with  
CiscoDMMvp99999. 1  
We preserve all local user accounts. However, we overwrite all LDAP-derived  
user account passwords with CiscoDMMvp99999. 1  
We discard all LDAP-derived groups.  
We discard all LDAP-derived policies.  
We discard all LDAP-derived user accounts.  
We preserve all LDAP-derived groups. However, they are empty.  
No Yes Yes  
No No No  
We preserve all LDAP-derived policies. Although they no longer apply to anyone,  
you can reuse them and apply them to any remaining user accounts and any future  
user accounts as you see fit.  
We discard all LDAP-derived users, groups, and policies.  
1. This security feature protects your network and user data. If anyone gains unauthorized access to the exported file and tries  
to use it, Active Directory rejects the invalid passwords.  
Understand Migration (from Embedded) to Either LDAP or SSO  
Note  
Before you migrate from embedded authentication mode to federation mode, you must install a digital certificate  
from a trusted CA on your IdP server. Otherwise, you cannot migrate to federation mode at all.  
After you migrate from embedded authentication mode to either LDAP mode or federation mode, the locked property sheets  
become unlocked. You must use them.  
Migration from one mode to another takes as long as 1 minute to finish.  
Procedures  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Procedures  
Export the Root CA X.509 Certificate from Your Active Directory Server  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Open a web browser on your Active Directory server and connect to http://localhost/certsrv.  
Click Download a CA certificate.  
Choose the current CA certificate.  
Choose DER encoded.  
The X.509 certificate that you export must be DER-encoded, and it can be binary or printable (Base64).  
However, when you use Base64, the certificate file must include these lines:  
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----  
-----END CERTIFICATE-----  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Click Download CA certificate.  
Save this certificate in a file.  
For example, you might call the certificate ADcertificate.cer.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Step 7  
Configure DMM to Trust the Active Directory Root CA  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Administration > Security > Authentication > Select Mode.  
Enter the details for your Active Directory server.  
Tip  
Be sure to use the logical port where your Active Directory server listens for SSL connections. The port  
number, by default, is 636.  
Step 3  
Upload the root CA certificate file that you saved locally.  
a. Click Upload, and then click Add.  
b. Browse to the file on a local volume.  
c. Click the filename and press Enter.  
d. Click OK to save your work and dismiss the dialog box.  
As prompted, use DMS-Admin to restart Web Services (Tomcat).  
The installed certificate cannot take effect until after you restart Tomcat.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Step 4  
Step 5  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Procedures  
Choose an Authentication Method  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Choose Administration > Security > Authentication.  
Use elements on the Select Mode property sheet to choose an authentication mode.  
Click Update.  
Note  
Migration from one mode to another takes as long as 1 minute to finish.  
The authentication settings that you changed are now in effect.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Step 4  
What to Do Next  
OPTIONALDid you choose LDAP or SSO?  
Related Topics  
Configure LDAP Settings  
Define LDAP Filters  
Before You Begin  
Choose LDAP or federation as your authentication method.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Administration > Security > Authentication.  
Click Define Filter.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Procedures  
Step 3  
Do the following.  
a. Use elements on the Define Filter property sheet to define, validate, and add one LDAP filter.  
b. Click Update.  
c. Repeat this step for each filter to be added.  
The authentication settings that you changed are now in effect.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Step 4  
Related Topics  
Define LDAP Bookmarks  
Before You Begin  
Choose LDAP or SSO as your authentication method.  
Define LDAP filters.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Administration > Security > Synchronize Users > LDAP Bookmarks,  
Tip  
Is the Synchronize Users tab disabled (dimmed), so that you cannot click it? If so, refresh your browser.  
Do any or all of the following.  
Would you like to import user accounts to Cisco DMS because they correspond to an  
Active Directory filter that you will define? If so:  
Choose the synchronization type for these user accounts.  
Specify which default access privileges you will assign to them.  
Should Cisco DMS synchronize user accounts that correspond to a defined Active Directory filter?  
If so, use the synchronization type that you chose.  
Would you like to sever your ties to a User Base or Active Directory server? If so:  
Delete from Cisco DMS all user accounts that correspond to a defined Active Directory filter.  
Delete the entry for that filter from DMS-Admin.  
Would you like to create a new group in DMM?  
AND  
Populate it automatically with user accounts that correspond to an Active Directory  
filter that you defined previously?  
If so, delete the entry for that filter from DMS-Admin, and then recreate it while associating it to  
the new group.  
Step 3  
Validate the filter.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Procedures  
Step 4  
Validate the DMM group name.  
Group names in DMM can include alphanumeric characters (0–9; a–z; A-Z), hyphens (-),  
underscores (_), and periods (.).  
Spaces are forbidden.  
Other forbidden characters include:  
~‘!@#$%^&*()+={[}]|\:;”"’'<>?/  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Click Update.  
Note  
Please wait. Your request might take as long as 1 minute to process.  
The authentication settings that you changed are now in effect.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
What to Do Next  
OPTIONALWould you like to associate a set of imported users with a new group?  
OPTIONALWould you like to configure the schedule for synchronization?  
Related Topics  
Define the LDAP Synchronization Schedule  
Before You Begin  
Choose LDAP or SSO as your authentication method.  
Define LDAP filters.  
Define LDAP bookmarks.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Administration > Security > Synchronize Users > Scheduling,  
Choose between manual synchronization and automatic synchronization.  
Note  
You will not see any of the elements that Table 6-3 on page 6-34 describes until after you define at least one  
filter on the Define Filter property sheet.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Procedures  
Step 3  
Click Update.  
The authentication settings that you changed are now in effect.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Step 4  
What to Do Next  
OPTIONALWould you like to associate attribute names in DMS-Admin and Active Directory?  
OPTIONALShould Cisco DMS expect that your Active Directory server uses factory-preset attribute  
names? If so, proceed to the “Manage LDAP Attributes” section on page 6-26.  
OPTIONALShould Cisco DMS expect that your Active Directory server uses custom attribute  
names? If so, proceed to the “Manage LDAP Attributes” section on page 6-26.  
Related Topics  
Manage LDAP Attributes  
Before You Begin  
Choose LDAP or SSO as your authentication method.  
Define LDAP filters.  
Define LDAP bookmarks.  
Configure the LDAP synchronization schedule.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Click Administration > Security > Authentication > Manage Attributes.  
Tip  
Is the Manage Attributes tab disabled (dimmed), so that you cannot click it? If so, refresh your browser.  
Use elements on the Manage Attributes property sheet to:  
Set the associations between DMS-Admin attribute names and their corresponding Active Directory  
attribute names.  
Use the predefined and typical names for Active Directory attributes (shown in grey text) or edit  
those attribute names so they match the names that your Active Directory server uses.  
Enter the values to use by default in DMS-Admin when a user account attribute is not defined on  
your Active Directory server.  
You must enter a value for each mandatory attribute. You cannot enter a value to use by default for user  
names, because each user name is unique.  
Step 3  
Click Update.  
The authentication settings that you changed are now in effect.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Procedures  
Step 4  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Configure the Settings for Automatic LDAP Synchronization  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Click the calendar icon ( ) to choose the start date for synchronization.  
Choose the hour and minute when synchronization should begin, and then choose either AM or PM as  
the period.  
Step 3  
From the Repeat Interval list, choose the interval of recurrence:  
Interval  
Never  
Description  
Synchronization occurs once and does not recur.  
Every Day  
Synchronization recurs once every 24 hours. You must set the hour and minute when it  
should start.  
Every Week Synchronization recurs once every 7 days. You must set the hour and minute when it  
should start.  
Every  
Month  
Synchronization recurs once each month. You must set the hour and minute when it  
should start.  
Custom  
Synchronization recurs at an interval of your choosing. You must set the hour and  
minute when it should start.  
Choose Days, Weeks, or Months as the interval type.  
Choose a day of the month from 1 to 30 when the interval type is Days.  
Choose a day of the week when the interval type is Weeks.  
Choose an interval of recurrence from 1 to 6 when the interval type is Months.  
Step 4  
(Optional)  
Did you click the Automatic Synchronization radio button?  
And should a one-time synchronization start immediately, in addition to the start date and time that  
you specified?  
If so, check the Synchronize users immediately check box.  
Click Update.  
Step 5  
Step 6  
The authentication settings that you changed are now in effect.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Procedures  
Derive LDAP Group Membership Dynamically from a Query  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.1You can populate a user group with the returned output from a User Base DN  
query. However, a group of this kind differs in important ways from a group that you populate manually.  
Note  
Membership of such groups is dynamicbased on shared characteristics among the group of Active Directory  
users who match your query.  
We update and clean these groups automatically during synchronization. Their membership will change after  
synchronization runs, when the corresponding records in Active Directory show that a user's membership should start  
or stop.  
An imported Active Directory group is always read-only in DMS-Admin. By protecting it, we ensure that it is always correct,  
relative to the original and subject to any delay between synchronizations. For this reason, you cannot edit their memberships  
rolls manually.  
When you try to delete a user from a group of this type, DMS-Admin shows an error message.  
Before You Begin  
Choose LDAP as your authentication method.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Choose Administration > Security > Authentication.  
Click Define Filter,  
Use elements on the Define Filter property sheet to define, validate, and add one LDAP filter.  
Would you like to add users to a group that exists already? If so, choose that group name from the User  
Group (in DMM) list.  
OR  
Would you like to create and populate an entirely new group? If so, choose Create a New User Group  
from the User Group (in DMM) list. Then, use the Group Name field to enter a name for the new group.  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Would you like to check your filter’s syntax? If so, click Validate.  
Click Update.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Procedures  
Configure Federation Services for SSO  
Export an SP Configuration File from DMM  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3Before you can use Cisco DMS in federation mode, you must export data from  
it in the form of an SP configuration file. Later, you will import this file into your IdP.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Make sure that your DMM appliance is running in embedded authentication mode or LDAP mode.  
Log in as superuser.  
Choose Administration > Security > Authentication.  
Check the Federation check box.  
Click Export.  
Save the exported file to your client PC or laptop computer as dms_sp_config.xml.  
Note  
See the technical documentation or tutorials for your IdP to understand how it imports SP configuration  
files like this one.  
Step 7  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Import an IdP Configuration File into DMM  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3Before you can use Cisco DMS in federation mode, you must export data from  
your IdP in the form of an IdP configuration file. This topic explains how to use the exported file after  
you generate and save it.  
Before You Begin  
See the technical documentation or tutorials for your IdP to understand how it exports configuration  
files for an SP (such as DMM) to import.  
Rename the exported IdP configuration file dms_idp_config.xml.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Administration > Security > Authentication.  
Click Federation to choose it as your authentication mode.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Procedures  
Step 3  
Click Import.  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Choose and upload the IdP file that you saved previously.  
Enter the necessary LDAP information to use your Active Directory server.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Bypass External Authentication During Superuser Login  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3Your DMM server features a special login form, which rejects every  
username except superuser. You use this special form whenever Cisco DMS runs in federation mode  
or an error has prevented migration from one authentication mode to another.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Go to http://<FQDN>:8080/dmsadmin/admin/login.  
a. Enter superuser in the Username field.  
b. Enter the corresponding password in the Password field.  
c. Click Log In.  
Step 2  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Reference  
Reference  
Software UI and Field Reference Tables  
Elements to Choose and Enable the Authentication Mode  
Navigation Path  
Administration > Security > Authentication > Select Mode  
Table 6-1  
Elements for the Authentication Mode  
Element  
Description  
Authentication Mode Area  
Embedded  
Requires users who log in to DMM or Show and Share to authenticate against a user account  
database that is native to DMM. This database is independent of every other type of  
authentication that you might use in your network.  
LDAP  
Automatically deletes all user accounts except superuser. Requires future users to authenticate  
against the user account data from your Active Directory server when they log in to DMM or  
Show and Share.  
Federation  
Automatically deletes all user accounts except superuser. Requires future users to authenticate  
themselves to your IdP when they log in to DMM or Show and Share.  
Federation Mode Elements Area  
Last Successfully  
Configured IdP  
This value becomes populated for the first time after you succeed at least once in importing  
configuration metadata into DMM from your IdP.  
This element is visible only in federation mode.  
IdP Configuration File Provides the means to import configuration metadata that you previously exported from your  
IdP and saved to a file. Click Import to browse for the file, which you can then import.  
This element is visible only in federation mode.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Reference  
Table 6-1  
Elements for the Authentication Mode (continued)  
Element  
Last Configured IdP  
Description  
While it names an IdP explicitly, this value does not necessarily identify the IdP in current use.  
Instead, this value describes only your most recent attempt to import configuration metadata  
from an IdP, without regard for whether the attempt failed or succeeded.  
This element is visible only in federation mode. It becomes populated for the first time after  
you attempt at least once to import IdP metadata.  
Tip  
Compare this value to the “Last Successfully Configured IdP” value. When they differ, you know that  
your latest such attempt actually failed.  
(SP Configuration File) Provides the means to export configuration metadata from DMM. Click Export to begin  
Export  
browsing for a locally mounted drive and folder where you can save the exported config file.  
Later, you will import this file into your IdP.  
This element is visible only in federation mode.  
Enable Authentication Helps you to test whether your federation mode settings are correct and will allow SSO for your  
Test  
ordinary users.  
Check this check box to expose UI elements that are otherwise hidden. Clear this check box to  
hide such elements.  
Test Username  
Enter a username that your IdP already knows. Do not use the superuserusername. This  
element is visible only while the Enable Authentication Test check box is checked.  
Test User Password  
Enter the password that corresponds to the test username. This element is visible only while  
the Enable Authentication Test check box is checked.  
LDAP Configuration Area  
Anonymous  
Enables or disables an anonymous connection between your DMM appliance and your  
An anonymous connection is suitable when you want to see or use public information on  
the Active Directory server.  
In contrast, if you want to see or use privileged information on your Active Directory  
server, the server will require you to enter login credentials to prove that you have  
sufficient access rights.  
In the latter case, your Active Directory server will reject any attempt to log in anonymously.  
This check box is available to you only when you choose LDAP mode or federation mode.  
Host  
Port  
Enter the routable IP address or DNS-resolvable hostname for the Active Directory server. This  
field is available to you only when you choose LDAP mode or federation mode.  
Enter the TCP port number that your Active Directory server uses for communications. This  
field is available to you only after you choose LDAP mode or federation mode.  
The Active Directory port number by default is:  
389 for LDAP communications.  
636 for LDAPS (Secure LDAP, or LDAP over SSL) and SSO communications.  
Administrator DN  
Enter the distinguished name of the Active Directory server administrator.  
This field is available to you only after you choose LDAP mode or federation mode and  
uncheck the Anonymous check box.  
Tip  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Reference  
Table 6-1  
Elements for the Authentication Mode (continued)  
Element  
Description  
Password  
Enter the password that is associated with the Administrator DN.  
This field is available to you only after you choose LDAP mode or federation mode and  
uncheck the Anonymous check box.  
Use SSL Encryption  
The check box to enable or disable encrypted sign-on. This check box is available to you only  
when you use LDAP mode or federation mode.  
Note  
Whenever you enable SSL, you must restart Web Services (Tomcat) from AAI. And if your DMM  
server is one half of a failover pair, the Tomcat restart will trigger immediate failover.  
Check the check box to enable encryption.  
Uncheck it to disable encryption.  
Enabling SSL causes the connections between your DMM appliance and your Active Directory  
server to use LDAPS. An LDAPS connection is suitable when you want to prevent untrusted  
third parties from reading credentials that the servers exchange.  
Active Directory  
Certificate File  
Helps you to upload the digital certificate that your Active Directory server uses for LDAPS  
communications. This field is available to you only while the Use SSL Encryption check box  
is checked.  
Command Buttons  
Update  
Cancel  
Saves and applies your work on the Authentication Mode property sheet.  
Discards your work on the Authentication Mode property sheet and resets all values to their  
previous configuration.  
Related Topics  
Elements to Define, Validate, and Add LDAP Filters  
Navigation Path  
Administration > Security > Authentication > Define Filter  
Table 6-2  
Elements for Filters  
Element  
Description  
Description  
Enter a human-readable description for the filter.  
Enter the distinguished name of the Active Directory user base that you will search.  
User Base DN  
User Filter  
Enter a user filter to limit the number of matching user accounts to import from the user base  
that you specified.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Reference  
Table 6-2  
Element  
Elements for Filters (continued)  
Description  
User Group (in DMM) Choose or create a user group to associate with the filter. At the very least, the list includes  
these options.  
All Users Group  
Create a New User Group  
Digital Signage Users  
Command Buttons  
Add  
Adds the filter, exactly as entered, without first validating it.  
Validate  
Clear  
Validates the filter to confirm, before you add it, that it will return meaningful results.  
Clears all entries from the Define Filters property sheet.  
Related Topics  
Elements to Use LDAP Bookmarks for Synchronization  
Navigation Path  
Administration > Security > Authentication > Synchronize Users  
Table 6-3  
Elements for Bookmarks  
Element  
Description  
LDAP Bookmarks property sheet  
Synchronization  
One of the following types.  
Initial  
Update  
Overwrite  
Delete  
Note  
When you click Delete on the LDAP Bookmarks sub-tab, we ask you whether to delete groups and  
policies. When you choose Yes, we delete all of the following from Cisco DMS.  
All user accounts that match the filter.  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.1The particular user group that is associated to the filter.  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.1All access policies associated to the particular user group.  
The deletion process can take as long as 1 minute to finish.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Reference  
Table 6-3  
Elements for Bookmarks (continued)  
Description  
Element  
Command Buttons  
Update  
Submits your selections for the type of synchronization and the scope of access that you chose  
and configured. Synchronization of the specified type starts immediately.  
Cancel  
Resets all entries to their previous values on the LDAP Bookmarks property sheet.  
Discards all changes to the configuration of behaviors for synchronizations.  
Discards all changes to the scope of access.  
Related Topics  
Elements to Schedule Synchronization  
Navigation Path  
Administration > Security > Authentication > Synchronize Users  
Elements for Scheduling  
Description  
Table 6-4  
Element  
Scheduling property sheet  
Synchronization Mode Enables one synchronization mode to receive updated user account information from an  
Active Directory server. We support two such modes but they are mutually exclusive.  
Whenever you enable one, you disable the other. Click either Manual Synchronization or  
Automatic Synchronization.  
Command Buttons  
Update  
Submits your selections for the type of synchronization and the scope of access that you chose  
and configured. Synchronization of the specified type starts immediately.  
Cancel  
Resets all entries to their previous values on the Scheduling property sheet.  
Discards all changes to the configuration of behaviors for synchronizations.  
Discards all changes to the scope of access.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Reference  
Elements to Manage Attributes  
Navigation Path  
Administration > Security > Authentication > Manage Attributes  
Table 6-5  
Elements for Attributes Management  
Element  
Description  
DMM Attribute Name Values that DMS-Admin uses to describe and identify various attributes that it associates with  
each user account. You cannot change the values in this column. They are for your reference  
only, to help you enter suitable values (and recognize suitable values when you see them) in  
the LDAP Attribute Name column and the Values to Use by Default column.  
LDAP Attribute Name Values that your Active Directory server useswhich correspond one-to-one with values in  
the DMM Attribute Row columnto describe and identify attributes of each user account. In  
its factory-default configuration, DMS-Admin prepopulates all fields in this column with the  
most commonplace values that Active Directory servers use for this purpose. When the values  
for these attributes differ on your Active Directory server or when you prefer to import objects  
that use other Active Directory attributes, you can edit the values in this column.  
Values to Use by  
Default  
Enter text to insert automatically when the value is blank for the corresponding attribute in an  
Active Directory user account that you import or synchronize. To ensure that DMS-Admin  
imports each valid user account that matches a filter, we recommend that you enter values for  
these attributes:  
First Name  
Last Name  
For your convenience, you can also enter values to insert automatically when the values are  
blank for other attributessuch as Company, Department, or Phone Numberbut this  
is optional.  
Note  
You cannot enter a value to use by default as the Login User Name value.  
Ignore User Account  
Control Flags  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3Tells DMM to ignore whether your Active Directory server makes use  
of the User Account Control Flags attribute. DMM expects to find this attribute on your  
Active Directory server and, when the attribute is not present, authentication fails.  
Command Buttons  
Reset to Factory Default Returns all values in the LDAP Attribute Name column to the most commonplace values that  
Active Directory servers use. If you entered different values manually because the labels for  
these attributes differ on your Active Directory server or because you prefer to import user  
accounts that use other Active Directory attributes, DMS-Admin deletes what you entered.  
Update  
Saves and applies your work in the Manage Attributes property sheet.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Reference  
Sample SP Configuration File from DMM  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>  
<!--  
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
DMS SAML2 Service Provider Metadata  
Actual Service Provider configuration for the IDP will be instantiated  
from this template and be deposited onto the IDP.  
(Auto-generated on/at: Wed May 11 16:58:14 PDT 2011)  
Copyright (c) 2011 Cisco Systems, Inc.  
!-->  
<EntityDescriptor entityID="http://DMMSP.example.com:8080/opensso"  
xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:metadata">  
<SPSSODescriptor AuthnRequestsSigned="true" WantAssertionsSigned="true"  
protocolSupportEnumeration="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:protocol"  
xmlns:ds="http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig#">  
<KeyDescriptor>  
<ds:KeyInfo>  
<ds:KeyName>tomcat</ds:KeyName>  
<ds:X509Data>  
<ds:X509SubjectName>/C=US/ST=CA/L=SJ/O=CISCO/OU=CISCO/CN=DMMSP.example.com</ds:X509Subject  
Name>  
<ds:X509IssuerSerial>  
<ds:X509IssuerName>DMMSP.example.com</ds:X509IssuerName>  
<ds:X509SerialNumber>1304558251</ds:X509SerialNumber>  
</ds:X509IssuerSerial>  
<ds:X509Certificate>Mk6g1VAwAIGUk0QTNwaEzqUECAczVzAMCSDsUIgAQELICqwFQhOABhGJiQwgBBYCkAHAIB  
9DGMQE COBEcGAAT0Qg4wBBMMVTzVzC1DEQAM8KlAQVKNDwDMBGF0TxWJACA0YNENgQxCSADEVNlQUwQxDV  
BDbAQ0M8pvGTNUFyMtzwTYxTAMVTMMAxx3EMLEcTDDFMvzNEmwcTMNco2LmhgTVw2MTaMAmvx1ALMOQADBkjVwACMB  
GNTh0F1BQVJJQAAUM1BSDQwTHAsxAVgMlNMjTCVEQEEgzCwEUCAAQxh8Y0GkMMBZZgTwSVNX0EUBglbgRvgwJrADA5  
QYF32B9PNQEBVJANQIBb5K8YwNUQNYo0aQDjDJyMbhjswjcDgAM0IYJIoAGAGBr/qw1adeTiX6wNGwl+Pn2rhopPL7  
cCzUI2aNCNyK+D99sLujKL/kjyCBZ9lqKPeCArxWfKycC3/QqgO/SNz33b8JSh6iG35kVwA3OMZplEtLX4CfBkdsXY  
TVaKIRPRLMSOH9u9vH6ELFgSzl8dH/tL1o3aJADhnG4gcFA8tGE8QIXZBdBQdNwlDYj1AAAARYsKS6wV2vCZEgTNEI  
MAQbvD A87sb03cvDpQUCJ5SQ0O/ 4xQA531HhBHSCDOFbUlq+ PeTKB4dkGsIst9BPaIr43bWO3zfkMbrU2A WNu+  
dPcBZpO1raWmP2I8ZErlDYPJSEstzmaC30kkeXg4nfe10KCx1QH8BAQusegy38+ oh8NLYw3N dzQl5vs=  
</ds:X509Certificate>  
</ds:X509Data>  
</ds:KeyInfo>  
</KeyDescriptor>  
<SingleLogoutService Binding="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:HTTP-Redirect"  
Location="http://DMMSP.example.com:8080/opensso/SPSloRedirect/metaAlias/sp"  
ResponseLocation="http://DMMSP.example.com:8080/opensso/SPSloRedirect/metaAlias/sp"/>  
<SingleLogoutService Binding="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:HTTP-POST"  
Location="http://DMMSP.example.com:8080/opensso/SPSloPOST/metaAlias/sp"  
ResponseLocation="http://DMMSP.example.com:8080/opensso/SPSloPOST/metaAlias/sp"/>  
<SingleLogoutService Binding="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:SOAP"  
Location="http://DMMSP.example.com:8080/opensso/SPSloSoap/metaAlias/sp"/>  
<ManageNameIDService Binding="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:HTTP-Redirect"  
Location="http://DMMSP.example.com:8080/opensso/SPMniRedirect/metaAlias/sp"  
ResponseLocation="http://DMMSP.example.com:8080/opensso/SPMniRedirect/metaAlias/sp"/>  
<ManageNameIDService Binding="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:HTTP-POST"  
Location="http://DMMSP.example.com:8080/opensso/SPMniPOST/metaAlias/sp"  
ResponseLocation="http://DMMSP.example.com:8080/opensso/SPMniPOST/metaAlias/sp"/>  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Reference  
<ManageNameIDService Binding="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:SOAP"  
Location="http://DMMSP.example.com:8080/opensso/SPMniSoap/metaAlias/sp"  
ResponseLocation="http://DMMSP.example.com:8080/opensso/SPMniSoap/metaAlias/sp"/>  
<NameIDFormat>urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:transient</NameIDFormat>  
<NameIDFormat>urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.1:nameid-format:emailAddress</NameIDFormat>  
<NameIDFormat>urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.1:nameid-format:unspecified</NameIDFormat>  
<NameIDFormat>urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.1:nameid-format:WindowsDomainQualifiedName</NameID  
Format>  
<NameIDFormat>urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:kerberos</NameIDFormat>  
<NameIDFormat>urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.1:nameid-format:X509SubjectName</NameIDFormat>  
<AssertionConsumerService index="0" isDefault="true"  
Binding="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:HTTP-POST"  
Location="http://DMMSP.example.com:8080/opensso/Consumer/metaAlias/sp"/>  
<AssertionConsumerService index="1"  
Binding="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:HTTP-Artifact"  
Location="http://DMMSP.example.com:8080/opensso/Consumer/metaAlias/sp"/>  
<AssertionConsumerService index="2"  
Binding="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:PAOS"  
Location="http://DMMSP.example.com:8080/opensso/Consumer/ECP/metaAlias/sp"/>  
</SPSSODescriptor>  
</EntityDescriptor>  
Sample IdP Configuration Files  
Exported IdP Configuration Sample from OpenAM  
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>  
<EntityDescriptor entityID="dmsIdp" xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:metadata">  
<IDPSSODescriptor WantAuthnRequestsSigned="false"  
protocolSupportEnumeration="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:protocol">  
<KeyDescriptor use="signing">  
<ds:KeyInfo xmlns:ds="http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig#">  
<ds:X509Data>  
<ds:X509Certificate>  
MJEwVFggTTQ1MUwD9w0kQACIQNICQQWBGBYlAqqAMBGUzAwAEkVsiagAELKkCBkDCADdhAUIQIGE  
CYABEMTxwVzNBKQlNQZDMAlNCEQ1ADJzAKC0E4QgQSBExwGGVwzM0AAgQOVDUDT0A8cCNTxMFBVV  
BxxjNambbJAQRbThnMxjlMNFYMm8cpT2mDovLMTvENv4pAJIw2yNDRAYDMMTAG0wOyET3MLExgMw  
ZEMAAVk80JDVMVT1TSghThEMxBwjAU1zkwFMYEODCAQgH0MGQQGAJCNLEUNBQEBsCCBAwQVMlQAx  
DGgwkJ5EAY9vMADP2y0NbJIQo0jV5RaXw8YbsQsTVQDjx5ZNKNZaUgMBByUDjhcYjN2wJBSWQ0bNABmAo2eD4JQ1QA  
hEVyPDgAQEMZBUIAtNdgrxA0BcYIB9QuG4aWYHGX/ LcxHcYOES0MIYciud6KmI+/ kq/ YpRbA30QYctD0uax/  
0M7BUD/SMT+P1kQhA9dCLiOeu2WB2dKFWWOwcLIhgne7omCI+ozijrImy+4C3fz9zC/VrBA3bQZMcnsE6YbZJDC7Ih  
AjNAEAoQNZ5gGAKxBYEABzXjgAQwcDpvFYK1yNqr wArSlA7b3Vkhn42iQVjvj8I3No2ssay4LZyBsffkrm+  
gATatC/ HvyyNGoapGS9K4fLZNzBaXDW99/ 728x7bGciRWFdx4VOdPABkis+ a1Had9Blj8uCupvRp/ wkRkP+  
6hldOYEWQyVmrwid02g3S5Gtb+ ErQO7KA5G1wKvrw=  
</ds:X509Certificate>  
</ds:X509Data>  
</ds:KeyInfo>  
</KeyDescriptor>  
<ArtifactResolutionService index="0" isDefault="true"  
Binding="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:SOAP"  
Location="http://OpenAM.example.com:8080/opensso/ArtifactResolver/metaAlias/idp"/>  
<SingleLogoutService Binding="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:HTTP-Redirect"  
Location="http://OpenAM.example.com:8080/opensso/IDPSloRedirect/metaAlias/idp"  
ResponseLocation="http://OpenAM.example.com:8080/opensso/IDPSloRedirect/metaAlias/idp"/>  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Reference  
<SingleLogoutService Binding="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:HTTP-POST"  
Location="http://OpenAM.example.com:8080/opensso/IDPSloPOST/metaAlias/idp"  
ResponseLocation="http://OpenAM.example.com:8080/opensso/IDPSloPOST/metaAlias/idp"/>  
<SingleLogoutService Binding="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:SOAP"  
Location="http://OpenAM.example.com:8080/opensso/IDPSloSoap/metaAlias/idp"/>  
<ManageNameIDService Binding="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:HTTP-Redirect"  
Location="http://OpenAM.example.com:8080/opensso/IDPMniRedirect/metaAlias/idp"  
ResponseLocation="http://OpenAM.example.com:8080/opensso/IDPMniRedirect/metaAlias/idp"/>  
<ManageNameIDService Binding="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:HTTP-POST"  
Location="http://OpenAM.example.com:8080/opensso/IDPMniPOST/metaAlias/idp"  
ResponseLocation="http://OpenAM.example.com:8080/opensso/IDPMniPOST/metaAlias/idp"/>  
<ManageNameIDService Binding="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:SOAP"  
Location="http://OpenAM.example.com:8080/opensso/IDPMniSoap/metaAlias/idp"/>  
<NameIDFormat>urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:persistent</NameIDFormat>  
<NameIDFormat>urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:transient</NameIDFormat>  
<NameIDFormat>urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.1:nameid-format:emailAddress</NameIDFormat>  
<NameIDFormat>urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.1:nameid-format:unspecified</NameIDFormat>  
<NameIDFormat>urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.1:nameid-format:WindowsDomainQualifiedName</NameID  
Format>  
<NameIDFormat>urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:kerberos</NameIDFormat>  
<NameIDFormat>urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.1:nameid-format:X509SubjectName</NameIDFormat>  
<SingleSignOnService Binding="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:HTTP-Redirect"  
Location="http://OpenAM.example.com:8080/opensso/SSORedirect/metaAlias/idp"/>  
<SingleSignOnService Binding="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:HTTP-POST"  
Location="http://OpenAM.example.com:8080/opensso/SSOPOST/metaAlias/idp"/>  
<SingleSignOnService Binding="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:SOAP"  
Location="http://OpenAM.example.com:8080/opensso/SSOSoap/metaAlias/idp"/>  
<NameIDMappingService Binding="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:SOAP"  
Location="http://OpenAM.example.com:8080/opensso/NIMSoap/metaAlias/idp"/>  
<AssertionIDRequestService Binding="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:SOAP"  
Location="http://OpenAM.example.com:8080/opensso/AIDReqSoap/IDPRole/metaAlias/idp"/>  
<AssertionIDRequestService Binding="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:URI"  
Location="http://OpenAM.example.com:8080/opensso/AIDReqUri/IDPRole/metaAlias/idp"/>  
</IDPSSODescriptor>  
</EntityDescriptor>  
Exported IdP Configuration Sample from Shibboleth  
<EntityDescriptor entityID=”https://sso.example.com/idp/shibboleth”  
xmlns=”urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:metadata”  
xmlns:ds=”http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig#”  
xmlns:shibmd=”urn:mace:shibboleth:metadata:1.0”  
xmlns:xsi=”http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance”>  
<IDPSSODescriptor protocolSupportEnumeration=”urn:mace:shibboleth:1.0  
urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.1:protocol urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:protocol”>  
<KeyDescriptor>  
<ds:KeyInfo>  
<ds:X509Data>  
<ds:X509Certificate>  
MIICRTCCAa6gAwIBAgIETOrk+jANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQUFADBmMQswCQYDVQQGEwJVUzELMAkGA1UE  
CBMCQ0ExCzAJBgNVBAcTAlNKMQ4wDAYDVQQKEwVDSVNDTzEOMAwGA1UECxMFQ0lTQ08xHTAbBgNV  
BAMTFGZydWl0bG9vcHMuY2lzY28uY29tMCAXDTEwMTEyMjIxNDczOFoYDzIxMTAxMDI5MjE0NzM4  
WjBmMQswCQYDVQQGEwJVUzELMAkGA1UECBMCQ0ExCzAJBgNVBAcTAlNKMQ4wDAYDVQQKEwVDSVND  
TzEOMAwGA1UECxMFQ0lTQ08xHTAbBgNVBAMTFGZydWl0bG9vcHMuY2lzY28uY29tMIGfMA0GCSqG  
SIb3DQEBAQUAA4GNADCBiQKBgQCX0tTliXR7pGh9NNEKbIkChNB0t/H+2ysm4xr1Y60+hFssJGGx  
qnNv8UEqH7SIk7Z9eDBW6lJreiH3KtSWIJBvtV1hLGZAlwPTu/b6GzVHGX9uZaj3Jyw0N8rul8k8  
BoTsdNag7ZhQ7vIfcQ1HjLw9RT3u+n5ZkD+hbwEKtKePEwIDAQABMA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBBQUAA4GB  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Reference  
AA932Gf5lEY1c3w/ALuEXiDdtLnzRrNZxF7ZneDPfnjygNMOLgYTwCARdjdW40Xurd2RGSJC3MYJ  
bhqMIStSTbYPBB6KLuEWkk+AW+/uprX5T49SY6hS918tcErmWdW0CYFlIiRa2hMaJz6AbWAqKR80  
+n5IWxwEOlkmOPdWd1B/  
</ds:X509Certificate>  
</ds:X509Data>  
</ds:KeyInfo>  
</KeyDescriptor>  
<ArtifactResolutionService  
Binding=”urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:bindings:SOAP-binding”  
Location=”http://sso.example.com:8080/idp/profile/SAML1/SOAP/ArtifactResolution”  
index=”1”/>  
<ArtifactResolutionService Binding=”urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:SOAP”  
Location=”http://sso.example.com:8080/idp/profile/SAML2/SOAP/ArtifactResolution”  
index=”2”/>  
<NameIDFormat>urn:mace:shibboleth:1.0:nameIdentifier</NameIDFormat>  
<NameIDFormat>urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:transient</NameIDFormat>  
<SingleSignOnService Binding=”urn:mace:shibboleth:1.0:profiles:AuthnRequest”  
Location=”http://sso.example.com:8080/idp/profile/Shibboleth/SSO” />  
<SingleSignOnService Binding=”urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:HTTP-POST”  
Location=”http://sso.example.com:8080/idp/profile/SAML2/POST/SSO” />  
<SingleSignOnService  
Binding=”urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:HTTP-POST-SimpleSign”  
Location=”http://sso.example.com:8080/idp/profile/SAML2/POST-SimpleSign/SSO” />  
<SingleSignOnService Binding=”urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:HTTP-Redirect”  
Location=”http://sso.example.com:8080/idp/profile/SAML2/Redirect/SSO” />  
<SingleSignOnService Binding=”urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:SOAP”  
Location=”http://sso.example.com:8080/idp/profile/SAML2/SOAP/SSO”/>  
</IDPSSODescriptor>  
<AttributeAuthorityDescriptor  
protocolSupportEnumeration=”urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.1:protocol  
urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:protocol”>  
<KeyDescriptor>  
<ds:KeyInfo>  
<ds:X509Data>  
<ds:X509Certificate>  
MIICRTCCAa6gAwIBAgIETOrk+jANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQUFADBmMQswCQYDVQQGEwJVUzELMAkGA1UE  
CBMCQ0ExCzAJBgNVBAcTAlNKMQ4wDAYDVQQKEwVDSVNDTzEOMAwGA1UECxMFQ0lTQ08xHTAbBgNV  
BAMTFGZydWl0bG9vcHMuY2lzY28uY29tMCAXDTEwMTEyMjIxNDczOFoYDzIxMTAxMDI5MjE0NzM4  
WjBmMQswCQYDVQQGEwJVUzELMAkGA1UECBMCQ0ExCzAJBgNVBAcTAlNKMQ4wDAYDVQQKEwVDSVND  
TzEOMAwGA1UECxMFQ0lTQ08xHTAbBgNVBAMTFGZydWl0bG9vcHMuY2lzY28uY29tMIGfMA0GCSqG  
SIb3DQEBAQUAA4GNADCBiQKBgQCX0tTliXR7pGh9NNEKbIkChNB0t/H+2ysm4xr1Y60+hFssJGGx  
qnNv8UEqH7SIk7Z9eDBW6lJreiH3KtSWIJBvtV1hLGZAlwPTu/b6GzVHGX9uZaj3Jyw0N8rul8k8  
BoTsdNag7ZhQ7vIfcQ1HjLw9RT3u+n5ZkD+hbwEKtKePEwIDAQABMA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBBQUAA4GB  
AA932Gf5lEY1c3w/ALuEXiDdtLnzRrNZxF7ZneDPfnjygNMOLgYTwCARdjdW40Xurd2RGSJC3MYJ  
bhqMIStSTbYPBB6KLuEWkk+AW+/uprX5T49SY6hS918tcErmWdW0CYFlIiRa2hMaJz6AbWAqKR80  
+n5IWxwEOlkmOPdWd1B/  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Reference  
</ds:X509Certificate>  
</ds:X509Data>  
</ds:KeyInfo>  
</KeyDescriptor>  
<AttributeService Binding=”urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:bindings:SOAP-binding”  
Location=”http://sso.example.com:8080/idp/profile/SAML1/SOAP/AttributeQuery” />  
<AttributeService Binding=”urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:bindings:SOAP”  
Location=”http://sso.example.com:8080/idp/profile/SAML2/SOAP/AttributeQuery” />  
<NameIDFormat>urn:mace:shibboleth:1.0:nameIdentifier</NameIDFormat>  
<NameIDFormat>urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:transient</NameIDFormat>  
</AttributeAuthorityDescriptor>  
</EntityDescriptor>  
FAQs and Troubleshooting  
FAQs  
LDAP (Active Directory) FAQs  
Q. Which Active Directory releases does Cisco DMS support?  
A. Our completed tests succeeded as follows.  
Windows Active Directory Server 2000  
Cisco DMS 5.2.1  
Cisco DMS 5.2.2  
Cisco DMS 5.2.3  
Windows Active Directory Server 2003  
Cisco DMS 5.2.1  
Cisco DMS 5.2.2  
Cisco DMS 5.2.3  
Windows Active Directory Server 2008R2  
Cisco DMS 5.2.3  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Reference  
Federation Mode (SSO) FAQs  
Q. NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3Are there any special APIs to use federation mode?  
A. No. We support one set of API calls that work identically across all supported authentication modes.  
Q. NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3Can I use one browser to connect simultaneously to more than one DMM appliance  
or more than one Show and Share appliance?  
A. No. Each time that you connect to an additional instance, you are logged out of any prior instance  
in that browser. However, you can use multiple browsers together for this purpose.  
Q. NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3Why would user sessions time out for Show and Share or DMM users after a  
different interval than I set in DMM?  
A. This can happen when session timeout values differ between your DMM appliance and your IdP.  
Reconfigure these servers to share one identical session timeout value.  
Error Message FAQs  
Q. Why does an error message state that an Active Directory password is not valid?  
Explanation A “User must change password at next login” flag might be set on your Active Directory  
server. While this flag is set, the affected user cannot log in to any Cisco DMS component.  
DMS-Admin cannot change any password on your Active Directory server.  
Recommended Action Use features that your Active Directory server provides for this purpose.  
Q. Why does an error message state that filter validation has failed?  
Explanation Filters fail when they point to empty containers. They also fail in response to filter  
expressions that includes any spaces.  
Recommended Action Make sure on your Active Directory server that your filter did not refer to an  
empty organizational unit (OU) container. Confirm also that your filter expression does not contain even  
one space.  
Q. NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3Why would my API calls receive an HTTP 401 Unauthorized error?  
Recommended Action When you use federation mode, enable ECP on your IdP server.  
Network Policy FAQs  
Q. When I use LDAP authentication with Cisco DMS, which ports must remain open in my network?  
A. Your DMM appliance accepts user authentication requests securely through port 443. DMM then  
passes these requests securely to your Active Directory server through port 389. Also, SSL uses  
port 636.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Reference  
User Exclusion FAQs  
Q. Can I block Cisco DMS access to one particular Active Directory user account, when it is among the matched  
results for an otherwise useful LDAP filter?  
A. Yes. Extend your query to include a logical NOT (!) operator for an attribute whose value is unique  
to this user. This example uses the LDAP samAccountName” attribute name, which DMM uses by  
default to populate the corresponding login name for DMM. However, if your Active Directory  
server uses any other attribute name than “samAccountName” for this purpose, you must update the  
example syntax accordingly when you extend your query.  
(&(currentFilter)(samAccountName!=username-to-be-excluded))  
Tip  
Information on the Manage Attributes property sheet in DMS-Admin confirms whether your Active Directory  
server uses the samAccountNameattribute name.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 6 Authentication and Federated Identity  
Reference  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
6-44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C H A P T E R  
7
Users and Groups  
Revised: May 22, 2010  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You manage user accounts and user groups for components of Cisco DMS..  
Audience  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Concepts  
Understand User Accounts  
You can create user accounts manually or you can import them from an Active Directory server.  
Imported accounts and created accounts can coexist.  
You cannot create any new user accounts manually while your authentication method is LDAP.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
7-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 7 Users and Groups  
Procedures  
Understand User Roles  
User roles in DMS-Admin are the automatic result of a logical operation. You cannot use DMS-Admin  
to assign a user role directly to any user.  
In some cases, users who are authorized to use more than one licensed feature of Cisco DMS. The  
DMS-Admin user role that you see for a user account is based on all privileges and access settings that  
the user has, combined across all of your licensed and activated features.  
Table 7-1  
Logic That Determines User Role Designations in DMS-Admin  
User Role  
Logic  
Admin  
This user role is assigned automatically to any user who is an administrator in any DMM software  
module. These users have full read/write access to all users and user groups in DMS-Admin and can  
manage settings for them.  
Group Admin  
ReadOnly  
This user role is assigned automatically to any user who is a content author for Show and Share but is  
not an administrator in any DMM software module. These users cannot see information about user  
accounts and groups in DMS-Admin, nor can they create, edit, or delete them. However, these users  
can create user groups as part of the workflow in Show and Share Administration when they assign the  
rights to view a new or preexisting video.  
Caution  
Each user account has only the user role “ReadOnly” until you assign additional access rights and  
privileges. User accounts with this role have severely limited access.  
This user role in DMS-Admin is assigned automatically to any user who has not been granted any  
explicit access settings or privileges in any DMM software module, or who can log in to  
Show and Share but has no other privileges. These users are prevented from logging in to any DMM  
software module.  
Procedures  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
7-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 7 Users and Groups  
Procedures  
Create User Groups  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Administration > Users.  
Click Create Group.  
Step 3  
Enter values to name and describe the group.  
Tip  
The name that you enter for a user group must not contain any spaces or special characters.  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Click Save to save your work.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
7-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 7 Users and Groups  
Procedures  
Delete User Groups  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Administration > Users.  
Click a group name to highlight it.  
Step 3  
Choose Options > Delete Group.  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Click Yes in the Delete Confirmation dialog box.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Create User Accounts  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Administration > Users.  
Click Add New User.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
7-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 7 Users and Groups  
Procedures  
Step 3  
Enter the required values in the Add New User dialog box.  
Step 4  
(Optional) Enter contact information.  
Step 5  
(Optional) Assign the user to a user group.  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Click Save.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
7-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 7 Users and Groups  
Procedures  
Related Topics  
Assign Users to Groups  
When you first create a user account in DMS-Admin, you can associate the account with a user group  
immediately or you can do so after you assign access rights and permissions to the user.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Drag a user from the table to the group name.  
OR  
Use the Edit User dialog box.  
Step 2  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Edit User Accounts  
You can edit user account settings manually.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Administration > Users.  
Click an entry in the untitled table that describes all user accounts.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
7-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 7 Users and Groups  
Procedures  
Step 3  
Choose Options > Edit User.  
Step 4  
Make changes to its values in the Edit User dialog box.  
Step 5  
(Optional) Enter contact information.  
Step 6  
(Optional) Assign the user to a user group.  
Step 7  
Step 8  
Click Save.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
7-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 7 Users and Groups  
Procedures  
Delete User Accounts  
Note  
You cannot delete the superuser account. However, you can delete any other user account.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Administration > Users.  
Click an entry in the untitled table that describes all user accounts.  
To mark multiple user accounts for deletion, Ctrl-click.  
Choose Options > Delete User.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Assign User Access Rights and Permissions  
Note  
User rights and privileges are feature-specific. You cannot use DMS-Admin to assign rights or privileges to any user.  
Before You Begin  
Obtain and install the license keys to activate licensed features.  
Create or import user accounts.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Assign access rights and privileges to users in the individually licensed features they will use.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
7-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 7 Users and Groups  
Reference  
Reference  
Software UI and Field Reference Tables  
Elements to Configure User Account Settings  
Navigation Path  
Administration > Users  
Table 7-2  
Elements for Creating and Editing User Accounts Manually  
Element  
Description  
First Name  
This required value might be identical for multiple users.  
Note  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3We no longer validate that this value is strictly alphanumeric.  
Specifically, we support your use of opening and closing quotation marks, forward slashes, and back slashes.  
Last Name  
This required value might also be identical for multiple users.  
Note  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3We no longer validate that this value is strictly alphanumeric.  
Specifically, we support your use of opening and closing quotation marks, forward slashes, and back slashes.  
Email Address  
Username  
The email address to be associated with this user account.  
A unique username. The name is unique in the sense that you have not used it as the name for  
any other user account for any component of Cisco DMS. You must enter the username.  
Note  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3Usernames are now case-insensitive and the minimum username  
length is lowered to two characters. (Previously, the minimum username length was four characters.)  
Password  
The password for the user account. You must enter a password, then reenter it.  
Re-enter password  
Active list  
Signifies whether the account holder is an active or inactive user of Cisco DMS. Alternatively,  
signifies whether the account holder is active in your organization.  
Optional Contact Info  
Company  
The agency, corporation, nonprofit organization, or other such institution to be associated with  
this user account.  
Department  
Phone  
The department within the institution.  
The telephone number to be associated with this user account.  
Optional Group Selection  
Unlabeled check box  
Groups column  
Marks the groups to which this user should belong.  
Shows the group name.  
Description column  
Optional, brief description of the group and its purpose.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
7-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 7 Users and Groups  
Reference  
FAQs and Troubleshooting  
FAQs  
Q. What might prevent a user from logging in to DMM with an account that I created in DMS-Admin?  
A. By default, DMS-Admin assigns all newly created user accounts to a user role called “ReadOnly.”  
Users with this role cannot log in to DMM. To grant this right to users, you must assign  
module-specific rights to them in Digital Signs or Show and Share Administration. Afterward, their  
user role changes to “Admin.”  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
7-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
C H A P T E R  
8
Events and Notifications  
Revised: May 31, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You monitor events for components of Cisco DMS..  
Audience  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Concepts  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
8-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 8 Events and Notifications  
Concepts  
Overview  
DMS-Admin supports email (SMTP) natively.  
In addition, you can purchase and install a license key to activate our SNMP Notifications Module. After  
you activate this module, you can start to use:  
A network management MIB file called CISCO-DIGITAL-MEDIA-SYSTEMS-MIB.my.  
The agent capabilities file that describes which MIB objects we support in this release.  
In this framework, you can define alarms that associate system events with methods to deliver  
notification messages.  
Timesaver  
The Alerts gauge at Administration > Dashboard shows the total count of notification messages delivered in the past 1 hour.  
Click View Alerts to jump directly to the Alerts page.  
Restrictions  
SNMP features in this release are read-only.  
Your NMS can use SNMP to submit queries to DMS-Admin but cannot use SNMP to edit the  
configuration of any Cisco DMS component.  
You cannot edit the (default) community string of your DMM appliance.  
SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c are not secure protocols. You cannot use a firewall to secure SNMP traffic.  
In this release, the SNMP Notification Module does not support:  
The SNMPv3 protocol.  
Any monitoring of Cisco Digital Media Encoders (DMEs).  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
8-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 8 Events and Notifications  
Concepts  
Understand SNMP Concepts  
Your fully licensed and equipped DMS-Admin software can use SNMPv1 or SNMPv2c to:  
Respond to Cisco DMS MIB schema-compliant queries from your NMS.  
Send notification messages automatically to your NMS whenever predefined system event  
types occur.  
Understand MIB and NMS Concepts  
Any dedicated NMS that supports SNMP can load CISCO-DIGITAL-MEDIA-SYSTEMS-MIB.my into its  
MIB browser. CiscoWorks is one example. Your NMS can then send SNMP queries to DMS-Admin and  
represent its responses correctly to monitor objects from our MIB schema.  
Cisco DMS server appliances.  
Cisco DMPsin the sense that, when your DMPs report their events to your DMM appliance, it  
forwards the appropriate SNMP alerts.  
Cisco Digital Media Manager software.  
Cisco Show and Share software.  
Our MIB schema models three object groups.  
Object Group  
Description  
DMS Systems Group  
Models all distributed component parts of this Cisco DMS installation as a  
single, abstract system.  
DMS Features Group  
Categorizes licensed and unlicensed features.  
DMS Inventory Group Lists the devices that constitute your Cisco DMS installation and describes  
their operational status.  
Understand IP Address Conflict Events  
An address conflict occurs when a DHCP server assigns to one registered DMP the exact dynamic  
IP address that some other registered DMP used previously.  
When the DMP that previously used the address is no longer in active use, you should delete the record  
of it in Digital Signs.  
When the DMP that previously used the address is one that should remain active, confirm that it is still  
running and still connected to the network, then restart it and confirm that its DHCP server does not  
assign IP addresses with expiration dates.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
8-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 8 Events and Notifications  
Concepts  
Understand Supported Event Types  
Global Event Categories  
Categories  
Notification Messages  
All Internal Events  
List all signals exchanged between and among the internal components of  
Cisco DMS.  
Note  
Most users attribute little or no significance to these events.  
All Notifiable Events  
Deployment Failures  
List all.  
Messages list recently failed deployments of content for all components of  
Cisco DMS.  
Deployment Successes  
Messages list recently failed deployments of content for all components of  
Cisco DMS.  
DMP Event Categories  
Categories  
Outages  
Notification Messages  
List all registered but unreachable DMPs.  
List all registered DMPs that restarted recently.  
List all registered DMPs with IP address conflicts.  
List all newly registered DMPs.  
Restarts  
IP Conflicts  
IP Registrations  
Show and Share Event Categories  
Categories  
Notification Messages  
Show and Share Outages List registered but unreachable Show and Share appliances.  
Show and Share Restarts List registered Show and Share appliances that restarted recently.  
Show and Share Content List recently failed deployments of content for use on Show and Share.  
Publishing Failures  
Show and Share Content List recently successful deployments of content for use on  
Publishing Successes  
Show and Share.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
8-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 8 Events and Notifications  
Procedures  
Failover Cluster Event Categories  
Categories  
Notification Messages  
List instances when either node in any failover pair is not responsive.  
Cluster Node Outages  
Cluster Node Activations List instances when either node in any failover pair becomes responsive.  
WAAS Event Categories  
Categories  
Notification Messages  
WAAS Connections  
Lists instances when DMM established a connection to a WAAS share.  
Lists instances when DMM lost its connection to a WAAS share.  
Lists instances when the WAAS share was low on disk space.  
WAAS Disconnections  
WAAS Low Disk Space  
Understand Notification Methods  
Email  
Activates automatic delivery of email notification messages for all corresponding event types.  
SNMP  
Activates automatic delivery of SNMPv2c notification messages to your NMS for all corresponding  
event types.  
Syslog  
Activates automatic delivery of notification messages to your Syslog collector.  
All  
All of the above.  
Workflow  
Procedures  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
8-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 8 Events and Notifications  
Procedures  
Enable or Disable Email  
You can enable or disable the email service (SMTP) on your DMM appliance. When this service is  
enabled, DMS-Admin can send email notifications automatically to you or other interested parties  
whenever system events of predefined types occur.  
Before You Begin  
To see and use the Settings tab, you must be logged in as an administrator.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Settings > External Servers > SMTP.  
Enter the required values to start or stop email service on your DMM appliance.  
You must enter these values or you cannot send notification messages:  
Value  
Description  
Server Status Click the radio button to enable or disable the email service.  
Host  
Port  
The routable IP address or DNS-resolvable hostname.  
The number to identify which TCP port is reserved for SMTP traffic.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Click Save.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Configure SNMP Server Settings for Your DMM Appliance  
Cisco DMS can convey its notifications to an external SNMP server.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Choose Settings > SNMP.  
Click the Server Status radio button to enable or disable SNMP monitoring.  
Enter in the Host field the routable IP address or DNS-resolvable hostname of your NMS.  
Enter in the Port field the numeric UDP port assignment reserved for SNMP traffic.  
Apply the community string.  
Enter in the Community String field the password to identify that community.  
Tip  
The default Community String value is public.  
Step 7  
Step 8  
Click Save.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
8-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 8 Events and Notifications  
Procedures  
Populate the MIB Browser in Your NMS  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Log in to your Cisco.com account on ftp.cisco.com.  
Navigate to  
.
Timesaver  
Step 3  
Alternatively, go to http://cisco.com/go/dms/mib.  
Download these files:  
Step 4  
Load both files into your network management system (NMS).  
Tip  
Manufacturer documentation for your NMS should tell you how to do this.  
Step 5  
Step 6  
When your NMS prompts you to enter the SNMP port number for your DMM appliance, use the port  
number 161.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Configure Alert Reports and Notification Settings  
Define Alert Report Parameters  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Click the Alerts tab.  
Click Alert Reports, .  
Click the radio button to choose a monitoring mode.  
In Live Monitor Mode, we refresh displayed values in something close to real time.  
In Snapshot Mode, we do not refresh displayed values.  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Choose the range of dates.  
Choose an event type from the Type list, and then click Apply.  
Click Save.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
8-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 8 Events and Notifications  
Procedures  
Define Notification Rules  
Before You Begin  
Before you can deliver notification messages to any email recipent, you must configure SMTP and  
enable notification operations for it.  
Before you can deliver notification messages to any NMS, you must purchase and install a license  
key that activates the SNMP Notification Module. Then, you must configure SNMP and enable both  
notification operations and query operations for it.  
Before you can deliver notification messages to any Syslog collector, you must configure Syslog and  
enable notification operations for it.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Alerts > Notification Rules.  
Check the check boxes to turn On one or more notification methods for each listed event type.  
OR  
Uncheck every check box for an event type to stop its delivery of no  
tication messages through any medium or channel.  
(Optional) Did you check Email?  
Step 3  
If so, you activated the Recipent field, which is now editable. Enter the email address that should receive  
notification messages.  
Tip  
You can enter a unique recipient address for each notification rule.  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Click Save.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
8-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 8 Events and Notifications  
Reference  
Reference  
FAQs and Troubleshooting  
FAQs  
SMTP FAQs  
Q. What might interfere with the delivery of configured email notifications for events that the Alert Browser shows?  
Explanation This might happen when DMM cannot connect to your SMTP serverdue to either a  
misconfiguration or a service outage (SMTP error 421). To determine the cause, get copies of your  
DMM system logs from AAI and inspect /var/log/dms/EmsService.log file.  
Recommended Action Make sure the SMTP server configuration is correct in DMS-Admin. If the  
configuration is correct, test with a different mail server.  
SNMP and MIB FAQs  
Q. Which SNMP versions does the MIB support?  
A. SNMPv1 and SNMPv2.  
Note  
This release does not support SNMPv3.  
Q. If multiple DMPs become unreachable at the same time, will I receive separate SNMP notifications for each?  
A. Maybe. This can occur when you configure DMS-Admin to send SNMP notifications for  
unreachable DMPs.  
Note  
This release does not support notification throttling.  
Q. Where can I download the MIB and its agent capabilities file?  
A. Log in to your Cisco.com account and go to ftp://ftp.cisco.com/pub/mibs/v2/. Alternatively, go to  
Q. Which object groups does the MIB support?  
A. This release supports:  
cdmsSystem  
cdmsFeatures  
cdmsInventory  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
8-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 8 Events and Notifications  
Reference  
To understand these object groups, see the agent capabilities file.  
Q. Can I configure the community for my...  
... SNMP agent to accept ‘get’ requests?  
... SNMP agent to accept ‘set’ requests?  
A. Yes, from the public community.  
A. No, not in this release.  
... external SNMP server, which receives traps? A. No, not in this release.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
8-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
P
A R T  
2
Control DMPs and Presentation Systems  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C H A P T E R  
9
Welcome [to Centralized DMP Management]  
Revised: May 31, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You want to manage Cisco DMPs and their attached presentation systems centrally.  
Audience  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Concepts  
Overview  
Although we sell and license features separately for Cisco Digital Signs and Cisco Cast, they rely on a  
shared set of common services that help you to:  
Discover DMPs in your network.  
Create and populate DMPs groups.  
Organize a library of digital assets.  
Distribute assets to content engines, storage servers, or DMP local storage.  
Schedule events to occur on DMPs.  
Manage presentation systems that are connected to your DMPs.  
And more.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
9-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 9 Welcome [to Centralized DMP Management]  
Procedures  
Procedures  
Start Digital Signs  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Point your browser at your DMM appliance.  
When you use HTTP, be sure to specify port 8080.  
When you use HTTPS, be sure to specify port 8443.  
Be sure to use the fully qualified appliance DNS name and not merely its IP address.  
For example, https://dmm.example.com:8443  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Choose Digital Signs from the global navigation or click Digital Signs on the DMM landing page.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
9-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
C H A P T E R  
10  
DMP Dashboard  
Revised: May 31, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You want a fast way to assess the health and performance of your DMPs.  
Audience  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
10-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 10 DMP Dashboard  
Concepts  
Concepts  
Overview  
Cisco Digital Signs and Cisco Cast share a dashboard that shows various gauges. This shared dashboard  
summarizes and centralizes important features to monitor DMPs, schedules, assets, and settings for  
content delivery. Gauge data is not updated in real time; you must refresh your browser to refresh  
the data.  
When problems of any kind interfere with the data-collection processes that populate these gauges, they  
show question marks in addition to the best data that is available.  
Understand the Media and Schedules Gauge  
The Media and Schedules gauge represents differing types of data on its left and right sides.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
10-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 10 DMP Dashboard  
Concepts  
Understand the Left Side of the Media and Schedules Gauge  
The left side of the Media and Schedules gauge shows a read-only version of the deployment schedule  
that Cisco Digital Signs and Cisco Cast share. You can browse through the schedule timeline here and  
increase or decrease the magnification level for the range of hours that the gauge shows without your  
ever scrolling.  
Figure 10-1  
The Left Side of the Media and Schedules Gauge  
This gauge describes only the midnight-to-midnight, 24-hour schedule for today. You can center it on  
the current hour and you can filter it to show only the events that are scheduled for a particular  
DMP group.  
Related Topics  
Understand the Digital Media Players Gauge  
The Digital Media Players gauge shows a colored bar chart to summarize the health of registered DMPs  
in your network and counts the number of configured DMP groups.  
The color green represents registered DMPs that are reachable.  
The color red represents registered DMPs that are unreachable. A registered DMP might become  
unreachable when it receives a new dynamic IP address from the DHCP server at its deployment  
site. In this case, you should restart the DMP or edit the IP address record that DMM maintains for  
the DMP.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
10-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 10 DMP Dashboard  
Concepts  
Figure 10-2  
The Digital Media Players Gauge  
Tip  
DMM might report temporarily that a newly added DMP is unreachable. Most commonly, this occurs before the first polling  
session. The interval between DMP polling cycles is 5 minutes. In this case, wait a few minutes, and then check again.  
Note  
Configure your DHCP servers to expire leased IP addresses for DMPs only when DMPs are restarted. A registered DMP  
might become unavailable for centralized management if it receives a new dynamic IP address from the DHCP server at its  
deployment site. In this case, you should restart the DMP or edit the IP address record that DMM maintains for the DMP.  
Related Topics  
Understand the Cast Gauge  
The Cast gauge shows whether Cisco Cast is configured and tells you whether the most recent  
synchronization succeeded with your preferred EPG provider.  
Figure 10-3  
The Cast Gauge  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
10-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 10 DMP Dashboard  
Procedures  
Understand the Settings Gauge  
The Settings gauge summarizes the most basic attributes of configured settings for your DMM appliance  
and your content delivery network.  
Figure 10-4  
The Settings Gauge  
Related Topics  
Procedures  
View Dashboard Gauges for DMPs  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Choose Digital Signs > Dashboard.  
OR  
Choose Cast > Dashboard.  
Step 2  
Work with gauges, as needed.  
Click  
Click  
in the title bar of a collapsed gauge to expand it.  
in the title bar of an expanded gauge to collapse it.  
Drag a gauge by its title bar to rearrange the dashboard.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
10-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 10 DMP Dashboard  
Procedures  
Tip  
All gauges are made wide that load on the left side.  
All gauges are made narrow that load on the right side.  
Step 3  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Use the Left Side of the Media and Schedules Gauge  
Before You Begin  
You must be logged in an administrator or as a user who has at least read-only permissions for  
the schedule.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Examine the gauge.  
Do any of the following.  
Click Now to center the timeline on the current hour.  
Move the slider left or right to adjust magnification of the schedule timeline:  
The far left position “zooms out” to show schedule magnification in 6-hour increments.  
The far right position “zooms in” to show schedule magnification in 5-minute increments.  
When your browser window is small enough that it shows a horizontal scrollbar above the timeline,  
use this scrollbar to scroll the timeline left or right, where left is earlier in the day and right is later  
in the day.  
Step 3  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
10-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 10 DMP Dashboard  
Procedures  
Use the Right Side of the Media and Schedules Gauge  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Examine the gauge.  
Do any of the following.  
In the All Digital Signage area...  
Click Presentation to jump to Digital Signage > Presentations.  
Click Playlist to jump to Digital Signage > Playlist.  
Click Create Presentation to start Digital Media Designer.  
In the All Assets area...  
Click HTML to list HTML URLs only.  
Click IMAGES to list image files only.  
Click UDP to list UDP URLs only.  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3Click SDP to list SDP URLs only.  
Click FIRMWARE to list DMP firmware and kernel files only.  
Click FLASH to list SWF files only.  
Click VIDEO to list MPEG videos only.  
Click RTSP to list RTSP videos only.  
Click AUDIO to list audio assets only.  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.2Click RTP to list RTP URLs only.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
(Optional) Would you like to populate your media library with assets or URLs? If so, click Add Asset.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
10-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 10 DMP Dashboard  
Procedures  
Use the Digital Media Players Gauge  
Before You Begin  
You must be logged in as an administrator or as a user with sufficient permissions to see at least one  
DMP or one DMP group.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Examine the gauge.  
(Optional) Would you like to learn more? If so, click View All DMPs and DMP Groups.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Use the Cast Gauge  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Examine the gauge.  
Click Manage Cast to learn more.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Use the Settings Gauge  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Examine the gauge.  
Click Manage Settings to learn more.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
10-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 10 DMP Dashboard  
Reference  
Related Topics  
Reference  
Software UI and Field Reference Tables  
Elements on the Right Side of the Media and Schedules Gauge  
The right side of the Media and Schedules gauge counts and categorizes assets of various types that are  
saved in your media library, and also counts the playlists and presentations that are saved. In addition, it  
shows 10 categorized shortcuts.  
Shortcut  
Description  
All Digital Signage area  
All Digital Signage  
Presentations  
Shows the sum total count of how many assets, presentations, and playlists are saved.  
Counts the number of presentations that your organization has designed and saved in DMD.  
Also, a shortcut to Digital Signage > Presentations.  
The dashboard does not show this information to you unless you are logged in as an  
administrator or as a user with sufficient permissions to see presentations.  
Playlists  
Counts the number of ordinary playlists that your organization has populated and saved  
in DMM.  
Also, a shortcut to selecting Digital Signage > Playlists.  
The dashboard does not show this information to you unless you are logged in as an  
administrator or as a user with sufficient permissions to see playlists.  
Create Presentation  
A shortcut that starts Digital Media Designer.  
The dashboard does not show this information to you unless you are logged in as an  
administrator or as a user with sufficient permissions to create presentations.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
10-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 10 DMP Dashboard  
Reference  
Shortcut  
All Assets area  
Description  
HTML  
IMAGES  
UDP  
Shortcuts to open your media library, filtering it to describe assets of only one type. Also  
counts how many assets of each type are saved in your media library.  
The dashboard does not show this element to you unless you are logged in as an  
administrator or as a user with sufficient permissions to see assets in the media library.  
SDP  
Note  
Support for RTP assets is NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.2.  
Support for SDP assets is NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3.  
FIRMWARE  
FLASH  
VIDEO  
RTSP  
AUDIO  
RTP  
Add Asset  
Opens the Add Asset dialog box, from which you can add assets to your media library.  
The dashboard does not show this element to you unless you are logged in as an  
administrator or as a user with sufficient permissions to add assets to at least one category  
within the media library.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
10-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C H A P T E R  
11  
Register DMPs  
Revised: May 25, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
EveryoneYou understand IP addresses, subnets, and other LAN fundamentals.  
EveryoneYour user account permissions allow you to manage DMPs.  
Audience  
Medianet UsersYou understand Medianet fundamentals and have hands-on experience in its configuration and use.  
Or, because you lack this specialization, you will study technical materials on Cisco.com as needed.  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Concepts  
Concepts  
Overview  
Before you can start to manage DMPs centrally for use with the features of Cisco Digital Signs or  
Cisco Cast, you must register them with DMM. You can automate this registration process or run  
it manually for one DMP at a time.  
Cisco DMS-native autoregistration finds every DMP in the subnets that you specify and then  
configures these DMPs to recognize and trust your DMM appliance. It restarts the DMPs and then  
registers them in DMM for centralized management.  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3Medianet autoregistration finds any DMP automatically when you attach it  
to a Medianet-ready switch in your Enterprise. This method optimizes the switch port for rich media  
delivery, and then registers the DMP in DMM for centralized management.  
Glossary  
Timesaver  
Go to terms that start with... [  
|
|
|
|
].  
A
autoregistration  
Auto Smartports1  
A collection of interface-level switch commands bundled together as a macro that configures a  
switchport without human intervention. Upon detecting a connection to one of its physical interfaces  
(or “ports”), a Medianet-ready switch uses CDP packets or a similar mechanism2 in tandem with a  
port-based network access control (PNAC) standard such as 802.1x/MABto learn what type of  
device has connected to it. Device identification triggers the appropriate Auto Smartports macro to run  
automatically on the switch and configure its interface appropriately for the detected device type. This  
behavior eases the administrative burden of configuring multiple switchports manually. (Similarly,  
when there is a “link-down” event on the port, the switch removes the macro.) In the ITU model and  
framework for network management, known as FCAPS, Auto Smartports macros act in support of  
what’s called configuration management.  
See Auto Smartports Configuration Guide, Release 12.2(58)SE at  
1. Infrequently abbreviated as ASP.  
2. Such as Link-Level Discovery Protocol (LLDP) packets, packets that include specific MAC addresses or Organizational Unique Identifiers (OUIs), or  
attribute-value pairs within a RADIUS response.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Concepts  
C
Cisco Discovery Protocol. DMPs and other devices that support CDP can communicate facts about  
themselves, amongst themselves, over any physical network medium that supports Subnetwork Access  
Protocol (SNAP) encapsulation. CDP uses the data link layer, which connects physical network media  
to upper-layer protocols. And because CDP operates at this level, two or more CDP devices that support  
different network layer protocols (for example, IP and Novell IPX) can learn about each other.  
CDP  
Specifically, CDP causes devices to advertise not only their existence, but also their platform types,  
protocols, IP addresses, and SNMP-agent addresses to neighboring devices on their LAN switch or  
WAN. And when their connected switch is Medianet-ready, device identification can also trigger an  
Auto Smartports macro to run automatically.  
Thus, CDP facilitates discoveryby network management applicationsof Cisco devices that are  
neighbors of known devices. And this is particularly useful when such previously undiscovered  
neighbors use lower-layer, transparent protocols. After they possess information about such devices,  
network management applications can send SNMP queries to them.  
In addition, CDP detects native VLAN and port duplex mismatches.  
D
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. A standard method for devices to request, and servers to  
DHCP  
allocate, IP addresses in a network without human intervention.  
An optional DHCP relay class that:  
DHCP option 125  
Injects “vendor-identifying, vendor-specific information” into the request (within a DHCP  
DISCOVER message) to receive a dynamic IP address.  
Identifies the type of client sending the DHCP DISCOVER message.  
In turn, a DHCP server that is configured to support Option 125 can relay the client-generated request  
to some other DHCP server. This mechanism allows an organization to designate DHCP servers for  
clients that meet particular criteria. For example, you might want all of your DMPs to receive their  
IP addresses from a DHCP server that you reserve for this purpose exclusively.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Concepts  
L
Mechanism by which a device can learn its actual physical (“civic”) location through its connection to  
a Medianet-ready switch. Upon learning its location, the device can then share this information with  
peers, management servers, and other equipment on its network. The physical location of a DMP is  
almost always an important factor in which central management server it should trust, which assets it  
should play, which commands it should run, and which schedule it should follow.  
Location Services  
Someone must configure two essential values on your Medianet-enabled switch: “civic-location-id”  
and “additional-location-information.” These values are encapsulated into a CDP message that  
endpoints receive.  
civic-location-id  
This value describes the physical siteincluding the municipality, street address, floor designation,  
and so onwhere a switch and its attached nodes are deployed.  
additional-location-information  
This value describes any additional details to inject into the encapsulated CDP message. As this is a  
data injection, it depends wholly on the presence of a defined civic-location-id value. Absent that  
value, there is no way for this value to reach any endpoint. Later, when you plug a Medianet-ready  
DMP into a properly configured switch, the Location Services feature of MSI populates the Location  
URL field automatically in DMPDM.  
Note  
Note  
CDP and LLDP constrain how much location information you can store on a Medianet-enabled switch. Make  
sure that this information never exceeds 255 bytes.  
A DMP 4400G cannot receive or use Location Services information over Wi-Fi. Its connection type to your  
Medianet-enabled switch must be Ethernet.  
M
End-to-end intelligent architecture for optimized delivery of rich media to a variety of endpoints  
throughout an enterprise. Cisco Medianet is media-aware, endpoint-aware, and network-aware.  
Medianet  
Media Services Interface. Announces services to a DMP or any other Medianet-ready device that you  
MSI  
connect to a Medianet-enabled switch. MSI tells devices about their neighbors and their civic location.  
Medianet feature by which:  
MSI registration  
service  
Devices send encrypted registration requests to management servers.  
Servers receive such requests, respond to them, and store records in a local database.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Concepts  
Mechanism that applies DHCP option 125 packets to advertiseand poll forthe availability of  
particular services in a network. Service Discovery also notes which hosts provide these services. For  
your purposes as a DMP administrator, Medianet should know that a DMM server is available and know  
exactly which addressable node it is on your network. So naturally, you must configure your DHCP  
server to facilitate this information-sharing model. Configuration methods vary among platforms  
and implementations.  
MSI service  
discovery  
An example here shows entries in the dhcpd.conf file for a Linux-based DHCP server called dhcpd.  
Entries like these advertise the IP address of your authoritative DMM applianceconverted here from  
decimal to hex and shown in redto any DMPs that should trust its directives implicitly.  
option domain-name "example.com";  
option domain-name-servers 192.168.1.1;  
option option-125 code 125 = string;  
default-lease-time 600;  
max-lease-time 7200;  
authoritative;  
log-facility local7;  
subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {  
range 192.168.1.200 192.168.1.210;  
option routers 192.168.1.1;  
option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;  
}
class "DMM" {  
match if option option-125 = "\x00\x00\x00\x09\x06\x13\x04\x01\x44\x4d\x4d";  
option option-125  
"\x00\x00\x00\x09\x0b\x14\x09\x01\x80\x6b\xe0\xbc\x1f\x90\x00\x01";  
}
Tip  
The Linux CLI can easily convert IP address octets from decimal to hexadecimal.  
octet  
$ echo 'ibase=10;obase=16;  
' | bc  
(Remember to use a closing quote mark before the pipe.)  
And so, in keeping with the previous conversion example, shown in red....  
128 becomes x80  
107 becomes x6b  
224 becomes xe0  
188 becomes xbc  
In contrast, the DHCP offering in Windows Server 2008 (and, likewise, Windows Server 2003) cannot  
handle DHCP option 125 queries natively. Therefore, you must install a “callout” DLL that injects this  
ability into the server before you can configure it to advertise the availability of any service.  
Note  
For 32-bit Windows Server, the DLL filename is DHCPSDDLLx86.DLL.  
For 64-bit Windows Server, the DLL filename is DHCPSDDLLx64.DLL.  
Afterward, you must edit \Medianet\msi\apps\dhcpsddll\src\dhcpsdconfig.reg to include a 3-tuple  
(IP,port,transport), converted to hexadecimal, that identifies your DMM appliance as a provider of  
centralized management for DMPs.  
And finally, you must add two keys to the Windows registry, under  
\HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\DHCPServer\Paramters  
CalloutEnabled REG_DWORD 1  
CalloutDlls REG_MULTI_SZ <full_path_to_DLL>  
Note  
See the Medianet documentation on Cisco.com for detailed instructions.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Concepts  
Partial Support for Cisco Medianet 2.1 Features  
Some DMP endpoints support some Cisco Medianet 2.1 features.  
Note  
Tip  
We do not support any Medianet features on DMP 4305G endpoints.  
To assess your network for Medianet readiness, see http://cisco.com/go/mra.  
To review solution reference network designs (SRNDs) for Medianet, see  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.2Support for some Medianet features.  
Running firmware release 5.2.2, these DMPs know and can  
broadcast their product type, model, and software version.  
DMP 4310G  
In turn, they can receive their IP address, VLAN assignment,  
and network configuration settings automatically, in  
anticipation of you registering them to your DMM server.  
DMP 4310G endpoints in Cisco DMS 5.2.2 do not support  
discovery via DHCP or autoregistration to your DMM  
server. Nor do they know their physical location.  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3Expanded support.  
In addition to their earlier support of some Medianet  
features, these DMPs can now receive and parse enough  
information from Medianet through DHCP1 to autoregister  
themselves with your DMM server. They support discovery  
via DHCP and they can learn their physical location.  
After a successful autoregistration, the splash screen on  
these DMPs includes key parameters and states explicitly  
that setup succeeded.  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3Medianet 2.1 feature support by  
DMP 4400G endpoints running firmware release 5.2.3 is  
equivalent to support by DMP 4310G endpoints, with just  
one exception. Ordinarily, a DMP 4400G can participate in  
networks via either an Ethernet connection or a Wi-Fi  
connection. However:  
DMP 4400G  
A Wi-Fi connection by a DMP 4400G prevents it from obtaining  
or using any Location Services information that Medianet might  
be configured to provide.  
1. With DHCP option 125 (V-I Vendor-Specific Information) for service discovery, after you configure your  
supported DHCP server to support this option. See RFC 3925.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Concepts  
Understand Medianet Autoconfiguration for DMPs  
Some DMP models can use CDP to announce and identify themselves on networks.  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.2DMP 4310G  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3DMP 4400G  
And you might use Ethernet cables to connect such DMPs to switches where the autoconfiguration (Auto  
Smartports) features of Medianet are enabled. When you do, these switches recognize from the CDP  
announcements that the newly connected devices are DMPs.  
After recognizing that a DMP is attached to one of its Ethernet ports, the switch can apply to this port a  
set of built-in configuration macros (Auto Smartports) that are optimized specifically for DMPs. By  
configuring so many settings automatically, Medianet can accelerate and simplify DMP mass  
deployments, QoS configuration, and asset tracking. In turn, these simplified deployments can lower  
your operating costs.  
Information That Medianet and DMPs Exchange  
Medianet and a DMP can exchange these types of data.  
name of the chassis  
system name  
system object  
hardware revision  
firmware revision  
software revision  
serial number  
manufacturing name  
model name  
asset identifier  
CDP timeout  
VLAN assignment  
switch port assignment  
switch name and model  
switch IP address  
location string  
If you would like to learn more about Medianet, see http://cisco.com/go/medianet.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Concepts  
Medianet Activation Workflow for a DMP 4310G or 4400G  
Medianet support is enabled by default on DMPs in Cisco DMS release 5.2.3. However, you can turn  
this support Off or back On again at your discretion.  
Note  
Tip  
We do not support any Medianet features on DMP 4305G endpoints.  
You can deactivate Medianet support on one or more DMPs. Simply reverse step 3b in this workflow.  
1. Issue the command to enable Medianet 2.1 on a supported network switch that runs  
Cisco IOS 12.2(55.0.36)SE).  
Switch(config)#macro auto global processing  
2. Enable the Auto Smartports feature globally on the switch.  
3. Use either DMPDM or Digital Signs to enable Medianet features on your DMP 4310G or 4400G.  
DMPDM  
a. Click Network in the Settings area. ‘  
b. Choose On from the Medianet Enabled list in the Medianet Services area.  
c. Save this changed setting, and then restart your DMP.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Concepts  
Digital Signs  
a. Create and save a system task that uses:  
Set as its request type.  
init.startService_msi=yes&mib.save=1&mng.reboot=1as its request string.  
b. Schedule and deploy the system task to run on your DMP 4310G or 4400G.  
The request string includes a command to restart your DMP.  
Restrictions  
Non-Medianet Autoregistration  
DMM-native autoregistrationwhich does not use any Medianet technologiesdepends upon the  
Cisco TAC Troubleshooting Access option for DMPs and fails unless this option is enabled.  
DHCP  
As of May 2011, these DHCP servers have passed our tests for using Medianet with DMPs.  
Linux ISC dhcpd  
The DHCP implementation in Windows Server 2003  
The DHCP implementation in Windows Server 2008  
Cisco Network Registrar  
Note  
This Cisco DMS release does not support any DHCP server that runs on any Cisco router or switch.  
Login Credentials  
All DMPs that you manage centrally in DMM must share one identical set of DMPDM  
login credentials.  
Medianet  
A DMP 4310G might come to use the wrong IP address when it relies upon a Medianet switch where  
more than one VLAN uses DHCP. For the switch to bungle IP address assignment in this way,  
temporary conditions that do not sever the DMP’s AC power connection must nonetheless interrupt  
its network connection through the switch. (Thus, this problem cannot possibly occur while the  
DMP uses PoE.) Specifically, the Medianet switch assigns its default VLAN to your DMP. But  
thenafter your DMP’s network connection is interrupted and restoredyour Medianet switch  
assigns to your DMP a dynamic IP address from another VLAN on this same switch. The mismatch  
disrupts centralized management of your DMP.  
To prevent this problem or to recover from it, you must run a shell script on your switch. See the  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Concepts  
Guidelines  
Limit Your Use of Manual Registration  
Caution  
In addition to our support for Medianet features to autoregister your DMPs, DMM includes an efficient, timesaving  
feature of its own to autoregister your DMPs. Despite the presence of two robust and largely automated methods, you  
can register a DMP manually for testing purposes.  
We recommend that you never use the method to register a DMP manually, except in a lab for testing purposes. Manual registration  
is neither suitable for, nor scalable in, a production network.  
Eventually, when autoregistration finds and adds a DMP that you registered manually, the device inventory database develops  
multiple records for the one device. We see this duplication as an IP address conflict, which interferes with normal operation and  
triggers an alarm in DMS-Admin.  
General Best Practices for Non-Medianet Autoregistration  
Choose Network Ranges Cautiously  
When you autoregister DMPs that are new to your DMM appliance, they restart immediately even when  
they are known already to another DMM appliance, and even when they are running an event. Therefore,  
when your organization uses more than one DMM appliance, be careful to autoregister only those DMPs  
that you are not already managing centrally elsewhere. Otherwise, you might temporarily disrupt media  
playback for the signs in your network.  
Best Practices to Schedule Non-Medianet Autoregistration Events  
Stagger Deployment Schedules  
DMP autoregistration operations that are native to DMM (as opposed to the superficially similar  
operations in a Medianet) occur in a sequence that does not tolerate disruption.  
You can schedule multiple DMP autoregistration operations to run simultaneously only when they  
will all search the same one subnet.  
However, when you define DMP autoregistration operations to search more than one subnet, you must  
not schedule them to run simultaneously, or even to overlap. When they overlap, only the first of them  
can run at all. Furthermore, DMM does not show any error message to explain why the similar operations  
all failed.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Concepts  
Therefore, you should plan to stagger the start times by at least 35 minutes apiece when you schedule  
DMP autoregistration tasks that will search multiple subnets.  
Note  
In a very large network that contains thousands of DMPs, the necessary interval might be longer than  
35 minutes.  
We recommend that you autoregister DMPs after normal business hours. Autoregistration of 5,000  
DMPs takes approximately 4 minutes in a fast network and does not use polling.  
Set Events to Recur as Needed  
DMM runs any non-Medianet autoregistration job once each time that you schedule it to run.  
DMM does not scan the specified network range continuously for DMPs that you might add in the future.  
Therefore, when you plan to add DMPs frequently, you should schedule a non-Medianet autoregistration  
event to recur accordingly.  
Your DMPs must all share identical user credentials for their respective accounts. Otherwise,  
non-Medianet autoregistration cannot occur. Nor can DMM centrally manage DMPs whose  
passwords differ from your universal DMP password.  
Verify that the “Enable TAC Troubleshooting Access” option in DMPDM is not disabled. (It is  
enabled by default.) When you disable it, non-Medianet autoregistration cannot occur.  
Verify that the routers, switches, and firewalls between your DMM appliance and the CIDR address  
range for non-Medianet autoregistration allow TCP port 7777 to send and receive packets. Verify also  
that ICMP (ping) traffic is allowed to pass from your DMM appliance to your DMPs on this port. When  
any of this traffic is blocked anywhere along its route, non-Medianet autoregistration cannot occur.  
Caution  
You can stop untrusted DMM appliances from seizing control of your DMPs. Simply configure your network firewall to  
restrict which devices can send inbound traffic to your DMPs over TCP port 7777.  
Understand the Sequence of Operations for Non-Medianet Autoregistration  
DMM-native (non-Medianet) autoregistration operations follow this sequence.  
1. DMM scans every device in the specified address range, looking for devices where TCP port 7777  
is open.  
2. DMM confirms which such devices are DMPs.  
3. DMPs receive information about your DMM server, and are then instructed to restart.  
4. Upon restarting, DMPs transmit updated information about themselves to DMM and set their own  
status to “Up.”  
5. DMM generates new database records for all DMPs that are newly autoregistered.  
6. DMM assigns newly registered DMPs to any DMP groups that match the address range that  
you entered.  
7. DMM assigns newly registered DMPs to the “All DMPs” group.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Procedures  
Procedures  
Use DMPDM to Prepare a DMP for Manual Registration  
When somehow neither autoregistration type is suitable, such as for testing purposes, you can perform  
the required steps manually to register a DMP in DMM. However, you must first prepare the DMP.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Point your browser to the IP address of a DMP that you will manage centrally.  
At the DMPDM login prompt, enter the username and the password that you configured for the DMP.  
Click DMP Management in the Administration area, and then enter the required values.  
a. Enter in the DMM Appliance IP Address field the full and correct IP address of your  
DMM appliance.  
b. Enter in the DMM Server Timeout (in seconds) field the maximum number of seconds that your  
DMP should wait for a response from your DMM appliance.  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Click Apply to confirm your entries.  
Click Save and Restart DMP in the Administration area, and then click to confirm.  
Step 6  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Procedures  
Related Topics  
Use a System Task to Normalize DMP Passwords  
Do the management passwords on any of your DMPs differ from your norm for DMPs?  
If so, you must edit these values to normalize them. Centralized management of DMPs is possible in  
DMM only when your DMPs all use one identical username (admin) and one identical password.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Choose Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks > System Tasks, and then click the blank page icon  
to create a new system task.  
The Create New System Task form opens.  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Enter a name and description for your new task.  
Choose Set from the Request Type list.  
Enter this command string in the Request text box.  
init.WEB_password= new_password &mib.save=1&mng.reboot=1  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Click Submit to save the task and make it available to use.  
Send the password-changing instruction simultaneously to multiple DMPs in your network.  
a. Choose Schedules > Play Now.  
b. Choose a group from the DMP Groups object selector.  
c. Check the check box for each DMP where the DMP Web Account password should change.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Procedures  
d. Choose from the Select an Event Type list the system task that you named in Step 2.  
e. Click Submit.  
Note  
After your targeted DMPs restart, you must update DMM user credential entries at Settings > Server Settings.  
Step 7  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
What to Do Next  
Establish Trust Between Digital Signs and your Centrally Managed DMPs  
You must tell Cisco Digital Signs what user credentials to use at 5-minute intervals when it polls your  
DMPs and at any other time when it sends commands, queries, schedules or assets to your DMPs. Also,  
you must tell your DMPs which one DMM appliance to trust with this authority.  
Note  
This procedure assumes that you manage your DMPs centrally. Furthermore, it assumes that you use Cisco Digital Signs and  
not Cisco StadiumVision for this purpose.  
Before You Begin  
Verify that your DMPs all use identical credentials.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Choose Settings > Server Settings.  
Step 2  
Enter the required values.  
Servlet Server AddressIf you have not already done so, enter the DNS-resolvable hostname and  
domain for your DMM appliance, such as dmm.example.com.  
DMP User NameEnter admin or, when you have changed the DMP Web Account username from  
the default value, enter the new username that you assigned.  
DMP User PasswordEnter the password that corresponds to the username.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Procedures  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Click Save.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Caution  
DMP credentials must match exactly in DMPDM and Cisco Digital Signs. If you ever use a system task in  
Cisco Digital Signs to change DMP credentials, you must then return here and enter matching values. Otherwise, Cisco Digital  
Signs will use the wrong credentials when it tries to communicate with your DMPs. Then, after communication fails, it will consider  
your DMPs to be unreachable and unmanageable.  
Add or Edit Address Ranges for Non-Medianet Autoregistration  
Even without access to Cisco Medianet technologies, you can autoregister all of the DMPs in any  
NMAP address range that you specify. Afterward, the registered DMPs support centralized management  
from DMM.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Choose Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks.  
Click the DMP Discovery row in the Application Types list.  
Do one of the following.  
When you will define a new range for autoregistration  
a. Click Add New Application.  
Would you like  
to define an  
NMAP range?  
b. The page is refreshed.  
c. Name and describe the deployable event that should use these settings.  
When you will edit a saved range for autoregistration  
Would you like  
to edit an  
NMAP range?  
a. Click the Applications list row whose settings should be edited.  
b. Click  
Edit Application.  
c. The page is refreshed.  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Set the necessary values.  
Click Submit to save your work.  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard your work.  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Schedule when to deliver or run this event.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Procedures  
Timesaver  
Did you know that you can also use DMM-native (non-Medianet) autoregistration to populate a specific DMP group?  
It’s easy.  
1. Choose Digital Media Players > DMP Manager.  
2. Click a group in the table to highlight it.  
3. Choose More Actions > Edit DMP Group.  
4. Proceed as you would with any other non-Medianet autoregistration.  
Related Topics  
Delete Address Ranges for Non-Medianet Autoregistration  
You can delete network range definitions you saved for DMP autoregistration events.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Choose Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks.  
Click the DMP Discovery row in the Application Types list.  
Click the Applications list row whose settings should be deleted.  
Click  
Delete Application.  
Click Submit to save your work.  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard your work.  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Schedule when to deliver or run this event.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Procedures  
Add or Edit One DMP Manually  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Digital Media Players > DMP Manager.  
Do either of the following.  
Click the  
Add DMP icon above the DMP List table.  
OR  
Click the name of a DMP group to choose it in the object selector, and then click the  
icon above the DMP List table.  
Edit DMP  
Tip  
Is the Add DMP button missing from your DMP Manager page? If so, something has blocked port 843 on your switch or router.  
Open port 843 and try again.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Choose options and enter required values for the DMP.  
Click Submit to save your work. Alternatively, click Clear to discard your work.  
(Optional) Add the DMP to a DMP group.  
Schedule when to deliver or run this event.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Delete DMPs Manually from Your Device Inventory  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Digital Media Players > DMP Manager.  
Do either of the following.  
Browse the DMP Groups tree until you find the parent group whose member DMP should be deleted.  
Then, click the name of this DMP group.  
OR  
Choose an option from the Filter list to restrict which DMPs the DMP List table describes.  
Step 3  
Click to highlight the DMP to be deleted.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Reference  
Step 4  
Choose More Actions > Delete from System.  
DMM shows a warning message and asks that you either confirm or cancel your request.  
Step 5  
Click OK to save your work.  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard your work.  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Schedule when to deliver or run this event.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Reference  
Software UI and Field Reference Tables  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Reference  
Elements to Autoregister DMPs  
Navigation Path  
Either of these.  
Digital Media Players > DMP Manager > Create Group  
Digital Media Players > DMP Manager > More Actions > Edit Group  
Table 11-1  
Elements to Add and Edit DMP Groups  
Element  
Description  
Name  
A unique and human-readable name for the group.  
A brief description of the group and its purpose.  
IP address subnet ranges in which to find and autoregister DMPs.  
Description  
Add Range  
The netmask typically is /24.  
To find every DMP in a subnet, use 0 (zero) as the only digit in the fourth quad, such as  
192.0.2.0/24.  
To find one DMP whose address is already known to you, enter its IP address and the netmask but  
use a comma instead of the fourth dot, such as 192.0.2,50/24.  
To find all of the DMPs in a narrow range of addresses, substitute a range for the fourth quad,  
such as 192.0.2.1-254.  
The address range can span one subnet or multiple subnets.  
Delete a Range  
Range (CIDR)  
Deletes the range that you highlighted.  
The field where you edit one CIDR address range at a time.  
Automatic Grouping Shows a list of all the defined NMAP address ranges. Click a range to edit it.  
Range  
Related Topics  
Elements to Add or Edit One DMP Manually  
Navigation Path  
Either of these.  
Digital Media Players > DMP Manager >  
Digital Media Players > DMP Manager >  
Add DMP  
Edit DMP  
Tip  
Is the Add DMP button missing from your DMP Manager page? If so, something has blocked port 843 on your switch or router.  
Open port 843 and try again.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Reference  
Table 11-2  
Elements to Add and Edit One DMP  
Element  
Description  
Name  
A unique and human-readable name for the DMP.  
The public IP address that receives instructions and data from DMM.  
The MAC address that the DMP NIC uses.  
IP Address  
MAC Address  
Description  
Optional, brief description of the DMP, its deployment site, or other details that are relevant or  
meaningful to you.  
WLAN  
The WLAN address of a DMP 4400G.  
Note  
The serial number of a DMP 4310G.  
Note We do not provide this value for other DMP models.  
We do not provide this value for other DMP models.  
Serial No.  
Elements to Delete One DMP Manually  
Navigation Path  
Digital Media Players > DMP Manager >  
Elements to Delete One DMP  
Description  
Delete DMPs  
Table 11-3  
Element  
Delete DMP  
Deletes from your inventory database all records of the DMP that you highlighted.  
Related Topics  
Elements to Configure Non-Medianet Autoregistration  
Navigation Path  
Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks > DMP Discovery  
Table 11-4  
Elements to Configure Autoregistration  
Element  
Description  
Name  
A unique and human-readable name for this autoregistration IP address range task. You must enter a  
name. The name is unique in the sense that you have not used it previously as the name for anything  
that can be scheduled.  
Description  
A brief description. The description is optional.  
Discovery IP Range The NMAP syntax to describe one or multiple ranges of IP addresses.  
WLAN  
The WLAN address of a DMP 4400G.  
Note We do not provide this value for other DMP models.  
The serial number of a DMP 4310G.  
Note We do not provide this value for other DMP models.  
Serial No.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Reference  
Prevent DHCP Address Assignments to the Wrong VLAN  
Note  
You can run the following shell script (“mandatory.cdp.sh”) on a Cisco Catalyst 3750 Series switch. This shell script can  
prevent a type of DHCP-VLAN misalignment problem that we describe under the “Medianet” heading in the  
Tip  
To learn about shell script execution on your switch, see the documentation for your switch on Cisco.com.  
\
##::cisco::eem::event_register_neighbor_discovery interface .* cdp update  
#------------------------------------------------------------------  
#
# February 2009, Cisco EEM team  
#
# Copyright (c) 2009-2010 by Cisco Systems, Inc.  
# All rights reserved.  
#------------------------------------------------------------------  
fetch IS_MASTER /oper/platform/stack/manager/all/role  
if [[ $IS_MASTER -eq NO ]]; then  
return 0  
fi  
INTERFACE=$_nd_local_intf_name  
fetch IS_ASP_ENABLED /config/interface{$INTERFACE}/macro/auto/processing/enabled  
if [[ $IS_ASP_ENABLED -eq NO ]]; then  
return 0  
fi  
fetch IS_AUTH_ENABLED /config/interface{$INTERFACE}/macro/auto/processing/auth-enabled  
if [[ $IS_AUTH_ENABLED -eq YES ]]; then  
fetch CDP_CHECK_ENABLED  
/config/interface{$INTERFACE}/macro/auto/processing/cdp-fallback  
if [[ $CDP_CHECK_ENABLED -eq NO ]]; then  
return 0  
fi  
fi  
DETECTION_CDP=”cdp”  
ROUTER=”CISCO_ROUTER_EVENT”  
SWITCH=”CISCO_SWITCH_EVENT”  
LWAP=”CISCO_WIRELESS_LIGHTWEIGHT_AP_EVENT”  
AP=”CISCO_WIRELESS_AP_EVENT”  
PHONE=”CISCO_PHONE_EVENT”  
IPVSC=”CISCO_IPVSC_EVENT”  
LAST_RESORT=”last-resort”  
DMP=”CISCO_DMP_EVENT”  
fetch IS_CDP_DETECTION_ENABLED  
/config/interface{$INTERFACE}/detection_method{$DETECTION_CDP}/macro_auto_detection_cntrl  
if [[ $IS_CDP_DETECTION_ENABLED -eq NO ]]; then  
return 0  
fi  
fetch CURRENT_TRIGGER /config/interface{$INTERFACE}/macro/description  
fetch CURRENT_AP125X /config/interface{$INTERFACE}/macro/device_descr  
# Predefine the trigger in case no capabilities match  
DEVICE_TYPE=”Default device”  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Reference  
NEW_TRIGGER=CISCO_CDPDEVICE_EVENT  
if [[ $_nd_cdp_capabilities_bit_4 -eq YES ]]; then  
DEVICE_TYPE=”Host”  
NEW_TRIGGER=CISCO_HOST_EVENT  
if [[ $_nd_cdp_platform =~ ^(CIVS-IPC-2[45]|CIVS-IPC-4[35]) ]]; then  
DEVICE_TYPE=”Camera”  
NEW_TRIGGER=CISCO_IPVSC_EVENT  
fetch IS_IPVSC_DETECTION_ENABLED  
/config/interface{$INTERFACE}/device_trigger{$IPVSC}/macro_auto_device_cntrl  
if [[ $IS_IPVSC_DETECTION_ENABLED -eq NO ]]; then  
return 0  
fi  
fi  
if [[ $_nd_cdp_platform =~ ^(CTS[13]000) ]]; then  
DEVICE_TYPE=”CTS”  
NEW_TRIGGER=CISCO_CTS_EVENT  
fi  
if [[ $_nd_cdp_platform =~ “((Cisco DMP 4305G)|(Cisco DMP 4400G)|(Cisco DMP 4310G))”  
]]; then  
NEW_TRIGGER=CISCO_DMP_EVENT  
DEVICE_TYPE=”DMP”  
fetch IS_DMP_DETECTION_ENABLED  
/config/interface{$INTERFACE}/device_trigger{$DMP}/macro_auto_device_cntrl  
if [[ $IS_DMP_DETECTION_ENABLED -eq NO ]]; then  
return 0  
fi  
fi  
if [[ $_nd_cdp_platform =~ “^((Cisco IP Phone)|(Cisco IP Confe))” ]]; then  
DEVICE_TYPE=”Phone”  
NEW_TRIGGER=CISCO_PHONE_EVENT  
fetch IS_PHONE_DETECTION_ENABLED  
/config/interface{$INTERFACE}/device_trigger{$PHONE}/macro_auto_device_cntrl  
if [[ $IS_PHONE_DETECTION_ENABLED -eq NO ]]; then  
return 0  
fi  
fi  
fi  
if [[ $_nd_cdp_capabilities_bit_7 -eq YES ]]; then  
DEVICE_TYPE=”Phone”  
NEW_TRIGGER=CISCO_PHONE_EVENT  
fetch IS_PHONE_DETECTION_ENABLED  
/config/interface{$INTERFACE}/device_trigger{$PHONE}/macro_auto_device_cntrl  
if [[ $IS_PHONE_DETECTION_ENABLED -eq NO ]]; then  
return 0;  
fi  
fi  
if [[ $_nd_cdp_qos_tlv_bandwidth -eq ““ ]]; then  
BANDWIDTH_LIMIT=0  
else  
BANDWIDTH_LIMIT=$_nd_cdp_qos_tlv_bandwidth  
fi  
IS_AP125X=””  
LIMIT=0  
if [[ $_nd_cdp_platform =~ “^(cisco AIR-LAP)” ]]; then  
if [[ $_nd_cdp_platform =~ “^(cisco AIR-LAP125)” ]]; then  
IS_AP125X=AP125X  
else  
IS_AP125X=””  
fi  
DEVICE_TYPE=”LightWeight Access Point”  
NEW_TRIGGER=CISCO_WIRELESS_LIGHTWEIGHT_AP_EVENT  
LIMIT=$BANDWIDTH_LIMIT  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Reference  
fetch IS_LWAP_DETECTION_ENABLED  
/config/interface{$INTERFACE}/device_trigger{$LWAP}/macro_auto_device_cntrl  
if [[ $IS_LWAP_DETECTION_ENABLED -eq NO ]]; then  
return 0  
fi  
fi  
if [[ $_nd_cdp_platform =~ “^(cisco AIR-AP)” ]]; then  
if [[ $_nd_cdp_platform =~ “^(cisco AIR-AP125)” ]]; then  
IS_AP125X=AP125X  
else  
IS_AP125X=””  
fi  
DEVICE_TYPE=”Autonomous Access Point”  
NEW_TRIGGER=CISCO_WIRELESS_AP_EVENT  
LIMIT=$BANDWIDTH_LIMIT  
fetch IS_AP_DETECTION_ENABLED  
/config/interface{$INTERFACE}/device_trigger{$AP}/macro_auto_device_cntrl  
if [[ $IS_AP_DETECTION_ENABLED -eq NO ]]; then  
return 0  
fi  
fi  
if [[ $_nd_cdp_platform =~ “^(cisco AIR-SAP)” ]]; then  
DEVICE_TYPE=”Autonomous Access Point”  
NEW_TRIGGER=CISCO_WIRELESS_AP_EVENT  
LIMIT=$BANDWIDTH_LIMIT  
fetch IS_AP_DETECTION_ENABLED  
/config/interface{$INTERFACE}/device_trigger{$AP}/macro_auto_device_cntrl  
if [[ $IS_AP_DETECTION_ENABLED -eq NO ]]; then  
return 0  
fi  
fi  
if [[ $_nd_cdp_capabilities_bit_0 -eq YES ]]; then  
DEVICE_TYPE=”Router”  
NEW_TRIGGER=CISCO_ROUTER_EVENT  
fetch IS_ROUTER_DETECTION_ENABLED  
/config/interface{$INTERFACE}/device_trigger{$ROUTER}/macro_auto_device_cntrl  
if [[ $IS_ROUTER_DETECTION_ENABLED -eq NO ]]; then  
return 0  
fi  
fi  
if [[ $_nd_cdp_capabilities_bit_3 -eq YES ]]; then  
DEVICE_TYPE=”Switch”  
NEW_TRIGGER=CISCO_SWITCH_EVENT  
fetch IS_SWITCH_DETECTION_ENABLED  
/config/interface{$INTERFACE}/device_trigger{$SWITCH}/macro_auto_device_cntrl  
if [[ $IS_SWITCH_DETECTION_ENABLED -eq NO ]]; then  
return 0  
fi  
fi  
if [[ $DEVICE_TYPE =~ “^((Default device)|Host)$” ]]; then  
NEW_TRIGGER=CISCO_LAST_RESORT_EVENT  
fetch IS_LASTRESORT_TRIGGER_ENABLED  
/config/interface{$INTERFACE}/trigger_type{$LAST_RESORT}/macro_auto_trigger_cntrl  
if [[ $IS_LASTRESORT_TRIGGER_ENABLED -eq NO ]]; then  
return 0  
fi  
fi  
# With config persistency the macro applied interface commands  
# are not removed on linkdown. But when interface comes up and a  
# new device has been detected the config should change.  
# Checks for current_trigger, new_trigger and triggers being null  
# are required so that the new trigger event is generated  
# and configs applied without having changing configs when  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Reference  
# multiple devices are connected to the same interface.  
# Configs for only the first device that is detected will be applied.  
fetch SW_POE /oper/interface{$INTERFACE}/switch_poe_support  
if [[ $NEW_TRIGGER -eq $CURRENT_TRIGGER ]]; then  
if [[ $SW_POE -eq YES ]];then  
if [[ $CURRENT_AP125X -eq $IS_AP125X ]]; then  
set_oper /oper/interface{$INTERFACE}/macro_cfg_reset_pending_state NO  
return 0;  
else  
set_oper /oper/interface{$INTERFACE}/macro_cfg_reset_pending_state YES  
fi  
else  
set_oper /oper/interface{$INTERFACE}/macro_cfg_reset_pending_state NO  
return 0;  
fi  
fi  
DEF_TRIGGER=CISCO_CUSTOM_EVENT  
# trigger $DEF_TRIGGER TRIGGER=$DEF_TRIGGER INTERFACE=$INTERFACE LINKUP=YES  
AUTH_ENABLED=$IS_AUTH_ENABLED  
# Apply the new trigger as there is none already applied on interface  
if [[ $CURRENT_TRIGGER -eq ““ ]]; then  
set_oper /oper/interface{$INTERFACE}/macro_cfg_reset_pending_state NO  
fetch ACCESS_VLAN /config/trigger{$NEW_TRIGGER}/vlan_access  
fetch VOICE_VLAN /config/trigger{$NEW_TRIGGER}/vlan_voice  
fetch NATIVE_VLAN /config/trigger{$NEW_TRIGGER}/vlan_native  
if [[ $NEW_TRIGGER -eq CISCO_WIRELESS_AP_EVENT ]]; then  
trigger $NEW_TRIGGER TRIGGER=$NEW_TRIGGER INTERFACE=$INTERFACE LINKUP=YES  
LIMIT=$LIMIT SW_POE=$SW_POE AP125X=$IS_AP125X NATIVE_VLAN=$NATIVE_VLAN  
send log facility AUTOSMARTPORT severity 5 mnemonics INSERT Device $DEVICE_TYPE  
detected on interface $INTERFACE, executed $NEW_TRIGGER  
return 0;  
fi  
if [[ $NEW_TRIGGER -eq CISCO_WIRELESS_LIGHTWEIGHT_AP_EVENT ]]; then  
trigger $NEW_TRIGGER TRIGGER=$NEW_TRIGGER INTERFACE=$INTERFACE LINKUP=YES  
LIMIT=$LIMIT SW_POE=$SW_POE AP125X=$IS_AP125X ACCESS_VLAN=$ACCESS_VLAN  
else  
trigger $NEW_TRIGGER TRIGGER=$NEW_TRIGGER INTERFACE=$INTERFACE LINKUP=YES  
AUTH_ENABLED=$IS_AUTH_ENABLED LIMIT=$LIMIT ACCESS_VLAN=$ACCESS_VLAN VOICE_VLAN=$VOICE_VLAN  
NATIVE_VLAN=$NATIVE_VLAN  
fi  
send log facility AUTOSMARTPORT severity 5 mnemonics INSERT Device $DEVICE_TYPE  
detected on interface $INTERFACE, executed $NEW_TRIGGER  
trigger $DEF_TRIGGER TRIGGER=$DEF_TRIGGER INTERFACE=$INTERFACE LINKUP=YES  
AUTH_ENABLED=$IS_AUTH_ENABLED  
return 0;  
fi  
# Check the reset pending state and only then trigger the new event  
# to apply new device configurations.  
fetch IS_CFG_RESET_PENDING_STATE /oper/interface{$INTERFACE}/macro_cfg_reset_pending_state  
fetch IS_INT_MACRO_CFG_STICKY /config/interface{$INTERFACE}/auto/sticky  
STICKY=$IS_INT_MACRO_CFG_STICKY  
if [[ $IS_CFG_RESET_PENDING_STATE -eq YES ]]; then  
set_oper /oper/interface{$INTERFACE}/macro_cfg_reset_pending_state NO  
fetch ACCESS_VLAN /config/trigger{$NEW_TRIGGER}/vlan_access  
fetch VOICE_VLAN /config/trigger{$NEW_TRIGGER}/vlan_voice  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Reference  
fetch NATIVE_VLAN /config/trigger{$NEW_TRIGGER}/vlan_native  
trigger $CURRENT_TRIGGER TRIGGER=$CURRENT_TRIGGER INTERFACE=$INTERFACE LINKUP=NO  
AUTH_ENABLED=$IS_AUTH_ENABLED LIMIT=$LIMIT SW_POE=$SW_POE AP125X=$CURRENT_AP125X  
STICKY=$STICKY  
send log facility AUTOSMARTPORT severity 5 mnemonics REMOVE Device on interface  
$INTERFACE executed $CURRENT_TRIGGER to remove the configuration  
if [[ $NEW_TRIGGER -eq CISCO_WIRELESS_AP_EVENT ]]; then  
trigger $NEW_TRIGGER TRIGGER=$NEW_TRIGGER INTERFACE=$INTERFACE LINKUP=YES  
LIMIT=$LIMIT SW_POE=$SW_POE AP125X=$IS_AP125X NATIVE_VLAN=$NATIVE_VLAN  
send log facility AUTOSMARTPORT severity 5 mnemonics INSERT Device $DEVICE_TYPE  
detected on interface $INTERFACE, executed $NEW_TRIGGER  
return 0;  
fi  
if [[ $NEW_TRIGGER -eq CISCO_WIRELESS_LIGHTWEIGHT_AP_EVENT ]]; then  
trigger $NEW_TRIGGER TRIGGER=$NEW_TRIGGER INTERFACE=$INTERFACE LINKUP=YES  
LIMIT=$LIMIT SW_POE=$SW_POE AP125X=$IS_AP125X ACCESS_VLAN=$ACCESS_VLAN  
else  
trigger $NEW_TRIGGER TRIGGER=$NEW_TRIGGER INTERFACE=$INTERFACE LINKUP=YES  
AUTH_ENABLED=$IS_AUTH_ENABLED ACCESS_VLAN=$ACCESS_VLAN VOICE_VLAN=$VOICE_VLAN  
NATIVE_VLAN=$NATIVE_VLAN  
fi  
send log facility AUTOSMARTPORT severity 5 mnemonics INSERT Device $DEVICE_TYPE  
detected on interface $INTERFACE, executed $NEW_TRIGGER  
fi  
FAQs and Troubleshooting  
FAQs  
Q. Why does DMM report that a DMP is down within 5 minutes of my registering the DMP successfully in DMM?  
A. Make sure that the “Servlet Server Address” value is correct in DMM. See the “Establish Trust  
Q. Can I take advantage of DMM autoregistration without any Medianet-ready switch?  
A. Yes. You can use the DMM-native autoregistration that we have always supported or you can  
configure your DHCP server to support option 125, and thereby advertise to your DMPs the  
IP address of their trusted DMM appliance.  
Q. Can I use a Cisco switch or router as my DHCP server?  
A. No. Cisco switches and routers do not support DHCP configurations that include option 125.  
Q. Can a DMP that uses a static IP address autoregister itself to DMM?  
A. It depends. Although a DMP with a static IP address does not communicate with any DHCP  
serverand, thus, is blind to information that it might otherwise receive via DHCP option 125it  
should still be possible to use DMM native-autoregistration, as described elsewhere in this chapter.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 11 Register DMPs  
Reference  
Q. Can I obtain the serial number of a DMP?  
A. NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3Yes, you canbut only for a DMP 4310G whose installed firmware  
version is at least 5.2.3. There are two methods.  
Use DMM  
1. Define an advanced task in DMM.  
2. Choose Get as its request type.  
3. Enter exactly this request string.  
init.serial  
4. Name and save your advanced task.  
5. Send your advanced task to one or more DMP 4310G endpoints.  
Use HTTP  
Follow exactly this syntax.  
http:// DMP_IP_address :7777/get_param?p=init.serial  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
11-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C H A P T E R  
12  
Organize DMPs in Groups  
Revised: May 31, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You want to manage and organize your DMPs and presentation systems centrally and effectively.  
Audience  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Concepts  
Overview  
Features of the DMP Manager page can help you to:  
Organize your DMPs in groups.  
Manage DMPs collectively instead of managing only one DMP at a time.  
Deploy assets or instructions to DMPs immediately.  
Manage the presentation systems in your network.  
When you choose options anywhere on the DMP Manager page, it is updated automatically to show the  
options and features that are relevant to your selection.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
12-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 12 Organize DMPs in Groups  
Concepts  
Table 12-1  
Tasks That You Can Perform on the DMP Manager Page  
Task  
To Learn More  
DMP Group Management Tasks  
View the group hierarchy and  
collapse or expand any of its  
levels  
Click a group in the DMP Groups tree to list its member DMPs in the DMP table.  
Click a closed group to expand its level in the object selector.  
Click an opened group to collapse its level in the object selector.  
Add a new group  
Edit an existing group  
Populate a group with DMPs  
Automatically, in a production network:  
Manually, in a lab:  
Delete a group  
Remove DMPs from groups  
Related Topics  
Understand the Effect of Nesting One DMP Group Inside Another  
We recommend that you create DMP groups to organize your DMPs according to characteristics that  
they have in common, such as where or how you will use them, according to whatever logic works best  
for you. For example, the logical basis for your DMP groups might be geographic or corporate.  
One DMP group can contain another. Each choice that you make for centralized management propagates  
from parent (DMP group), to child (DMP subgroup or DMP), to grandchild (DMP). There is no  
maximum number of levels that you can add to the hierarchy, but a simpler organization is more scalable  
than an unreasonably complex one would be.  
We recommend that you do not assign any DMP to the root level in the hierarchy, due to the complexity  
of management, but we do not prevent you from doing this.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
12-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 12 Organize DMPs in Groups  
Procedures  
Procedures  
Add and Edit DMP Groups  
Note  
DMM uses TCP port 7777 to communicate with DMPs. This port is open on DMPs. You cannot close it.  
When you create or edit a DMP group, the least that you must do is name the group. In addition, you can  
populate the group automatically with all of the DMPs in any NMAP address range that you specify, or you  
can manually add DMPs to a group.  
Tip  
You can save a named group for use in the future, even if you have not yet assigned any DMPs to it.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Digital Media Players > DMP Manager.  
Do either of the following.  
Click Create Group.  
Click a group to highlight it in the tree, and then choose More Actions > Edit Group.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Enter a name and a description for the group.  
Define the network ranges from which to autoregister DMPs that should join this DMP group.  
OR  
You can skip this step if you will not autoregister DMPs now.  
Tip  
DMM runs each autodiscovery job one time. It does not look continually in the specified network range for DMPs  
that you might add in the future. When you plan to add DMPs to your network continually, you can schedule an  
autodiscovery event to recur as often as necessary.  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Click OK to save your work.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
12-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 12 Organize DMPs in Groups  
Procedures  
Delete DMP Groups  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Choose Digital Media Players > DMP Manager.  
Navigate in the DMP Groups tree, expanding levels until you find the group.  
Click the group name in the tree.  
Choose More Actions > Delete Group.  
Click OK to delete the group.  
OR  
Click Cancel to stop this deletion.  
Step 6  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Add DMPs Manually to DMP Groups  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Choose Digital Media Players > DMP Manager.  
Navigate in the DMP Groups tree, expanding levels until you find a group that already includes the DMP.  
Click to highlight this group in the tree.  
The DMP List table is refreshed. It now describes DMPs in your highlighted group.  
Step 4  
Click  
Edit in the row whose DMP should join a group.  
The Edit DMP dialog box opens.  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Step 8  
Navigate in the DMP Groups tree, expanding levels until you find the group that should contain the DMP.  
Check that group’s check box in the tree.  
Click OK.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
12-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 12 Organize DMPs in Groups  
Procedures  
Remove DMPs Manually from DMP Groups  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Digital Media Players > DMP Manager.  
Navigate in the DMP Groups tree, expanding its levels until you find a group that should no longer  
include a DMP.  
Step 3  
Click to highlight this group in the tree.  
The DMP List table is refreshed. It now describes DMPs in your highlighted group.  
Click Delete in the row whose DMP should leave a group.  
Choose Remove DMP from Group.  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Click OK.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Filter the DMP List Table  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Choose Digital Media Players > DMP Manager.  
Click the entry in the DMP Group tree for a group whose list of member DMPs you will filter.  
Choose one option from the Filter list, above the DMP List table.  
The DMP List table straddles multiple pages when there are more DMPs than there are rows per page.  
Step 4  
Step 5  
(Optional) Would you like to specify how many rows of data the table should load per page? If so,  
choose the number of rows from the list below the table.  
(Optional) Does the table straddle multiple pages? If so, use pagination controls above the table to move  
between pages.  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Click Go.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
12-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 12 Organize DMPs in Groups  
Reference  
Reference  
Software UI and Field Reference Tables  
Top-Level Elements to Manage DMPs and DMP Groups  
Navigation Path  
Digital Media Players > DMP Manager  
Table 12-2  
Elements for Managing DMPs and DMP Groups  
Element  
Icon and Description  
DMP Groups  
A hierarchical tree of DMP groups and subgroups. Here, you can create new groups, edit existing groups, and choose which  
DMPs the DMP List table should describe.  
Create Group  
Shows the Create DMP Group pane.  
Edit DMP Group  
Shows the Edit DMP Group pane, where you can edit attributes of the group that you  
highlighted.  
Delete Group  
Deletes the group that you highlighted.  
DMP List  
All DMPs at (or below) a level that you highlight in the DMP Groups tree. Or, the DMPs that match your filtering criteria. To  
see every registered DMP in your network, click the group that represents the root level. (By default, its name is “All DMPs”  
but this name is editable.) When there are more DMPs than there are rows, the list might straddle multiple pages. In this case,  
use pagination controls under the table to move from one page to another.  
Run Task  
Opens a dialog box where you can choose commands or assets for delivery to DMPs.  
Shows the Add New DMP pane.  
Add DMP  
Edit DMP  
Shows the Edit DMP pane.  
Delete DMP  
Control TV  
Deletes the DMP that you highlighted.  
Opens the LCD Control dialog box.  
Assign DMP to Group  
Creates an association between at least one DMP and at least one group.  
Remove DMP from Group Severs the association between at least one DMP and at least one group.  
Filter A method to redraw the DMP List table, so that it includes only the DMPs that match your filter.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
12-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 12 Organize DMPs in Groups  
Reference  
Table 12-2  
Elements for Managing DMPs and DMP Groups (continued)  
Icon and Description  
Element  
Display Number  
Status  
The maximum number of rows that the table should show per page if it straddles multiple pages.  
Says whether a DMP is reachable.  
A green icon tells you that the DMP is connected to a power source, uses a known IP  
address, and is reachable.  
A red icon tells you that the DMP is unreachable.  
Name  
A unique and human-readable name that you entered or that DMM chose; If DMM chose the  
name, it is either the DMP IP address or MAC address.  
IP  
The public IP address at which the DMP receives instructions and data from DMM.  
The release number for the installed firmware version on the DMP.  
The description that you entered.  
Version  
Description  
Internal Storage MB.  
(Total/Free)  
Measures the total storage capacity of the internal flash drive, and then measures the  
available capacity.  
External Storage MB.  
(Total/Free)  
Measures the total storage capacity of the external USB drive, if the DMP is connected to one,  
and then measures the available capacity.  
WAAS Status  
Says that a DMP has mounted a CIFS share, or does not say anything.  
Related Topics  
Elements to Add or Edit DMP Groups  
Navigation Path  
Digital Media Players > DMP Manager  
Table 12-3  
Elements to Add and Edit DMP Groups  
Element  
Icon and Description  
These elements load when you click Create Group or Edit Group under the DMP Groups tree.  
Name  
A unique and human-readable name for the group.  
A brief description of the group and its purpose.  
Description  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
12-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 12 Organize DMPs in Groups  
Reference  
Elements to Delete DMP Groups  
Navigation Path  
Digital Media Players > DMP Manager  
Table 12-4  
Element to Delete DMP Groups  
Element  
Icon and Description  
This element loads above the DMP Groups object selector.  
Delete DMP Deletes the group that you highlighted.  
Group  
Related Topics  
Elements to Add DMPs Manually to a DMP Group  
Navigation Path  
Digital Media Players > DMP Manager  
Table 12-5  
Elements to Associate DMPs with a DMP Group  
Element  
Icon and Description  
This element loads above the DMP List table.  
Assign DMP Creates an association between at least one DMP and at least one group.  
to Group  
Related Topics  
Elements to Remove a DMP from a DMP Group  
Navigation Path  
Digital Media Players > DMP Manager  
Table 12-6  
Elements to Remove a DMP from a DMP Group  
Element  
Icon and Description  
This element loads above the DMP List table.  
Remove  
DMP from  
Group  
Deletes the association between at least one DMP and at least one group.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
12-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 12 Organize DMPs in Groups  
Reference  
Related Topics  
FAQs and Troubleshooting  
FAQs  
Q. How many DMPs can I centrally manage from one DMM appliance?  
A. Approximately 4,000. However, it is not possible to pinpoint an exact count that is correct for every  
organization. The ways that you use your DMPs affect their cumulative load on a DMM appliance.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
12-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 12 Organize DMPs in Groups  
Reference  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
12-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C H A P T E R  
13  
Configure DMP Wi-Fi Settings  
Revised: May 31, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You have deployed DMP 4400G endpoints at sites with WLANs.  
Audience  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Concepts  
Glossary  
Timesaver  
Go to terms that start with... [ numerals  
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
].  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
13-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 13 Configure DMP Wi-Fi Settings  
Concepts  
numerals  
A wireless networking standard that specifies a maximum data transfer rate of 11Mbps and an operating  
frequency of 2.4GHz.  
802.11b  
A wireless networking standard that specifies a maximum data transfer rate of 54Mbps, an operating  
frequency of 2.4GHz, and backward compatibilitywith 802.11b devices.  
802.11g  
A
Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting.  
AAA  
See also EAP-FAST, EAP-MD5 server, LEAP server, and PEAP server.  
A device that allows wireless-equipped computers and other devices to communicate with a wired  
network. Also used to expand the range of a wireless network.  
access point  
C
Based on the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) defined in the National Institute of Standards and  
Technology's FIPS Publication 197, AES-CCMP is a symmetric block cipher that can encrypt and  
decrypt data using keys of 128, 192, and 256 bits. AES-CCMP is superior to WEP encryption and is  
defined in the IEEE 802.11i standard.  
CCMP  
See also WEP keys.  
E
Extensible Authentication Protocol. A protocol that WPA uses to authorize user access to wireless  
EAP  
networks. Common implementations include EAP-FAST and EAP-MD5.  
EAP-FAST is a two-phase implementation of the EAP authentication protocol:  
EAP-FAST  
Phase 0, provisioning. Provision client with a credential called PAC (Protected Access  
Credentials).  
Phase 1, authentication. Use the PAC to establish a tunnel with the server and authenticate the  
username and password.  
See also AAA and EAP.  
Servers that use EAP to provide dynamic, session-specific wireless encryption keys, central user  
administration, and authentication between clients and access points. EAP-MD5 uses MD5 hashing on  
client and challenge passwords.  
EAP-MD5 server  
See also AAA and EAP.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
13-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Chapter 13 Configure DMP Wi-Fi Settings  
Concepts  
P
Protected EAP server, which combines centralized two-way authentication with dynamically generated  
PEAP server  
wireless equivalent privacy keys or WEP keys.  
See also AAA, EAP-MD5 server, and WEP keys.  
Pre-Shared Key.  
PSK  
S
Service Set ID. It is a unique identifier that client devices use to associate with the access point. The  
SSID helps client devices distinguish among multiple wireless networks in the same vicinity. The SSID  
can be any alphanumeric entry up to 32 characters long.  
SSID  
Caution  
Caution  
The Broadcast SSID setting must be enabled on your wireless access points. Otherwise, your DMPs are  
prevented from connecting to your WLAN or obtaining IP addresses.  
When you change SSID settings for your WLAN, your DMPs lose their wireless network connections.  
Because they are disconnected, they cannot reconnect automatically. In this case, affected DMPs will appear to  
associate to your WLAN access point but will not receive any IP address.  
T
Temporal Key Integrity Protocol, also known as key hashing, is used as part of server-based  
TKIP  
EAP authentication.  
W
Wired Equivalent Privacy is a method to encrypt data transmitted on a wireless network.  
WEP  
Wired equivalent privacy (WEP) keys are the IEEE 802.11b standard that offers a mechanism for  
securing wireless LAN data streams. The goals of WEP include access control to prevent unauthorized  
users who lack a correct WEP key from gaining access to the network, and privacy to protect wireless  
LAN data streams by encrypting them and allowing de-encryption only by users with the correct  
WEP keys.  
WEP keys  
Wi-Fi Protected Access. WPA is a standards-based, interoperable security enhancement that strongly  
increases the level of data protection and access control for existing and future wireless LAN systems.  
It is derived from and will be forward-compatible with the upcoming IEEE 802.11i standard. WPA  
leverages TKIP for data protection and 802.1X for authenticated key management.  
WPA  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
13-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 13 Configure DMP Wi-Fi Settings  
Concepts  
ASCII Passphrases and Hexadecimal Keys for WEP  
Tip  
You can ignore this topic if your Wi-Fi network uses WPA and not WEP.  
Many Wi-Fi access points (wireless routers) accept only a hexadecimal passphrase for WEP-64 and  
WEP-128. And yet, DMPs accept only an ASCII passphrase for WEP. For this reason, it might be  
necessary at times to translate your WEP passphrase from ASCII to hexadecimal.  
Note  
Many third-party converters are available. We do not offer any Cisco converter for this purpose.  
The typical workflow is as follows.  
1. Pick an ASCII passphrase. For example, PassphraseWEP128.  
2. Convert your string of ASCII characters to the hexadecimal key or keys for your network.  
WEP-64 uses four short hexadecimal keys.  
WEP-128 uses one long hexadecimal key.  
3. Configure your DMP to use the ASCII from which you derived the hexadecimal.  
4. Configure your wireless router to use the appropriate hexadecimal key or keys.  
Related Topics  
Workflow  
It is not necessary, useful, or correct to restart a DMP immediately after you define its Wi-Fi settings.  
Instead, the typical workflow is as follows.  
1. Define  
2. Save  
3. Apply Wi-Fi settings.  
4. Get WLAN  
Wi-Fi  
Wi-Fi  
settings.  
IP address.  
a. Use DMPDM to restart DMP.  
settings1.  
b. Immediately unplug  
DMP Ethernet cable.  
OR  
a. Unplug DMP power cord.  
b. Unplug DMP Ethernet cable.  
c. Plug in the DMP power cord.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
13-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 13 Configure DMP Wi-Fi Settings  
Procedures  
1. Verify that the Broadcast SSID setting is enabled on your wireless access points. Otherwise, your DMPs are prevented from  
obtaining IP addresses.  
Restrictions  
Ethernet connections take priority over Wi-Fi connections on DMPs where both are active.  
The Broadcast SSID setting must be enabled on your wireless access points (also known as wireless  
routers or WLAN controllers). Otherwise, your DMPs cannot connect to your WLAN and are  
prevented from obtaining IP addresses.  
We do not support “open” Wi-Fi networks. They are a security risk.  
We do not support multicast or other streams over Wi-Fi.  
DMP 4305G endpoints and DMP 4310G endpoints do not support Wi-Fi.  
When your wireless DMP will not have access to any DHCP server, you must configure its wireless  
access point to issue a static IP address. You cannot use DMM or DMPDM for this purpose.  
Procedures  
Establish a Wired Network Connection  
Note  
See the printed documentation that shipped with your DMP to understand its reliance on DHCP.  
A DMP must already be reachable before it can receive Wi-Fi settings. Therefore, you must establish a  
wired connection before you can deploy Wi-Fi settings.  
Before You Begin  
Verify that the Broadcast SSID setting is enabled on your wireless access points. Otherwise, your  
DMPs cannot connect to your WLAN and are prevented from obtaining IP addresses.  
Does a security policy in your network restrict DHCP address assignments to known MAC  
addresses? If so, locate the MAC address printed on a sticker that is affixed to your DMP. Then,  
share this address with your security policy administrator.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Plug one end of a standard Ethernet cable into the corresponding socket on your DMP.  
Plug the other end of this cable into a network hub, network switch, or router that participates in an  
IP network that uses DHCP for dynamic address allocation.  
Step 3  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
13-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 13 Configure DMP Wi-Fi Settings  
Procedures  
What to Do Next  
Related Topics  
Establish a Wireless Network Connection (802.11)  
You can create and save applications that describe the important attributes of wireless 802.11 networks  
throughout your organization. After you define and save these settings, you can deploy them to centrally  
managed DMPs individually or to any of your DMP groups.  
Before You Begin  
Do your DMPs all support wireless connectivity? Some models do not. See their datasheets on  
Cisco.com.  
Verify that the Broadcast SSID setting is enabled on your wireless access points. Otherwise, your  
DMPs cannot connect to your WLAN and are prevented from obtaining IP addresses.  
Does a security policy in your network restrict DHCP address assignments to known MAC  
addresses? If so, locate the WLAN address printed on a sticker that is affixed to your DMP. Then,  
share this address with your security policy administrator.  
Verify that your wireless network is working correctly, is available, and you understand how it  
authenticates connection requests.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Digital Signs from the global navigation.  
Choose Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks > Wi-fi Configuration > Add New Application.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
13-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 13 Configure DMP Wi-Fi Settings  
Procedures  
The Create New WIFI Application page opens.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Enter a meaningful name for the Wi-Fi network that this application describes.  
For example, you might use a name that specifies the locale, the building, and the security method for  
this network.  
Enter in the Network SSID field the SSID for the network that this application describes.  
Tip  
In the future, if you reconfigure SSID settings in your WLAN, your DMPs will lose their network connections.  
If this occurs, simply restart your DMPs to restore normal operation.  
Step 5  
Choose from the Security list the security method for your network. The options are:  
WEP-64bit  
WEP-128bit  
WPA-PSK  
WPA-EAP  
WPA2-PSK  
WPA2-EAP  
The security method that you choose controls, in part, which other fields and options you see.  
Do the following, as needed.  
Step 6  
Did you choose a WEP-based security method? And do you see the Passphrase field? If so, enter in  
it the key from which your 64-bit or 128-bit passphrase is cryptographically derived.  
Did you choose a WPA-based or WPA-2-based security method? And do you see the Passphrase  
field? If so, enter in it the pre-shared key for your network.  
Do you see the Encryption list? If so, choose from it either TKIP or CCMP.  
Do you see the EAP list? If so, choose from it either FAST, MD5, or PEAP (ver.0).  
Do you see the Username and Password fields? If so, enter in them respectively a valid username  
for your wireless network and the password to authenticate that username.  
Step 7  
Step 8  
Click Submit to save this application.  
Deploy this application to your DMPs, as appropriate.  
ImmediatelyClick the DMP Manager tab, choose which DMPs to reconfigure, choose this  
named application from the “W-Fi Configuration” options in the Actions list, and then click Go.  
In the futureClick the Schedules tab and define deployment parameters for this application.  
Step 9  
Verify that your DMPs have IP addresses as nodes on the wireless network.  
Step 10 After the deployment is successful, unplug the Ethernet cables from your DMPs.  
Otherwise, their Ethernet connections will take priority over their Wi-Fi connections.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
13-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 13 Configure DMP Wi-Fi Settings  
Reference  
Step 11 After you unplug their Ethernet cables, restart these DMPs.  
Step 12 Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Reference  
DMP Network Interfaces  
Table 13-1  
Network Interfaces  
Category  
Subcategory  
Chassis Label  
Wired1  
Gigabit Ethernet (10/100/1000)  
802.11b/g Antenna  
RJ45  
Wireless (WiFi)  
Antenna  
1. Category 5 or better. Maximum length: 328 ft (100 m). For any distance greater than 165 ft (50 m), we recommend that you  
use Category 5e or Category 6 certified Ethernet cabling. We do not ship any Ethernet cable with any DMP model. You must  
obtain this cable separately.  
FAQs and Troubleshooting  
FAQs  
Q. What configuration errors might cause the following combination of symptoms to occur simultaneously?  
I cannot ping DMPs on my WLAN.  
I cannot open any instances of DMPDM for DMPs on my WLAN.  
Digital Signs software on my DMM appliance shows that DMPs are rea on my WLAN.  
I can deploy commands and assets from my Digital Signs software to DMPs in my WLAN.  
A. It is likely that your DMPs are configured correctly. Please check for errors in the network security  
settings for your WLAN.  
Q. What might prevent my DMPs from connecting to my WLAN or obtaining IP addresses?  
A. The Broadcast SSID setting must be enabled on your wireless access points.  
Q. Why did my DMPs lose their wireless network connectivity?  
A. This can occur after you change SSID settings for your WLAN. Please restart your DMPs to restore  
their connections.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
13-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 13 Configure DMP Wi-Fi Settings  
Reference  
Q. Can I overcome the SSID broadcast requirement if I wait until my DMP is connected before I turn off the  
SSID broadcast?  
A. No. Your DMP will lose its connection to your WLAN.  
Q. What prevents my DMPs from receiving IP addresses even after they have associated to my WLAN access point?  
A. This can occur whenever you change SSID settings for your WLAN. Please restart your DMPs to  
restore their connections.  
Q. How can my wireless DMP use a static IP address?  
A. Configure your wireless access point to assign the address.  
Q. Why might I see references to TKIP after I configure my DMPs to use WPA2-EAP with AES CCMP?  
A. This is a known issue. Although the Digital Signs software user interface might state that you use  
TKIP, your DMP uses WPA2-EAP with AES CCMP successfully, just as you configured it to do.  
Q. Why might I see references to DHCP after I configure my DMPs to use static IP addresses on my WLAN?  
A. This is a known issue. Although the Digital Signs software user interface might state that you use  
DHCP, your DMPs continue to use the static IP addresses that you configured.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
13-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 13 Configure DMP Wi-Fi Settings  
Reference  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
13-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C H A P T E R  
14  
Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Revised: May 31, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You will use Cisco Digital Signs to manage and operate remote presentation systems that are connected  
to DMP endpoints..  
Audience  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Concepts  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Concepts  
Overview  
A DMP transmits signals to a public presentation system that you choose, such as a flat-panel display or  
projector that is connected to the DMP.  
This system might use projection or display technologies that are analog or digital.  
It might support Standard Definition (SD), High Definition (HD), or both.  
Its output fidelity depends in part upon which signal cables (and adapters) connect it to your DMP.  
With most modern, digital presentation systems, you can use an HDMI cable for both video  
and audio. Other such systemsincluding the 40-inch and 52-inch models in our LCD  
Professional Seriesmight not connect until you combine the HDMI cable with an  
HDMI-to-DVI adapter for video. However, DVI does not support the transmission of audio  
signals. In this case, you can use the provided audio cable for audio.  
When you use a Cisco-branded LCD display, a feature of Cisco Digital Signs software can  
detect automatically when your display is turned On or Off. To connect one of these models to  
your DMP, you must use an RS-232 serial cable in addition to the video signal cable.  
Our centralized management features help you to manage a global IP network of digital signs for any  
purposein conference rooms, public venues, or executive offices.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Concepts  
Presentation System Concepts  
Understand Which Displays Work Best with DMPs  
We certify that DMPs work as designed with Cisco LCD flat-screen displays. All displays in this series  
are engineered for intensive use in public settings. See http://cisco.com/go/dms/lcd.  
In most cases, DMPs can use displays that comply with modern, international standards. We recommend  
the following if you must use a third-party display.  
Digital, not analog.  
High-definition, not standard-definition.  
Professional-grade, not consumer-grade. Digital signs and public IPTV installations run many more  
hours each day than a consumer-grade display is engineered to run. A consumer-grade system is  
likely to fail years sooner than a professional-grade system would under these circumstances.  
LCD, not plasma. Digital signage uses static images more often than it uses full-motion video. Most  
often, content is web-based or animated in Flash. The nature of these media types means that some  
pixels are not updated frequently in digital signage. LCDs are less susceptible to burn-in than plasma  
displays are. Even though image persistence is sometimes a problem on LCD displays, it is almost  
always self-correcting and is unlikely to occur when you follow manufacturer guidelines for  
managing your displays correctly.  
Built-in support for RS-232 signalling. This recommendation is important in direct proportion to the  
number of displays that you will manage.  
Understand How to Choose Media Signal Cables  
Caution  
Poorly shielded cable can sometimes promote undesired signal leakage (egress), interference from over-the-air  
signals (ingress), or crosstalk between cables that are in close physical proximity.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Concepts  
Special considerations apply when you obtain a signal cable that is longer or of a different type than  
cables that we included in your product kit. For DMP models that support the following signal cable  
types, the maximum supported lengths are:  
Composite10 ft (approximately 3 m)  
HDMI 1.116 ft (approximately 5 m)  
RCA10 ft (approximately 3 m)  
S-Video10 ft (approximately 3 m)  
SPDIF10 ft (approximately 3 m)  
Note  
When image signals are transmitted through a composite cable, image quality suffers. When you use a composite cable  
and your DMP shows any web-based media, small text might be difficult to read in TVzilla (the web browser that runs on some DMP  
models). To work around this limitation, you can lower the browser resolution setting in DMPDM.  
Cable Quality  
The best signal cables objectively are those with the lowest signal resistance. Factors that affect signal  
resistance include wire gauge, cable shielding quality, and cable connector quality. However, the same  
materials and engineering designs that reduce signal resistance add to the cost of manufacturing. This  
added cost is passed along to a consumer. So, it is useful to understand when signal resistance is not  
relevant. Knowing this can help you to manage and reduce expenses without necessarily lowering  
your standards. High cost is not inevitable. Nor is it proof of high quality. Sometimes, in fact, high  
quality (low signal resistance) is irrelevant.  
Even mediocre signal cables are sometimes sufficient, and such cables are often very affordable.  
Figure 14-1 illustrates the most important factors to consider when you choose signal cables.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Concepts  
Figure 14-1  
Signal Cable Purchasing Factors to Consider  
Beyond the general guidelines that Figure 14-1 illustrates, two additional factors might constrain which  
types of signal cable you can use.  
The technology, brand, and model of your displayCheck its product documentation to  
understand its compatibility with various signal cable types.  
Your DMP modelSee its datasheet at http://www.cisco.com/go/dms/dmp/datasheets. Also, your  
packing list states which signal cables Cisco planned to ship with your DMP.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Concepts  
Understand and Prevent Image Retention (Burn-in)  
After any LCD panel shows a fixed pattern for more than 12 hours, slight voltage differences can develop  
among electrodes that power the liquid crystals. Therefore, after you show a fixed image for an extended  
period of time, it might become blurred or might leave a residual image on an LCD display. This occurs  
when charged liquid crystal becomes “stuck” in one position.  
Nonetheless, image retention should not occur when you follow our recommended best practices.  
Turn off your display at  
regular intervals  
After using your display for 20 hours, turn it off for 4 hours.  
After using your display for 12 hours, turn it off for 2 hours.  
Rotate colors and color  
schemes at regular  
intervals  
Cycle between colors every 30 minutes.  
Avoid extreme  
differences in  
luminance  
Do not use foreground and background colors that differ greatly in their luminance.  
Do not use gray.  
Use bright colors that are identical in their luminance or that differ only slightly in their luminance.  
Apply motion every 30 minutes to regions that show text.  
Apply 1 minute of motion to any region that has shown a logo for 4 hours.  
Some Cisco LCD models support these features while others do not. Check your Cisco LCD documentation.  
Use built-in features  
to prevent image  
retention  
Tip  
Use the Scroll feature to move a solid black bar up and down the display.  
Set its interval in the rage from 1 to 10 hours. We recommend a 1-hour interval.  
Set its duration in the range from 1 to 5 seconds. We recommend a 5-second duration.  
Use the Pixel Shift feature to move a dotted black rectangle from top to bottom.  
Set its interval in the rage from 1 to 10 hour. We recommend a 1-hour interval.  
Set its duration in the range from 10 to 50 seconds. We recommend a 50-second duration.  
Use the Bar feature to move a black crosshair around your display.  
Set its interval in the range from 1 to 10 hours. We recommend a 1-hour interval.  
Set its duration in the range from 10 to 50 seconds. We recommend a 50-second duration.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Procedures  
Procedures  
Connect to a Digital Display or Projector  
Timesaver  
Is your display a touchscreen? If so, this topic is not for you. Instead, see the “Connect to a Touchscreen” section on  
HDMI and DVI differ in their support for audio signals and use connectors that are shaped differently,  
but otherwise are identical. Thus, an adapter can help you to connect to your DMP any presentation  
system that supports DVI but not HDMI. When you do this, however, you must also use a separate signal  
cable to transmit audio signals, or there will not be any audio.  
Before You Begin  
Obtain an HDMI-to-DVI adapter if your presentation system uses DVI.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Do only one of the following.  
When you will use HDMI  
Does your  
presentation  
system use an  
HDMI interface?  
a. Connect the HDMI cable to the HDMI interface on the back panel of  
your DMP.  
b. Connect the other end of the cable to your presentation system.  
When you will use DVI  
Does your  
presentation  
system use a  
DVI interface?  
a. Connect the HDMI cable to the HDMI interface on the back panel of  
your DMP.  
b. Fasten an HDMI-to-‘DVI adapter to the free end of the cable.  
c. Connect the free end of the DVI adapter to the corresponding  
interface on your presentation system.  
d. Plug the 3.5mm audio jack into the Audio interface on the back panel  
of your DMP.  
e. Connect the other end of the audio cable to the corresponding  
interface on your presentation system.  
Step 2  
Step 3  
If the presentation system is not already turned on, turn it On now.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Procedures  
Related Topics  
Connect to a Touchscreen  
Tip  
Some touchscreens work as designed only after they are calibrated manually. If your touchscreen is one of these, its  
calibration occurs during a later stage of DMP setup. The list of related topics for this procedure states where you can learn  
about calibration.  
DMP connections to a touchscreen are mostly the same as for other digital displays. However,  
touchscreens employ a special cable that supports interactivity through touch. This might be either an  
RS-232 serial cable or a USB cable, depending on the touchscreen model. Although some models  
support both cable types for interactivity, you can use only one type at a time.  
Before You Begin  
Verify that your DMP model supports touchscreen technologies and that we support the touchscreen  
brand, model, and device driver that you will use.  
Check the documentation for your touchscreen to learn whether it requires a serial connection or a  
USB connection to your DMP, or if it supports both.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Procedures  
Procedure  
Do only one of the following.  
Step 1  
When you will use HDMI  
Does your  
touchscreen  
use HDMI?  
a. Connect the HDMI cable to the HDMI interface on the back panel of  
your DMP.  
b. Connect the other end of the cable to your touchscreen.  
When you will use DVI  
Does your  
touchscreen  
use DVI?  
a. Connect the HDMI cable to the HDMI interface on the back panel of  
your DMP.  
b. Fasten an HDMI-to-DVI adapter to the free end of the cable.  
c. Connect the free end of the DVI adapter to the corresponding  
interface on your touchscreen.  
d. Plug the 3.5mm audio jack into the Audio interface on the back panel  
of your DMP.  
e. Connect the other end of the audio cable to the corresponding  
interface on your touchscreen.  
Step 2  
Do only one of the following.  
When touchscreen interaction relies on USB  
Does your  
touchscreen  
use USB?  
a. Connect a USB cable to the USB interface on the back panel of  
your DMP.  
b. Connect the other end of the cable to your touchscreen.  
Note  
If your DMP model has only one USB connector, you might prefer to  
connect an external hard drive there for added local storage. In this  
case, an RS-232 serial cable would be the better choice for connecting  
a touchscreen to your DMP.  
When touchscreen interaction relies on RS-232  
Does your  
touchscreen  
use RS-232?  
a. Connect an RS-232 serial cable to the RS232 interface on the back  
panel of your DMP.  
b. Connect the other end of the cable to your touchscreen.  
Step 3  
Turn On the touchscreen.  
Tip  
Does a message on the touchscreen say that it must download a “characterization” file? This happens only  
when your touchscreen uses technologies from Elo TouchSystems and when you have never turned it On previously (or  
after its CF card is reformatted). When you see this message, please disregard it. The touchscreen will obtain its  
characterization file automatically during a later stage of DMP setup.  
Step 4  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Procedures  
Related Topics  
Connect to an Analog Display or Projector  
Tip  
DMPs support connections to analog presentation systems. However, we recommend strongly that you use digital  
presentation systems whenever possible.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Make connections for video.  
a. Plug one yellow jack from the RCA video cable into the CVBS interface on the back panel of  
your DMP.  
b. Connect the free end of this cable to the corresponding interface on your presentation system.  
Make connections for audio.  
a. Plug the 3mm jack on the RCA audio cable into the AUDIO interface on the back panel of  
your DMP.  
b. Connect the free end of this cable to the corresponding interface on your presentation system.  
If the presentation system is not already turned on, turn it On now.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Procedures  
Prepare Equipment  
Support RS-232 Syntax  
Support DVI Management  
Support Autodetection  
Activate RS-232 Syntax Support for a 32-Inch Cisco LCD on a DMP 4400G  
Note  
Cisco DMS release 5.2.2You must disable status polling on a DMP 4400G in this release before the DMP can  
transmit RS-232 commands reliably to our 32-inch LCD flat-panel displays.  
When the status polling feature is enabled on a DMP 4400G, it cannot reliably transmit RS-232 signals  
to operate a Cisco “LCD Professional L-Series” 32-inch display. Even so, this same DMP model can  
transmit RS-232 signals successfully to operate our other flat-panel displayseven while its status  
polling feature is enabled.  
(On Cisco price lists, we identify our 32-inch display model as Cisco-LCD-100L-Pro-32N.)  
Note  
This limitation affects only one maintenance release (5.2.2) of Cisco DMS. Other releases do not exhibit this behavior.  
Activate RS-232 Syntax Support for a 40- or 52-inch Cisco LCD  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Deploy the System Task event called RS-232: Control supported, non-DMTech displays.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Procedures  
Activate RS-232 Syntax Support for a 42- or 47-inch Cisco LCD  
Note  
This procedure applies exclusively to our 42-inch and 47-inch LCD display models. You can disregard this procedure if the  
advertised diagonal measurement of your Cisco LCD display is 32, 40, 52, or 55 inches.  
Our factory-default settings for this equipment save power by turning Off most of its support for remote  
management and polling. Almost any attempt to use these features will fail while our energy-saving  
settings remain in effect.  
Would you like to manage or poll this equipment remotely from Cisco DMS? Before you can do so  
reliably, you must complete a simple procedure that turns On the support for these features.  
Later, at your discretion, you can again turn Off this support. Otherwise, when you leave it turned On,  
this is a one-time procedure.  
Before You Begin  
Connect this equipment to the DMP that will drive it.  
Plug in this equipment and turn it On.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Digital Signs > Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks.  
Click Add New Application.  
a. Name the new application.  
Are you turning On or turning Off the support for centralized management?  
On  
Off  
Use the Name field to enter a unique name  
for your new application, such as  
Use the Name field to enter a unique name  
for your new application, such as  
LCD_MANAGE_POLL_TURN_ON.  
LCD_MANAGE_POLL_TURN_OFF.  
b. Choose Set from the Request Type list.  
c. Enter the necessary command in hexadecimal.  
Are you turning On or turning Off the support for centralized management?  
On  
Off  
Use the Request field to enter exactly this  
hexadecimal string:  
Use the Request field to enter exactly this  
hexadecimal string:  
rs232.tx_hex=64612030302030310D  
rs232.tx_hex=64612030312030300D  
d. Click Submit.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Choose Schedules > Play Now, and then choose Advanced Tasks from the Select an Event Type list.  
Choose which application to run.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Procedures  
Are you turning On or turning Off the support for centralized management?  
On  
Off  
a. Click Select Advanced System Task.  
a. Click Select Advanced System Task.  
b. Browse your list of applications, and then  
highlight this name in the list:  
b. Browse your list of applications, and then  
highlight this name in the list:  
LCD_MANAGE_POLL_TURN_ON.  
LCD_MANAGE_POLL_TURN_OFF.  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Click OK to confirm your choice and close the selector.  
Click the name of whichever DMP is connected to your LCD, and then click Submit two times.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Activate RS-232 Syntax Support for DMTech Equipment  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Deploy the System Task event called RS-232: Control DMTech displays.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Activate RS-232 Syntax Support for NEC Presentation Systems  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Deploy the System Task event called RS-232: Control supported, non-DMTech displays.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Prepare a 40- or 52-inch Cisco LCD to Support Centralized Management through DVI  
Note  
Only our 40-inch and 52-inch LCD display models support DVI connections.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Procedures  
When you use an HDMI cable or a DVI cable to connect your DMP to a 40- or 52-inch Cisco LCD  
display, you can use Digital Signs to centrally manage the LCD display.  
When unmodified HDMI is the connection type from a DMP to either of these display models,  
centralized management from DMM works immediately, without any prerequisites. However, when you  
combine HDMI with a DVI adapter, you must complete a simple task at the physical installation site  
for your display before you can start to centrally manage it.  
Before You Begin  
Activate RS-232 command access for your 40-inch or 52-inch display.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Press Menu on the remote control for your 40-inch or 52-inch LCD display.  
OR  
Press Menu on the LCD display front panel.  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Choose Input > Source List > DVI, and then press Enter.  
Choose Input > Edit Name > DVI > HD STB, and then press Enter.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Activate or Deactivate HDMI Autodetection  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Deploy the System Task event called HDMI Display Autotection On.  
OR  
Deploy the System Task event called HDMI Display Autodetection Off.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Procedures  
Activate or Deactivate Resolution Autodetection  
Before You Begin  
Activate HDMI autodetection.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Deploy the System Task event called Screen Resolution Autotection On.  
OR  
Deploy the System Task event called Screen Resolution Autodetection Off.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Configure and Manage Equipment  
Configure DMP Output Settings  
Manage Presentation Systems  
Define DMP Output Settings for Video and Audio  
You can configure the audio and video signals that DMPs send to their attached presentation systems.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Choose Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks.  
Click DMP Audio/Video Settings in the Application Types list.  
Click  
Add New Application.  
The page is refreshed so that you can choose options and enter values.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Procedures  
Step 4  
Enter a name.  
For example, the name might identify a locale where the lighting is dim, for which you must adjust the  
brightness.  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Step 8  
Set values for brightness, contrast, and saturation.  
Set values for the Left and Right audio channels.  
Set other, optional values as needed.  
Click Submit to save your work, so that you might someday use it.  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard your work.  
Step 9  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Edit DMP Output Settings for Video and Audio  
You can edit any of your named and saved settings for DMP audio and video output.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Choose Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks.  
Click DMP Audio/Video Settings in the Application Types list.  
Find your editing target in the Applications table.  
Click its named row in the Applications table.  
Click  
Edit Application.  
The page is refreshed so that you can choose options and enter values.  
As needed:  
Step 6  
Edit the name.  
Edit values for brightness, contrast, or saturation.  
Edit values for the Left or Right audio channels.  
Edit other, optional values as needed.  
Step 7  
Step 8  
Click Submit to save your work, so that you might someday use it.  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard your work.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Procedures  
Related Topics  
Delete DMP Output Settings for Video and Audio  
You can delete any of your named and saved settings for DMP audio and video output.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Choose Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks.  
Click DMP Audio/Video Settings in the Application Types list.  
Find your deletion target in the Applications table.  
Click its named row in the Applications table.  
Click  
Delete Application.  
Click Submit to commit this deletion.  
OR  
Click Cancel to abandon this deletion.  
Step 7  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Procedures  
Use Simple Menus to Control Equipment That We Support Explicitly  
You can define and save a customized bundle of device configuration settings for certain popular  
presentation system models. We provide this option for models that pass our tests for DMP compatibility.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Do one of the following.  
When you will start from your DMP inventory  
Would you  
prefer to start  
from your DMP  
inventory?  
a. Choose Digital Media Players > DMP Manager.  
b. Choose an option from the Filter list to restrict which DMPs the  
table describes.  
OR  
Browse in the DMP Groups tree to restrict which DMPs the  
table describes.  
c. Click a DMP in the table to choose it.  
OR  
Use check boxes to choose multiple DMPs whose attached presentation  
systems are identical.  
d. Click Control TV, above the DMP List table.  
e. Proceed to Step 2.  
When you will start from your collection of advanced tasks  
a. Choose Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks.  
b. Click DMP Display Controls in the Application Types list.  
Would you  
prefer to start  
from your  
collection of  
advanced tasks?  
c. Click  
Add New Application.  
The page is refreshed so that you can choose options and enter values.  
d. Proceed to Step 2.  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Choose your display’s make and model from the TV Type list.  
Enter a name for the bundle of device configuration settings that you are about to define.  
Set values for video attributes.  
Set values for audio attributes.  
Set other, optional values as needed.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Procedures  
Step 7  
Step 8  
Click Submit to save your work, so that you might someday use it.  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard your work.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
What to Do Next  
Would you like to edit what you saved?  
Would you like to delete what you saved?  
Related Topics  
Edit Equipment Settings That You Chose from Menus  
You can edit any of your named and saved RS-232 command string bundles.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Choose Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks.  
Click DMP Display Controls in the Application Types list.  
Find your editing target in the Applications table.  
Click its named row in the Applications table.  
Click  
Edit Application.  
The page is refreshed so that you can choose options and enter values.  
As needed.:  
Step 6  
Edit the name.  
Edit values for contrast, brightness, sharpness, color, or tint.  
Edit values for audio.  
Edit other, optional values.  
Step 7  
Click Submit to save your work, so that you might someday use it.  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard your work.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Procedures  
Step 8  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
What to Do Next  
Would you like to delete what you edited?  
Related Topics  
Delete Equipment Settings That You Chose from Menus  
You can delete any of your named and saved RS-232 command strings.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Choose Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks.  
Click DMP Display Controls in the Application Types list.  
Find your deletion target in the Applications table.  
Click its named row in the Applications table.  
Click  
Delete Application.  
Click Submit to commit this deletion.  
OR  
Click Cancel to abandon this deletion.  
Step 7  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Use RS232 Syntax to Control Equipment  
You can define and save any RS-232 command string.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Choose Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks.  
Click System Tasks in the Application Types list.  
Click  
Add New Application.  
The page is refreshed so that you can choose options and enter values.  
Enter a name.  
Step 4  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Procedures  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Choose Set from the Request Type list.  
Enter an RS-232 command string in the Request field.  
Note  
Manufacturers implement RS-232 commands as they see fit. Command syntax is likely to differ between any  
two manufacturers, and might even differ among device models that share their manufacturer in common.  
Check the manufacturer’s product documentation for your equipment to learn about its RS-232 support and  
syntax.  
Step 7  
Step 8  
Set other, optional values as needed.  
Click Submit to save your work, so that you might someday use it.  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard your work.  
Step 9  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
What to Do Next  
Would you like to edit what you saved?  
Would you like to delete what you saved?  
Related Topics  
Edit Equipment Settings That Use RS-232 Syntax  
You can edit any of your named and saved RS-232 command strings.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Choose Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks.  
Click System Tasks in the Application Types list.  
Find your editing target in the Applications table.  
Click its named row in the Applications table.  
Click  
Edit Application.  
The page is refreshed so that you can choose options and enter values.  
As needed:  
Step 6  
Edit the name.  
Edit the RS-232 command string in the Request field.  
Edit other, optional values as needed.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Reference  
Step 7  
Step 8  
Click Submit to save your work, so that you might someday use it.  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard your work.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
What to Do Next  
Would you like to delete what you edited?  
Related Topics  
Delete Equipment Settings That Use RS-232 Syntax  
You can delete any of your named and saved RS-232 command strings.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Choose Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks.  
Click System Tasks in the Application Types list.  
Find your editing target in the Applications table.  
Click its named row in the Applications table.  
Click  
Delete Application.  
Click Submit to commit this deletion.  
OR  
Click Cancel to abandon this deletion.  
Step 7  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Reference  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Reference  
Video and Audio Signal Interfaces  
DMP 4305G  
DMP 4310G  
DMP 4400G  
Table 14-1  
Media Signal Interfaces  
Category  
Chassis Label  
Video connectors  
HDMI 1.1  
HDMI 1.31  
Component2  
HDMI  
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
03  
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
YPbPr/S-Video  
S-VIDEO/YPbPr  
S-Video  
Composite  
3.5mm jack4  
RCA  
CVBS  
Audio connectors  
Audio  
SPDIF  
RIGHT  
LEFT  
1. Backward-compatible to HDMI 1.1.  
2. Use an S-Video signal cable with a YPbPr-to-S-Video adapter to transmit and receive YPbPr data signals.  
3. There is no Composite CVBS connector on a DMP 4310G. Its YPbPr/S-Video connector supports Composite CVBS via an S-Video-to-Composite adapter.  
4. Stereo audio output, irrespective of the cable type for video output.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Reference  
Supported Touchscreen Drivers  
DMP Model  
DMP 4400G  
Supported Drivers  
3M MicroTouch  
ELO Acoustic Pulse Recognition systems and non-APR systems  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3ELO non-Acoustic Pulse Recognition systems  
GeneralTouch ST6001S and ST6201  
Zytronic Zybrid  
DMP 4310G  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3ELO non-Acoustic Pulse Recognition systems  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3GeneralTouch ST6001S and ST6201  
Software UI and Field Reference Tables  
Elements to Choose Configuration Settings from Menus  
Navigation Path  
Either of these:  
Digital Media Players > DMP Manager > Control TV  
Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks > DMP Audio/Video Settings  
Table 14-2  
Elements for Menu-driven Configuration of Supported Presentation Systems  
Element  
Description  
TV Type  
Choose the manufacturer and the model.  
Tip  
Other elements on this page:  
Are not available until after you choose an option from this list.  
Vary according to your choice from this list.  
Name  
A unique and human-readable name for these settings. It is unique in the sense that you have not used  
it previously as the name for anything that can be scheduled. You must enter a name.  
Description  
Contrast  
A brief description. The description is optional.  
A contrast setting value in the range from 0 to 100.  
Set the contrast. Then, check Apply.  
Brightness  
A brightness setting value in the range from 0 to 100.  
Set the brightness. Then, check Apply.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Reference  
Table 14-2  
Elements for Menu-driven Configuration of Supported Presentation Systems (continued)  
Element  
Description  
Sharpness  
A sharpness (clarity) setting value in the range from 0 to 100.  
Set the sharpness. Then, check Apply.  
Color  
A color setting value in the range from 0 to 100.  
Set the color. Then, check Apply.  
Tint  
A tint setting value in the range from 0 to 100.  
Set the tint. Then, check Apply.  
TV Channel  
Audio Volume  
An analog TV signal frequency value in the range from 0 to 99.  
Set the signal. Then, check Apply.  
An audio volume level setting value in the range from 0 to 100.  
Set the volume. Then, check Apply.  
Mute  
Input  
Power  
Choose whether to mute your presentation system.  
Choose the method that corresponds to your video signal cable, such as HDMI or S-Video.  
Choose whether to power your presentation system.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Reference  
Table 14-2  
Elements for Menu-driven Configuration of Supported Presentation Systems (continued)  
Element  
Description  
Cisco Displays Only  
Safety Lock  
Choose On to lock the front panel controls and the remote control buttons for  
your LCD Professional Series display. When anyone at its physical location  
presses buttons on the remote control or uses controls on the display front panel  
while they are locked, an on-screen message explains that the lock is engaged.  
There is no effect when anyone at its physical location uses the remote control  
unit to enter the safety lock PIN.  
Choose Off to unlock these controls. It does not matter how you locked them.  
When you use Digital Signs to remotely unlock the remote control unit and  
controls on the display front panel, it is not necessary to enter the safety  
lock PIN.  
Note  
Any option that you choose from this list clears your choice, if any, in the Remote  
Control Lock and Panel Lock lists. You can choose only one option among all three of these  
lists, which are hidden unless you chose CISCO_40N or CISCO_52S from the TV Type list.  
Remote Control Lock  
Choose On to lock the remote control unit for your LCD Professional Series  
display. When anyone at its physical location presses buttons on the remote  
control while it are locked, an on-screen message explains that the lock is  
engaged. There is no effect when anyone at its physical location uses the remote  
control unit to enter the safety lock PIN.  
Choose Off to unlock the remote control. It does not matter how you locked it.  
When you use Digital Signs to remotely unlock a remote control, it is not  
necessary to enter the safety lock PIN.  
Note  
Any option that you choose from this list clears your choice, if any, in the Safety Lock  
and Panel Lock lists. You can choose only one option among all three of these lists, which are  
hidden unless you chose CISCO_40N or CISCO_52S from the TV Type list.  
Panel Lock  
Choose On to lock the front panel controls for your LCD Professional Series  
display. When anyone at its physical location uses controls on the display front  
panel while they are locked, an on-screen message explains that the lock  
is engaged.  
Choose Off to unlock the front panel controls. It does not matter how you locked  
them. When you use Digital Signs to remotely unlock these controls, it is not  
necessary to enter the safety lock PIN.  
Note  
Any option that you choose from this list clears your choice, if any, in the Safety Lock  
and Remote Control Lock lists. You can choose only one option among all three of these lists,  
which are hidden unless you chose CISCO_40N or CISCO_52S from the TV Type list.  
Tip  
Alternatively, anyone at its physical location can use the remote control unit  
to unlock front panel controls on your LCD Professional Series Display, by  
entering the safety lock PIN correctly when prompted to enter it.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Reference  
Elements to Configure DMP Audio/Video Settings  
Navigation Path  
Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks > DMP Audio/Video Settings  
Elements to Manage DMP A/V Settings  
Description  
Table 14-3  
Element  
Name  
A unique and human-readable name for these settings. It is unique in the sense that you have not used  
it previously as the name for anything that can be scheduled. You must enter a name.  
Description  
Brightness  
A brief description. The description is optional.  
The setting to compensates for deficiencies in on-screen brightness. Brightness compensation values  
can range from –128 to 127.  
Contrast  
The setting to compensate for any deficiencies in on-screen contrast. Contrast compensation values  
can range from 0 to 255. The default is 128.  
Saturation  
The setting to compensate for any deficiencies in on-screen color saturation. Saturation  
compensation values can range from 0 to 255. The default is 128.  
Left Audio  
Channel Volume  
The setting to control how loudly or softly your DMP outputs sound in the left audio channel.  
Volume can range from 0 to 100, where 0 is silent. The default is 50.  
Right Audio  
Channel Volume  
The setting to control how loudly or softly your DMP outputs sound in the left audio channel.  
Volume can range from 0 to 100, where 0 is silent. The default is 50.  
Related Topics  
Elements to Control HDMI Display Autodetection  
Navigation Path  
Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks > System Tasks > HDMI Display Autodetection...  
Table 14-4  
Elements to Activate or Deactivate Attribute Autodetection  
Application Name  
Description, Icons, and Options  
HDMI Display  
Autodetection...  
Enable or disable DMP display type autodetection.  
HDMI Display Autodetection On  
HDMI Display Autodetection Off  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Reference  
Elements to Control Screen Resolution Autodetection  
Navigation Path  
Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks > System Tasks > Screen Resolution Autodetection...  
Table 14-5  
Elements to Activate or Deactivate Screen Resolution Autodetection  
Application Name  
Description, Icons, and Options  
Screen Resolution  
Autodetection...  
Enable or disable autodetection of the resolutions that your DMP displays support.  
Screen Resolution Autodetection On  
Screen Resolution Autodetection Off  
Related Topics  
Elements to Activate RS-232 for Supported LCD Display Brands (except DMTech)  
Tip  
Before you pass RS-232 commands through your DMPs and to your DMP displays, first confirm that each DMP is  
connected to its display by a signal cable that supports RS-232 signals. Otherwise, your displays will never receive  
the commands that you define for them.  
Navigation Path  
Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks > System Tasks >  
RS-232: Control Supported, Non-DMTech Displays  
Table 14-6  
Elements to Activate DMP Support for RS-232 for non-DMTech Displays  
Element  
Description  
RS-232: Control  
supported,  
Cause DMPs to send RS-232 management instructions to an LCD display manufactured by Cisco,  
Samsung, LG, NEC, or other supported manufacturers.  
non-DMTech displays  
Related Topics  
Elements to Activate RS-232 for LCD Displays by DMTech  
Tip  
Before you pass RS-232 commands through your DMPs and to your DMP displays, first confirm that each DMP is  
connected to its display by a signal cable that supports RS-232 signals. Otherwise, your displays will never receive  
the commands that you define for them.  
Navigation Path  
Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks > System Tasks > RS-232: Control DMTech Displays  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Reference  
Table 14-7  
Elements to Activate DMP Support for RS-232 for DMTech Displays  
Application Name  
Description, Icons, and Options  
System Tasks  
RS-232: Control  
DMTech displays  
Cause DMPs to send RS-232 management instructions to an LCD display manufactured by DMTech.  
Related Topics  
RS-232 Command Reference for Cisco LCD Displays  
You can use RS-232 command strings to manage Cisco LCD Professional Series displays.  
Before You Begin  
Prepare Cisco displays for centralized management.  
Deploy the system task that activates RS-232 command access for your display.  
Table 14-8  
RS-232 Commands to Manage Cisco LCD Professional Series Displays  
RS-232 Syntax  
32-inch  
Task  
40-inch  
42-inch  
47-inch  
52-inch  
55-inch  
Power  
On  
rs232.tx_hex=  
ka0x2000x201  
rs232.tx_hex=  
aa11fe010111  
rs232.tx_hex=  
ka0x2000x201  
rs232.tx_hex=  
ka0x2000x201  
rs232.tx_hex=  
aa11fe010111  
rs232.tx_hex=  
200001  
Off  
rs232.tx_hex=  
ka0x2000x200  
rs232.tx_hex=  
aa11fe010010  
rs232.tx_hex=  
ka0x2000x200  
rs232.tx_hex=  
ka0x2000x200  
rs232.tx_hex=  
aa11fe010010  
rs232.tx_hex=  
200000  
Mute  
On  
rs232.tx_hex=  
ke0x2000x200  
rs232.tx_hex=  
aa13ff010114  
rs232.tx_hex=  
ke0x2000x200  
rs232.tx_hex=  
ke0x2000x200  
rs232.tx_hex=  
aa13ff010114  
Off  
rs232.tx_hex=  
ke0x2000x201  
rs232.tx_hex=  
aa13ff010013  
rs232.tx_hex=  
ke0x2000x201  
rs232.tx_hex=  
ke0x2000x201  
rs232.tx_hex=  
aa13ff010013  
Brightness  
rs232.tx_hex=  
50%  
75%  
100%  
rs232.tx_hex=  
rs232.tx_hex=  
rs232.tx_hex=  
rs232.tx_hex=  
rs232.tx_hex=  
210050  
kh0x2000x2032h aa25ff013257  
rs232.tx_hex= rs232.tx_hex=  
kh0x2000x2048h aa25ff014b70  
rs232.tx_hex= rs232.tx_hex=  
kh0x2000x2064h aa25ff016489  
kh0x2000x2032h kh0x2000x2032h aa25ff013257  
rs232.tx_hex= rs232.tx_hex= rs232.tx_hex=  
kh0x2000x2048h kh0x2000x2048h aa25ff014b70  
rs232.tx_hex= rs232.tx_hex= rs232.tx_hex=  
kh0x2000x2064h kh0x2000x2064h aa25ff016489  
rs232.tx_hex=  
210075  
rs232.tx_hex=  
210100  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Reference  
Table 14-8  
RS-232 Commands to Manage Cisco LCD Professional Series Displays (continued)  
RS-232 Syntax  
Task  
32-inch  
40-inch  
42-inch  
47-inch  
52-inch  
55-inch  
Colorfulness1 (Saturation)  
50%  
75%  
100%  
rs232.tx_hex=  
rs232.tx_hex=  
rs232.tx_hex=  
rs232.tx_hex=  
rs232.tx_hex=  
rs232.tx_hex=  
216050  
kj0x2000x2032h aa27ff013259  
rs232.tx_hex= rs232.tx_hex=  
kj0x2000x2016h aa27ff014b72  
rs232.tx_hex= rs232.tx_hex=  
kj0x2000x2000h aa27ff01648b  
kj0x2000x2032h kj0x2000x2032h aa27ff013259  
rs232.tx_hex= rs232.tx_hex= rs232.tx_hex=  
kj0x2000x2016h kj0x2000x2016h aa27ff014b72  
rs232.tx_hex= rs232.tx_hex= rs232.tx_hex=  
kj0x2000x2000h kj0x2000x2000h aa27ff01648b  
rs232.tx_hex=  
216075  
rs232.tx_hex=  
216100  
Contrast  
rs232.tx_hex=  
kg0x2000x2032h aa24ff013256  
rs232.tx_hex= rs232.tx_hex=  
kg0x2000x2048h aa24ff014b6f  
rs232.tx_hex= rs232.tx_hex=  
kg0x2000x2064h aa24ff016488  
50%  
75%  
100%  
rs232.tx_hex=  
rs232.tx_hex=  
kg0x2000x2032h kg0x2000x2032h aa24ff013256  
rs232.tx_hex=  
rs232.tx_hex=  
rs232.tx_hex=  
211050  
rs232.tx_hex= rs232.tx_hex= rs232.tx_hex=  
kg0x2000x2048h kg0x2000x2048h aa24ff014b6f  
rs232.tx_hex= rs232.tx_hex= rs232.tx_hex=  
kg0x2000x2064h kg0x2000x2064h aa24ff016488  
rs232.tx_hex=  
211075  
rs232.tx_hex=  
211100  
Remote Control  
rs232.tx_hex=  
On  
rs232.tx_hex=  
aa36ff010137  
rs232.tx_hex=  
km0x2000x201  
rs232.tx_hex=  
km0x2000x201  
rs232.tx_hex=  
aa36ff010137  
rs232.tx_hex=  
2cp001  
km0x2000x201  
Off  
rs232.tx_hex=  
km0x2000x200  
rs232.tx_hex=  
aa36FF010036  
rs232.tx_hex=  
km0x2000x200  
rs232.tx_hex=  
km0x2000x200  
rs232.tx_hex=  
aa36FF010036  
rs232.tx_hex=  
2cp000  
On-site Lock2  
On  
rs232.tx_hex=  
km0x2000x201  
rs232.tx_hex=aa rs232.tx_hex=  
5dff01015e km0x2000x201  
rs232.tx_hex=  
km0x2000x201  
rs232.tx_hex=aa rs232.tx_hex=  
5dff01015e 203001  
Off  
rs232.tx_hex=  
km0x2000x200  
rs232.tx_hex=aa rs232.tx_hex=  
5dff01005d km0x2000x200  
rs232.tx_hex=  
km0x2000x200  
rs232.tx_hex=aa rs232.tx_hex=  
5dff01005d 203000  
1. An image with a colorfulness value of zero percent is grayscale, while the same image with a colorfulness value of 100 percent has vivid colors.  
2. Control the display exclusively through your DMP. Neither the handheld remote control nor buttons on the display can override your off-site management.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Reference  
FAQs and Troubleshooting  
FAQs  
FAQs About Cleaning and Maintenance  
Q. How should I clean and maintain a Professional Series display?  
A. For cleaning and maintenance guidelines, see the Safety Instructions section called “Cleaning the  
Display, Its Plug, and Its Outlet Safely” in User Guide for Cisco LCD Professional Series Displays  
on Cisco.com.  
FAQs About Daily Operation  
Q. Why might display autodetection fail?  
A. The display autodetection feature in DMPDM fails unless you use an HDMI signal cable (with or  
without a DVI adapter) to connect a presentation system to your DMP.  
FAQs About RS-232  
Q. Why does my DMP 4400G run very slowly while its RS-232 features are enabled?  
A. The likeliest explanation is that your signal cable is faulty. Try substituting the equivalent cable from  
a DMP that operates as expected when RS-232 features are enabled. If doing this has no effect,  
restore your DMP to its factory-default settings and then configure it once more to support RS-232.  
FAQs About Touchscreens  
Q. What should I do when a message states that my touchscreen must download a characterization file?  
A. Do not disturb or interrupt the automated process. It occurs only once, and takes approximately  
10 minutes to finish. When it is finished, your touchscreen will clear the message automatically.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Reference  
Q. When is it necessary to repeat the calibration of a touchscreen?  
A. You must repeat this calibration whenever you:  
Rotate a touchscreen or change its resolution.  
Replace a touchscreen.  
Q. What can cause a properly calibrated touchscreen to operate as if it is not calibrated?  
A. If this happens to you, unplug the serial cable (or USB cable) that connects this touchscreen to  
your DMP. Then, plug that cable back in again.  
FAQs About Product Quality  
Q. Why are some pixels unexpectedly bright, or black?  
A. Cisco LCD displays use advanced semiconductor technology with extremely high precision.  
Nonetheless, the red, green, blue and white pixels might seem unexpectedly bright sometimes, or  
you might notice some black pixels. This is not the result of low quality or a malfunction and you  
can continue to use your display without incident.  
Troubleshoot Cisco Professional Series LCD Displays  
Troubleshoot the Power Indicator  
Problem The screen is blank AND the power indicator is off.  
Solution Ensure that the power cord is firmly connected and the display is turned on.  
Problem The power indicator blinks.  
Solution Wait for less than 1 minute. The display is saving changes made to its settings.  
Troubleshoot Image Quality  
Problem A message states, "Check Signal Cable."  
Solution Ensure that the...  
Signal cable is firmly connected to the video sources.  
Video sources are turned on.  
Problem The image rolls vertically.  
Solution Check if the signal cable is securely connected. Re-connect it, if necessary.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Reference  
Problem The image is blurred.  
Solution Run Frequency Coarse and Fine tuning.  
Solution Turn Off the display, remove all accessories (cables, etc.), and then turn display back On again.  
Solution Set the resolution and frequency to the recommended ranges.  
Problem The image is too light OR too dark.  
Solution Adjust the brightness and contrast.  
Problem Colors are not consistent OR shadows are too dark OR white areas are too white.  
Solution Adjust the color.  
Troubleshoot Audio Quality  
Problem Sound is too quiet OR is not audible.  
Solution Check the volume level.  
Problem Sound frequency is too high OR too low.  
Solution Check the levels for treble and bass.  
Troubleshoot the Handheld Remote Control Unit  
Problem Buttons do not respond.  
Solution Check...  
Battery polarities (+/-).  
If batteries have lost their charge.  
If the power is turned On.  
If the power cord is connected securely.  
If a fluorescent or neon lamp is turned On nearby.  
Note  
Note  
When you use Digital Signs to lock your remote control and the front panel controls for your display, the  
remote control cannot unlock them. Instead, you must switch the Safety Lock, Remote Control Lock, and Panel Lock  
toggles all to Off in Digital Signs.  
When you use Digital Signs to lock your remote control, the remote control cannot unlock itself. Instead, you  
must switch the Safety Lock and Remote Control Lock toggles both to Off in Digital Signs.  
Run a Diagnostic Self-Test on a 40- or 52-inch Cisco LCD Display  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Turn Off your display and turn Off every device connected to it.  
Disconnect all devices from your display.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 14 Touchscreens, Projectors, and Displays  
Reference  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Turn On your display.  
The self-test runs immediately.  
PASS The LED power indicator remains green.  
FAIL An on-screen message moves around on the screen, which says “Check Signal Cable.”  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
14-34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C H A P T E R  
15  
DMP Remote Control and Its Emulation  
Revised: May 31, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You want to emulate the DMP remote control on mobile phones or Cisco IP phones.  
Audience  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Concepts  
Overview  
Topics in this section describe a software-based emulator that you can use in place of, or in addition to,  
the remote control unit for a DMP.  
Note  
Although Cisco sells a physical remote control device for use with DMPs that deliver Cisco Cast programming  
to their attached displays, the remote control unit is an optional accessory for a DMP.  
To learn about the remote control unit, see its documentation on Cisco.com.  
The emulated remote control supports changing channels for Cisco Cast, navigating in the Cisco Cast menu system, and  
adjusting audio volume settings for a DMP.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
15-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 15 DMP Remote Control and Its Emulation  
Concepts  
Workflow to Provision Emulator Service for IP Phones  
You can provision a service from Cisco Unified Communications Manager that emulates the handheld  
DMP remote control unit on Cisco IP phones. This workflow assumes that you are experienced as an  
administrator in Cisco Unified Communications Manager and that you use it already to manage a  
network of IP phones.  
Tip  
Skip this workflow if you will not use any IP phones to emulate the remote control.  
1. Complete these tasks in CUCM.  
Note  
Emulator-related configuration changes that you make on your Cisco Unified Communications  
Manager server do not become useful until after you also configure Cisco Cast to serve the  
emulator, and configure at least one IP phone to run the emulator.  
2. Complete these tasks in Cisco Cast.  
3. Complete these tasks on phones, as needed.  
Note  
This workflow is based on Cisco Unified Communications Manager release 6.1. When you use any other release, the  
workflow might differ slightly in your network. We recommend that you read on Cisco.com the particular revisions of these guides  
that apply to your network.  
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide  
Cisco Unified Serviceability Administration Guide  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
15-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 15 DMP Remote Control and Its Emulation  
Procedures  
Procedures  
In Cisco Unified Communications Manager  
In Cisco Cast  
On Phones  
Activate Services  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Step 8  
Step 9  
Log in to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration.  
Choose Cisco Unified Serviceability from the Navigation list, and then click Go.  
Choose Tools > Service Activation.  
Examine the Server list.  
Choose from it a server that should support remote control emulation.  
Click Go.  
Check the Check All Services check box.  
Click Save, and then click OK.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
What to Do Next  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
15-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 15 DMP Remote Control and Its Emulation  
Procedures  
Start Services  
Before You Begin  
Activate services.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Tools > Control Center - Feature Services.  
Click the Server list and choose from among its options the server where the remote control emulation  
service should be started for Cisco Cast.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Click Go.  
Repeat as many times as necessary until every service is running:  
Click the radio button for any service that is not yet running, and then click Start.  
Step 5  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
What to Do Next  
Related Topics  
Configure URL Parameters  
Before You Begin  
Start services.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Choose Cisco Unified CM Administration from the Navigation list, and then click Go.  
Choose System > Enterprise Parameters., and then scroll to the Phone URL Parameters area.  
Verify that you have not changed the factory-default values for these parameters.  
URL Authentication  
URL Directories  
URL Information  
URL Services  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Click Save.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
15-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 15 DMP Remote Control and Its Emulation  
Procedures  
What to Do Next  
Related Topics  
Enable IP Phone Autoregistration  
Before You Begin  
Configure URL parameters.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Choose System > Cisco Unified CM, and then click Find.  
Click the name of the server whose managed IP phones should be autoregistered.  
Uncheck the Auto-registration disabled on this Cisco Unified Communications Manager check box.  
Edit the range of values that starts in the Starting Directory Number field and ends in the Ending  
Directory Number field.  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Click Save.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
What to Do Next  
Related Topics  
Define IP Phone Service Attributes  
Before You Begin  
Enable IP phone autoregistration.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Choose Cisco Unified CM Administration from the Navigation list, and then click Go.  
Choose Device > Device Settings > Phone Services.  
Click Add New.  
Enter Cast in these fields.  
Service Name  
ASCII Service Name  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
15-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 15 DMP Remote Control and Its Emulation  
Procedures  
Step 5  
Enter this URL in the Service URL field:  
http://<DMM_hostname>:8080/etv-remotecontrol-webapp/app/getpin  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Click Save.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
What to Do Next  
Related Topics  
Expose the Service to IP Phones  
Before You Begin  
Define IP phone service attributes.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Choose Cisco Unified CM Administration from the Navigation list, and then click Go.  
Choose Device > Phone.  
Click Find.  
Repeat this sequence of actions for each phone that should subscribe to the emulator:  
a. Click the namein the Device Name (Line) columnof the managed IP phone that you  
will configure.  
By default, this name is just SEP prefixed to the MAC address of the phone. However, your server  
might be configured to use some other naming format.  
b. When the page refreshes, choose Subscribe/Unsubscribe Services from the Related Links list.  
A popup window opens.  
c. Choose Cast from the Select a Service List, and then click Next.  
d. Choose Cast from the ASCII Service Name list, and then click Subscribe.  
e. Verify that the message in the Status area says, “Add successful,” and that the Subscribed Services  
area includes “Cast.”  
f. Close the popup window.  
Click Go.  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
15-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 15 DMP Remote Control and Its Emulation  
Procedures  
What to Do Next  
Related Topics  
Configure Emulator Settings in Cast  
Note  
Options on the Remote Control page might sometimes be dimmed and not available to you.  
Click Save to activate dimmed options if this occurs during Step 1.  
This occurs during Step 2 only when your choice is None. Choose either All DMPs or Selected DMPs to reactivate options  
that your choice dimmed.  
Before You Begin  
Complete the workflow in Cisco Unified Communications Manager to provision the emulator to your  
IP phones.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Cast > Remote Control.  
Choose an option from the Display Security PIN on screen list, to set how many of your DMPs should  
support the emulator.  
All DMPs  
Selected DMPs  
None  
Step 3  
(As Needed) Did you choose Selected DMPs in Step 2?  
If so, click Display DMP Selections to refine your list of which DMPs should support the emulator.  
a. Use check boxes to select and deselect DMPs.  
b. Click Save Selection Changes to save your work.  
c. Click Close to dismiss the dialog box.  
Step 4  
Choose an option from the Security PIN behavior list.  
Although Cisco Cast randomly generates all of its emulator PINs, the fixed and dynamic types differ in  
their persistence.  
FixedThese PINs persist until the PIN management type is changed.  
DynamicThese PINs expire and are then regenerated after an update interval that you define.  
No two DMPs in your network will use the same PIN at any one time.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
15-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 15 DMP Remote Control and Its Emulation  
Procedures  
Step 5  
(As Needed) Did you choose the dynamic PIN type in Step 4?  
If so, enter at least one digit in the Security PIN update interval (minutes) field.  
The interval cannot be any less than 2 min. When you do not enter any value, Cisco Cast uses its  
factory-default interval of 5 min.  
Step 6  
Enter a shortened URL in the Access URL field for a page that will redirect ultimately to  
http://<DMM_hostname>:8080/etv-remotecontrol-webapp/app/index.htm.  
Note  
The shortened URL must not be more than 24 characters long.  
Step 7  
Step 8  
Click Save.  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard your selections and start over again.  
Deploy the new emulator settings to your DMPs.  
a. Choose Digital Media Players > DMP Manager.  
b. Choose the DMP or DMP group that should use these settings.  
c. Choose Cast from the Actions list, and then click Go.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Step 9  
Related Topics  
Configure an IP Phone to Emulate the Remote Control  
You can configure a Cisco IP Phone from the 7960 series or the 7970 series to emulate the remote control  
for Cisco Cast, and then use keys drawn on its touchscreen to choose options from the electronic  
program guide, change channels, and adjust audio volume levels.  
Before You Begin  
Complete the workflow in Cisco Unified Communications Manager to provision the emulator to your  
IP phones.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Press Settings on your Cisco IP phone.  
Press **#.  
A confirmation message at the bottom of the touchscreen says, “Settings Unlocked!”  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
15-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 15 DMP Remote Control and Its Emulation  
Procedures  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Go to Network Configuration, and then press Select.  
Go to Alternate TFTP, and then press Yes.  
Tip  
If Alternate TFTP is not an option in the Network Configuration menu, contact the administrator for Cisco  
Unified Communications Manager.  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Click Save.  
The IP phone is restarted automatically, so that its configuration changes can take effect.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Start the Emulator on an IP Phone  
Before You Begin  
Provision the emulator for use on Cisco IP phones.  
Configure emulator settings in Cisco Cast.  
Configure your IP phone to emulate the remote control.  
Make note of the generated PIN code in the top-right corner of a DMP display that is showing  
Cisco Cast. The emulator cannot control the corresponding DMP without this PIN.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Press Services on your Cisco IP phone.  
Highlight the remote control option in the services list, and then press Select.  
Tap the PIN field on your touchscreen.  
Use the keypad to enter the PIN code.  
Tap Submit on the touchscreen.  
The touchscreen is refreshed and the emulator starts.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Step 6  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
15-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 15 DMP Remote Control and Its Emulation  
Procedures  
Start the Emulator on a Mobile Phone  
Before You Begin  
Configure emulator settings in Cisco Cast.  
Make note of the generated PIN code in the top-right corner of a DMP display that is showing  
Cisco Cast. The emulator cannot control the corresponding DMP without this PIN.  
This procedure assumes that you are using a supported platform. To learn which mobile phone  
platforms we support in this release, see our release notes on Cisco.com. An unsupported platform  
might not be capable of running the emulator.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Start the Internet browser on your mobile phone.  
Go to the URL that you see on the DMP display that is showing Cisco Cast.  
You are prompted to enter the PIN.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Enter the PIN, and then click Go.  
The emulator starts.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Use the Emulator on an IP Phone or a Mobile Phone  
Before You Begin  
(If you will use the emulator on an IP phone) Complete the workflow in Cisco Unified  
Communications Manager to provision the emulator to your IP phones.  
Configure emulator settings in Cisco Cast.  
Start the emulator on your phone.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Consult DMP remote control documentation on Cisco.com and pay particular attention to sections that  
describe button behaviors. These descriptions apply equally to the physical unit and its emulator.  
Note  
The emulator has fewer buttons than the physical remote control has. You cannot invoke behaviors from the  
emulator which correspond to any buttons that it does not have.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
15-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 15 DMP Remote Control and Its Emulation  
Procedures  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
15-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 15 DMP Remote Control and Its Emulation  
Procedures  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
15-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C H A P T E R  
16  
DMP User Permissions  
Revised: May 31, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You want to manage access rights precisely for particular uses of particular DMPs.  
Audience  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Concepts  
Overview  
After you assign users to the Digital Signage user group in DMS-Admin, you can manage their access  
rights and permission levels that pertain to Cisco Digital Signs and Cisco Cast.  
You can restrict the permissions that you grant to particular user accounts in DMM. For example, you  
might grant a user the permission to use only the advanced tasks that you choose or to deploy  
presentations to only the DMPs that you choose.  
Note  
Each Cisco Cast user must have at least read-only permission to the “Cast” application, which pertains to the  
electronic program guide.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
16-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 16 DMP User Permissions  
Concepts  
Scenarios That Illustrate Specialized User Permissions  
You can assign highly specialized permissions to any DMM user. Examples in this section state how you  
might customize user permissions in various scenarios.  
Scenario 1: Permission to Manage Content but Not Schedules  
To restrict user permissions as they should be restricted in this scenario, you would do the following.  
1. Assign permissions to view DMPs.  
a. From the Role list, choose  
.
b. Check the All check box in the Read column, but uncheck every other check box.  
2. Assign permissions to manage content.  
a. From the Role list, choose  
.
b. Check the All check box in every column.  
3. Assign permissions to use the advanced tasks that pertain to content.  
a. From the Role list, choose  
.
b. Check the Selected check box in every column.  
c. Do all of the following in the table that associates permissions with advanced tasks.  
Click  
.
Then, repeat your selection.  
Click  
.
Then, repeat your selection.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
16-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 16 DMP User Permissions  
Concepts  
Click  
.
Then, repeat your selection.  
Click  
.
Then, repeat your selection.  
4. Assign permissions to view the schedule.  
a. From the Role list, choose  
.
b. Check the All check box in the Read column, but uncheck every other check box.  
5. Click Submit.  
Scenario 2: Permission to Manage One DMP Group but No Content  
To restrict user permissions as they should be restricted in this scenario, you would do the following.  
1. Assign permissions to manage DMPs.  
a. From the Role list, choose  
.
b. Check the Selected check box in every column.  
c. Do all of the following in the selection tree that catalogues your DMP groups.  
Click  
.
Then, click and highlight only the one  
DMP group that this user should be  
empowered to manage.  
Click  
.
Then, repeat your selection.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
16-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 16 DMP User Permissions  
Concepts  
Click  
.
Then, repeat your selection.  
Click  
.
Then, repeat your selection.  
2. Assign permissions to manage content.  
a. From the Role list, choose  
b. Uncheck every check box.  
.
A message explains that this user has “  
3. Assign permissions to use advanced tasks for content.  
a. From the Role list, choose  
” to manage content.  
.
b. Do all of the following in the table that associates permissions with advanced tasks.  
Click  
.
Then, check only these check boxes.  
Click  
.
Then, repeat your selection.  
Click  
.
Then, repeat your selection.  
Click  
.
Then, repeat your selection.  
4. Configure permissions to manage the schedule.  
a. From the Role list, choose  
.
b. Check the Selected check box in every column.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
16-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 16 DMP User Permissions  
Concepts  
c. Do all of the following in the selection tree that catalogues your DMP groups.  
Click  
.
Then, click and highlight a DMP group  
whose schedule this user should be  
empowered to manage.  
Click  
.
Repeat your selection.  
Click  
.
Repeat your selection.  
Click  
.
Repeat your selection.  
5. Click Submit.  
Scenario 3: Permission to Manage One DMP Group, Assets, and Schedules  
To restrict user permissions as they should be restricted in this scenario, you would do the following.  
1. Configure permissions to manage DMPs.  
a. From the Role list, choose  
.
b. Check the Selected check box in every column.  
c. Do all of the following in the selection tree that catalogues your DMP groups.  
Click  
.
Then, click and highlight a DMP group  
whose schedule this user should be  
empowered to manage.  
Click  
.
Repeat your selection.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
16-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 16 DMP User Permissions  
Concepts  
Click  
.
Repeat your selection.  
Click  
.
Repeat your selection.  
2. Configure permissions to manage content.  
a. From the Role list, choose  
.
b. Check the All check box in every column.  
3. Configure permissions to manage advanced tasks.  
a. From the Role list, choose  
.
b. Check the All check box in every column.  
4. Configure permissions to manage the schedule.  
a. From the Role list, choose  
.
b. Check the Selected check box in every column.  
c. Do all of the following in the selection tree that catalogues your DMP groups.  
Click  
.
Then, click and highlight the same  
DMP group that you highlighted for the  
DMP Manager role.  
Click  
.
Repeat your selection.  
Click  
.
Repeat your selection.  
Click  
.
Repeat your selection.  
5. Click Submit.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
16-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 16 DMP User Permissions  
Concepts  
Scenario 4: Permission to Manage Only the Schedule for One DMP Group  
To restrict user permissions as they should be restricted in this scenario, you would do the following.  
1. Configure permissions to manage DMPs.  
a. From the Role list, choose  
.
b. Check the All check box in the Read column, but uncheck every other check box.  
2. Configure permissions to manage content.  
a. From the Role list, choose  
b. Uncheck every check box.  
.
A message explains that this user has “  
” to manage content.  
3. Configure permissions to manage advanced tasks.  
a. From the Role list, choose  
.
b. Check the All check box in the Read column, but uncheck every other check box.  
4. Configure permissions to manage the schedule.  
a. From the Role list, choose  
.
b. Check the Selected check box in every column.  
c. Do all of the following in the selection tree that catalogues your DMP groups.  
Click  
.
Then, click and highlight a DMP group  
whose schedule this user should be  
empowered to manage.  
Click  
.
Repeat your selection.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
16-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 16 DMP User Permissions  
Procedures  
Click  
.
Repeat your selection.  
Click  
.
Repeat your selection.  
5. Click Submit.  
Procedures  
Configure User Rights and Permissions  
Before You Begin  
To see and use the Settings tab, you must be logged in an administrator.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Settings > User Accounts.  
Click a username to highlight it in the Users list.  
DMM automatically shows the Change User pane for the corresponding user account, where you can  
edit the permissions that apply to the user.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Choose options to limit any or all of the permissions that you will grant to the user.  
Click Submit.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
16-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 16 DMP User Permissions  
Reference  
Reference  
Software UI and Field Reference Tables  
Elements to Configure User Rights and Permissions for DMPs  
Navigation Path  
Settings > User Accounts  
Table 16-1  
Elements for Configuring User Rights and Permissions  
Element  
Description  
Users List  
Choose an account whose digital signage or Cisco Cast access rights and permission levels you will edit. When you click a  
username, DMM automatically shows the Change User pane for the corresponding user account.  
Change User pane  
A worksheet where you edit attributes of the selected user account.  
Name  
A unique username. The name is unique in the sense that you have not used it as the name for any other user  
account that you created in DMM. You must enter the username.  
Description  
Optional, brief description of the user account and its purpose.  
Password |  
Repeat  
The password for the user account. You must enter a password, and then reenter it.  
Administrator The check box to check if this account belongs to an administrator. When a user account belongs to an  
administrator, the corresponding user is granted full permissions to create, read, write, and delete every  
object type without limitation.  
Otherwise, uncheck this check box. After you uncheck it, you must manually change the permissions for  
each user role and each object type that pertain to this user account.  
Because we recommend that you follow a best practice in which you create only a few users, this check box  
is checked by default each time that you add a user account.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
16-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 16 DMP User Permissions  
Reference  
Table 16-1  
Elements for Configuring User Rights and Permissions (continued)  
Element  
Description  
Role  
The list of user role types. Each type of role is associated with some of the features in DMM. Choose a role to see  
or change the corresponding permissions for the user whose account you are adding or editing.  
After you choose a role, you can set the permissions to create, read, write, and delete objects that are relevant to  
that role. Depending on the role that you choose, an object might be a registered DMP, a registered FTP server, a  
category in your digital media library, an application that you configured, or the target device (DMP or FTP  
server) to receive a scheduled deployment.  
DMP ManagerA user with permissions to manage every DMP in your digital signage network, only  
the DMPs within particular DMP groups that you specify, or no DMPs whatsoever.  
Content ManagerA user with permissions to manage every category in your media library, only the  
particular categories that you specify, or none of the categories.  
Application Manager— A user with permissions to work with every application type, only the  
particular application types that you specify, or no applications of any kind.  
Publisher ManagerA user with permissions to schedule media deployments to all of your registered  
DMPs and external (FTP) deployment servers, only the particular DMPs and FTP servers that you  
specify, or none of the registered DMPs or FTP servers.  
untitled table  
Rows in the untitled table describe user account permissions.  
Objects  
Contains the Create, Read, Write, and Delete buttons. To see or edit any one of these types of permissions  
as it applies to the specified user, you must first click the corresponding button. If you uncheck both the All  
check box and the Selected check box in the column under a button, DMM automatically shows the words  
“No permissions” in red, to signify that the user does not have any permissions of that type in relation to the  
objects that are relevant to the role that you selected from the Role list.  
All  
Contains the check box that you select to assign global permissions to the user, so that he or she can always  
create, see, edit, and delete objects that pertain to whichever user role you selected from the Role list.  
Click the relevant button, and then check the corresponding check box in the All row.  
Selected  
Contains the check box that you select to assign limited permissions to the user, so that he or she can create, see,  
edit, and delete only a subset of the objects that pertain to the user role that you selected from the Role list.  
Click the relevant button, select the corresponding check box in the Selected row, and then choose the subset  
where the user permissions should apply.  
Depending on the object type, you might choose the subset by clicking its name in an object selector or clicking  
its name in a table; DMM automatically shows either an object selector or a table from which to choose the subset.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
16-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C H A P T E R  
17  
Media Assets and Embedded Software  
Revised: May 31, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You will populate and manage a library of DMP-compatible media assets for playback, as well as firmware and kernel files  
that expose and expand upon DMP features.  
Audience  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Concepts  
Overview  
To simplify management, you can organize your assets for Cisco Digital Signs and Cisco Cast.  
We recommend that you create categories for sets of characteristics that your assets have in  
commonsuch as their file type, intended audience, or genre.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
17-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 17 Media Assets and Embedded Software  
Concepts  
Restrictions  
User Permission Restrictions  
To see and use the Media Library, you must belogged in with at least read-only permissions for at least  
one category.  
Media Restrictions  
SDP Support and Restrictions  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3We support ECDS live streams for digital signage, through the use of SDP files.  
However, our support for SDP is limited.  
We can play MPEG-TS/RTP/UDP multicast streams over Cisco ECDS networks when the multicast  
host is a Cisco MDE 1100.  
Alternatively, we can play other MPEG-TS/RTP/UDP multicast streams whose protocol is HTTP.  
The SDP file must be generated by Cisco ECDS.  
We do not support SDP optional values e, k, p, r, u, or z. Nor do we support SAP.  
Note  
When you tell DMM the location of an SDP file on an ECDS server, you must enter the ECDS Delivery Service “Service  
Routing Domain Name.” Do not enter the real host FQDN or the real host IP address.  
Also, you must specify the TCP port.  
Shockwave Flash Support and Restrictions  
Note  
This release does not support audio in Shockwave Flash media. If your media library contains any Shockwave Flash files  
that use audio, their playback will be silent.  
The filename extension must be SWF and you must enter the estimated duration.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
17-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 17 Media Assets and Embedded Software  
Concepts  
MPEG-4 Support and Restrictions  
Our support for MPEG-4 requires that you use the MPEG-4 Part 2 or Part 10 (H.264) codec and that you  
multiplex audio and video in an MPEG-2 Transport Stream.  
When your DMP is a 4400G, we support MPEG-4 Part 10/H.264 video in MPEG-2 TS.  
Neither the 4300G nor the 4305G supports MPEG-4 Part 10/H.264.  
The filename extension must be MPG or MPEG and you must enter the estimated duration.  
PNG Support and Restrictions  
A DMP 4305G in this release does not support use of PNG images.  
File Size Restrictions  
Before you add any asset, confirm that its file size is not more than 1.9 GB, which is the maximum  
stream size for any asset that you include in the layout for a DMD presentation.  
For purposes of stage-one failover, the combined size of all assets cannot exceed the capacity of the  
SD card in a DMP.  
Local Storage Restrictions  
Locally Stored Presentations Should Not Include Remote Assets  
We recommend as a best practice that you avoid calling upon any remote assets from a playlist or  
presentation to you store locally to a DMP. Otherwise, any network disruptions will interfere with  
playback of media that should be impervious to all such disruptions.  
Local Storage Restrictions for DMP 4310G  
A DMP 4310G that uses an attached USB storage volume might corrupt or erase data on this attached  
volume. Likewise, a DMP 4310G might lose its ability to mount this attached volume. After the DMP  
reaches this general state, it sometimes reports incorrectly that the attached volume is still mounted  
and working.  
These problems can occur when you disconnect the external volume from the upper USB interface on a  
DMP 4310G and then, without any delay, plug it immediately into the lower USB interface on the same  
DMP. However, these problems do not occur in every such case. In our tests, they occurred  
approximately 1 percent of the time.  
To reduce your possible exposure to these problems, wait no less than 3 seconds after you connect or  
disconnect an attached volume, before you do the reverse. In our tests, this best practice eliminated  
the risk.  
Restart the DMP if it merely unmounts its attached volume.  
There is no workaround after the attached volume is erased or its data becomes corrupted. All that you  
can do after the fact is reformat the volume and restore its data from a recent backup.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
17-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 17 Media Assets and Embedded Software  
Procedures  
Procedures  
Work with Assets and Categories in Your Media Library  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Click the Media Library tab.  
A tree on the left side of the Media Library page names the types of media that are supported and shows  
the hierarchy of categories that you have created to organize assets without regard for their media type.  
Click the name of a media type or of a category.  
An untitled table on the right side of the page is updated automatically to describe assets of the relevant  
type that your library contains.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Enter the values and choose the options that meet your requirements.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Add One Asset at a Time to Your Media Library  
Note  
After you start to import an asset, do not click any browser button or navigate away from this page until the import  
is finished. When you do, the import will not finish successfully.  
We recommend that you do not use your DMM appliance as if it is a storage server. It has limited capacity to store  
files and DMM might not function as designed when space runs low.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
17-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 17 Media Assets and Embedded Software  
Procedures  
Procedure  
Click the Single tab.  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Do one of the following in the Source area to specify the full local pathname or remote HTTP URL of  
the asset.  
Click URL, enter the URL, and then check or uncheck the Download URL check box to control  
whether you download a local copy of the asset or use the version of it that is stored remotely.  
Note  
The URL must be encoded properly (using “%20” instead of spaces, for example), according to the  
principles set forth in RFC 2396.  
Click Local File, and then click Browse or enter the full local pathname.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Choose the option in the File Type area that best describes the asset.  
Enter a title for the asset.  
Enter the estimated duration for playback.  
Caution  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3Before a DMP 4305G or 4400G will render any video asset for playback, make sure that  
the video duration is at least 3 seconds. Otherwise, the extreme brevity triggers DMP failover, which unloads the current  
playlist or presentation and causes your DMP to render its failover URL instead.  
To avoid this behavior altogether, use only video clips whose full duration is 3 seconds or more.  
To prevent this behavior temporarily when extremely brief video is somehow essential, disable video failover.  
To recover from this behavior, restart the application.  
A DMP 4310G does not exhibit this behavior.  
Note  
The user interface in Cisco Digital Signs sometimes shows a mistaken estimate of 0 (zero) seconds as the  
full duration of a video playlist. Even though the estimate is wrong, the error does not have any practical  
consequences. Playback starts and stops as scheduled, without disruption.  
This occurs after you set any video asset in the playlist to use 0 seconds as its planned duration. A video asset whose  
planned duration is 0 (zero) seconds will play from beginning to end.  
When you want to skip a video instead of playing it, you must remove it from the playlist. Any playlists constituent  
nonvideo assets must have a planned duration of at least 1 second.  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Step 8  
Step 9  
Choose at least one category.  
(Optional) Enter a description.  
(Optional) Enter an owner for the asset.  
Click Save.  
OR  
Click Cancel.  
Step 10 Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
17-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 17 Media Assets and Embedded Software  
Procedures  
Add Multiple Assets Simultaneously to Your Media Library  
The amount of time that a batch download operation requires depends on the speed of your connection,  
the number of directory levels that you search for downloadable files, and the total combined file size of  
all files that you transfer.  
Note  
After you start to import an asset, do not click any browser button or navigate away from this page until the import  
is finished. When you do, the import will not finish successfully.  
We recommend that you do not use your DMM appliance as if it is a storage server. It has limited capacity to store  
files and DMM might not function as designed when space runs low.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Click the Batch tab.  
Enter, in the Base URL area, the root-level URL for the batch download operation.  
We do not support any use of spaces in URLs.  
Step 3  
Enter, in the Pattern area, a filename pattern that identifies which files to download.  
For example, to download every file that uses the three-letter MPG filename extension, the pattern  
is *.MPG.  
Note  
Do not enter the filename pattern to use any unsupported file type.  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Make choices and enter values to add assets to your library.  
Click Save.  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard your work.  
Step 6  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
17-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 17 Media Assets and Embedded Software  
Reference  
Reference  
Software UI and Field Reference Tables  
Elements to Manage Assets and Categories  
Navigation Path  
Digital Signage > Media Library  
Table 17-1  
Elements for Managing a Media Library  
Element  
Icon and Description  
Media Types  
A complete list of the types of assets that are supported. The supported assets are:  
DMP Firmware1 ( )  
Audio ( )  
HTML ( )  
Images ( )  
Shockwave Flash ( )  
UDP ( )  
Video ( )  
RTSP ( )  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.2RTP ( )  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3SDP ( )  
When you click the name of a media type, an untitled table on the right side of the page is updated  
automatically to describe assets of the relevant type that your library contains.  
Categories  
A hierarchical list of categories in your media library. A category can contain assets or it might be  
empty. You can create new categories, edit existing categories, delete categories, or click a category  
whose assets the untitled table should describe. You can add almost any number of nested categories  
to your media library.  
Options—A menu from which you can choose among these options:  
Create CategoryOpens the Add Category dialog box.  
Rename CategoryOpens the Edit Category dialog box.  
Delete CategoryDeletes the category that you highlighted.  
Create CategoryOpens the Add Category dialog box.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
17-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 17 Media Assets and Embedded Software  
Reference  
Table 17-1  
Elements for Managing a Media Library (continued)  
Element  
Icon and Description  
Filter by  
Methods by which you can cause the untitled table to describe only the assets from your media library that match parameters  
you have specified. Choose the filtering method, specify the parameters, and then click Go. You can use only one filter per  
query. You cannot apply a second filter to results that are already filtered.  
Title  
Enter at least one word that the title contains.  
Filename  
Enter a string of characters that the filename contains.  
Enter at least one word that the description contains.  
Enter the file type to be matched.  
Description  
File Type  
Estimated Duration  
Date Modified  
Enter in hours, minutes, and seconds, the duration to be matched.  
Click the first calendar icon ( ) to choose the start date for the range of modification dates to be  
matched, and then click the second calendar icon to choose the end date for the range.  
Owner  
Source  
Path  
Enter the DMM username for the asset owner to be matched.  
Choose whether the asset is stored locally (File) or remotely (URL).  
Enter a string of characters that the path contains.  
untitled table  
Describes all assets contained in the category, or of the media type, that you clicked in the list. The table sorts information  
into columns.  
Asset Title  
Filename  
A unique and human-readable title that you entered.  
The filename for this asset.  
File Type  
Identifies the format of the asset that the corresponding row describes.  
The file size in bytes.  
Size  
Estimated Duration  
Caution  
NEW IN CISCO DMS 5.2.3Before a DMP 4305G or 4400G will render any video asset for playback,  
make sure that the video duration is at least 3 seconds. Otherwise, the extreme brevity triggers DMP  
failover, which unloads the current playlist or presentation and causes your DMP to render its failover URL instead.  
To avoid this behavior altogether, use only video clips whose full duration is 3 seconds or more.  
To prevent this behavior temporarily when extremely brief video is somehow essential, disable video failover.  
To recover from this behavior, restart the application.  
A DMP 4310G does not exhibit this behavior.  
The duration value that you entered when you added this asset to your media library, or when you  
edited attributes of this asset.  
Date Last Modified  
Time stamp (in the format DD-MM-YYYY hh:mm:ss) that says when the file was last modified.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
17-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 17 Media Assets and Embedded Software  
Reference  
Table 17-1  
Elements for Managing a Media Library (continued)  
Icon and Description  
Element  
pagination controls  
Buttons and fields clustered under a table, by which you:  
Set how many rows a table should show per page before it starts to span multiple pages.  
Move from one page to another in a table that spans multiple pages.  
Cause the table to show refreshed data.  
Options  
Choose the option, if any, that meets your requirements  
Add Media Asset  
View Media Asset  
Edit Media Asset  
Opens the Add Asset dialog box.  
Opens the View Asset dialog box.  
Opens the Edit Asset dialog box.  
Remove Media Asset Deletes the asset that you highlighted.  
Add Media Asset  
Create Playlist  
1. Or kernel.  
Opens the Add Asset dialog box.  
Opens the New Playlist dialog box in a popup window.  
Related Topics  
Elements to Add Categories and Rename Them  
The Add Category and Rename Category dialog boxes help you to manage the categories for organizing  
assets in your media library.  
Navigation Path  
Digital Signage > Media Library > Create Category  
Digital Signage > Media Library > Options > Create Category  
Digital Signage > Media Library > Options > Rename Category  
Table 17-2  
Elements for Managing Media Library Categories  
Element  
Name  
Description  
A unique and human-readable name for a category.  
A brief description of the category and its purpose.  
Description  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
17-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 17 Media Assets and Embedded Software  
Reference  
Elements to Add Assets and Edit Their Attributes  
Features of the Add Media Asset and Edit Media Asset dialog boxes help you to populate and manage  
your media library. Options are sorted under two tabs, Single and Batch, which help you to manage either  
one asset or multiple assets, respectively.  
Navigation Path  
Digital Signage > Media Library > Add Media Asset  
Digital Signage > Media Library > Options > Add Media Asset  
Digital Signage > Media Library > Options > Edit Media Asset  
.
Table 17-3  
Elements for Adding and Editing Assets  
Element  
Description  
Single tab  
Elements to add or edit one asset.  
Source  
The full local pathname or remote HTTP URL of the asset. We do not support any use of spaces in  
filenames or URLs.  
File Type  
Choose the type that best describes the asset:  
VideoA video file in MPEG-1, MPEG-2, or MPEG-4 format.  
Shockwave FlashAn Adobe Shockwave Flash 6, or 7 file if your DMP is a 4300G or a 4305G.  
Alternatively, if your DMP is a 4400G, and then a file in the format of Shockwave Flash 6, 7, 8,  
9, or 10.  
ImagesA standard image file, such as a nonprogressive JPEG image. The filename extension  
must be JPG, JPEG, GIF, or PNG.  
HTMLA web page. The filename extension must be HTM or HTML.  
FirmwareA firmware or kernel image for the DMP. The filename extension must be FWIMG  
or BIN for firmware, or TIVELLA for kernels.  
UDPThe routable IP address and UDP port for a streaming server.  
Title  
A unique and human-readable name for the asset.  
Estimated Duration  
Category  
The estimated duration for playback, counted in hours, minutes, and seconds.  
Describes each of the categories that should contain this asset. To add a category to the list, click  
Select Category.  
Description  
Owner  
Optional, brief description of the asset.  
Your name or the name of the person who added the asset.  
Batch tab  
Elements to add or edit multiple assets simultaneously.  
Base URL  
An HTTP URL that points to a directory on a server. The directory that you point to serves as the  
root-level URL for the batch download operation; every file that you download is retrieved from this  
directory or from one of its children at a lower level. We do not support any use of spaces in URLs.  
Pattern  
The filename pattern that identifies which files to download. We do not support any use of spaces in  
filenames.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
17-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 17 Media Assets and Embedded Software  
Reference  
Table 17-3  
Elements for Adding and Editing Assets (continued)  
Element  
Description  
File Type  
Choose the type that best describes these assets:  
Video1 A video file in MPEG-1, MPEG-2, or MPEG-4 format.  
Shockwave Flash2 Any Adobe Shockwave Flash 6, or 7 file if your DMP is a 4300G or a  
4305G. Alternatively, if your DMP is a 4400G, any Adobe Shockwave Flash 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 file.  
ImagesAny standard image file, such as a nonprogressive JPEG image. The filename  
extension must be JPG, JPEG, GIF, or PNG.  
HTMLAny web page. The filename extension must be HTM or HTML.  
FirmwareAny firmware image for the DMP. The filename extension must be FWIMG or BIN  
for firmware, or TIVELLA for kernels.  
UDPThe routable IP address and UDP port for a streaming server.  
Levels  
The number of levels below the specified base URL to search for (and download) files with filenames  
that match the specified pattern.  
Category  
Click the name of the one category that should contain these assets.  
Elements To Describe and Preview One Asset  
The View Asset dialog box describes the attributes of one asset in your Media Library and, in some cases,  
shows a preview. Attribute information is sorted under two tabs, Overview and Usage. Click a tab to see  
the asset attributes that it describes. To close the View Asset dialog box, click Close.  
Navigation Path  
Digital Signage > Media Library > Options > View Media Asset  
Table 17-4  
Elements for Viewing Asset Attributes  
Element  
Description  
Overview tab  
Attributes that are derived from information in your media library include the elements with these field labels: Title,  
Description, File Type, Estimated Duration, Owner, Category Names, and Source. To understand these elements, see Elements  
to Add Assets and Edit Their Attributes, page 17-10. Other elements on the Overview tab are as follows.  
Preview  
Either a generic icon that represents the asset type or a thumbnail that you can click to view this asset,  
assuming that its file type is viewable in your browser.  
Path  
The full HTTP pathname for this asset.  
The file size.  
Size  
Playlist Count  
The total count of playlists that contain and are dependent upon this asset. To learn more about these  
playlists, click the Usage tab.  
Presentation Count  
Date Modified  
The total count of presentations that contain and are dependent upon this asset. To learn more about  
these presentations, click the Usage tab.  
Time stamp (in the format DD-MM-YYYY hh:mm:ss) that says when the file was last modified.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
17-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 17 Media Assets and Embedded Software  
Reference  
Table 17-4  
Elements for Viewing Asset Attributes (continued)  
Element  
Description  
Usage tab  
Shows either the Playlists for Asset table or the Presentations for Asset table, depending on whether you click Playlist or  
Presentation, respectively. The table sorts information into the following columns.  
Name  
The name of the presentation or the playlist that is dependent upon this asset.  
Time Referenced  
Date Modified  
The total count of instances when the described presentation or playlist includes this asset.  
Time stamp (in the format DD-MM-YYYY hh:mm:ss) that says when the described presentation or  
playlist was last modified.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
17-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C H A P T E R  
18  
Schedule Media to Play and Commands to Run  
Revised: May 31, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You work in the centralized DMP schedule to render media for timed playback, issue commands that operate and maintain  
equipment, guide your audiences to safety during public emergencies, and so on.  
Audience  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Concepts  
Overview  
Our scheduling service helps you to control exactly when particular DMPs play your choice of assets or  
execute your saved commands. You can schedule these events to occur at any time. You can even set  
them to recur as often as needed. Moreover, you can schedule hundreds of future events.  
Now  
You can trigger such events to start manually and run only once. We call this method “Play Now.”  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
18-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 18 Schedule Media to Play and Commands to Run  
Concepts  
Later  
Or, you can set them to run automatically from a schedule, with or without recurrence. (We call this  
method “Play in Future.”)  
Topics in this section tell you how to plan deliveries of assets and commands that you prepare for DMPs.  
The schedule can manage multiple deployments simultaneously andassuming that a DMP has a fast  
network connection and you send deployments to it that are not mutually exclusive—a DMP can receive  
multiple deployments simultaneously.  
You can schedule future time slots for elements that you will deploy once or repeatedly to:  
One registered DMP, if it belongs to a DMP group which does not contain any other DMPs.  
Multiple registered DMPs that all use the same one DMP group as their parent.  
All of your registered external (FTP) deployment servers; the schedule treats all of your registered  
external servers identically.  
Understand Future Deployments for Presentations  
You can deploy only one presentation at a time if the assets that it uses should be stored directly on your  
DMPs. To check the free space on the SD memory card in a DMP, choose Digital Media Players > DMP  
Manager, and then look in the DMP List table for the amounts of free space in internal and external  
storage. Alternatively, log in to the local instance of DMPDM, and then click Internal Storage.  
Understand Time Zones in the Schedule  
Displayed times for deployments in the schedule are relative to the time zone where you deployed your  
DMM appliance, not the time zone where you deployed any DMP, and not the time zone for any other  
locale. You set the time zone value for your DMM appliance when you used AAI to configure it and you  
can use AAI to correct the time zone value if it is wrong.  
Future time slots that the schedule describes will always designate hours in boldface numerals according  
to the UTC time zone offset for the locale where your DMM appliance is installed.  
When you work from any other time zone and view the schedule, this offset will differ from the offset  
at your location and the difference might be confusing. Furthermore, the offset might be confusing even  
when you and your DMM appliance are together in one time zone but you want to schedule time slots  
for a DMP that is in some other time zone.  
Tip  
In either of these scenarios, you can cause the schedule to designate hours from two time zones simultaneously.  
One of these time zones is always the one for your DMM appliance. To choose the second time zone (whether it is for your personal  
locale or the locale of a DMP), select a named UTC offset option, such as “America/Los Angeles,” from the untitled list above the  
schedule. The schedule is then updated immediately to show designated hours from the second time zone that you selected, in  
addition to the designated hours that it always shows for your DMM appliance.  
Small, plain numerals designate hours for the UTC-offset locale that you selected.  
Large, boldface numerals designate hours for the locale where your DMM appliance is installed.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
18-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 18 Schedule Media to Play and Commands to Run  
Concepts  
Understand Tooltips in the Schedule Timeline  
Whenever your pointer hovers over a event in the timeline, the schedule shows a tooltip. Information in  
the tooltip describes the current status of the corresponding event and summarizes its most important  
attributes. Information in the tooltip is organized as follows.  
Related Topics  
Understand Inline Status Messages for Deployed Events in the Schedule  
Whenever you let your pointer hover over a scheduled deployment in the timeline, we describe the  
current status and summarize its most important attributes.  
Related Topics  
Guidelines  
Best Practices to Prevent Unscheduled DMP Restarts  
We designed DMPs to restart gracefully when they run out of free memory. This is the fastest and most  
effective way to purge memory on a DMP.  
For this reason, we recommend that you restart your DMPs deliberately from time to time, according to  
a schedule that you control. Doing so can reduce or prevent unscheduled restarts, which could otherwise  
occur at inconvenient or inopportune times.  
Determine first if unexpected restarts occur at a predictable interval, as is likely. If you notice, for  
example, that your DMPs seem to restart unexpectedly after your playlists or presentations run for  
approximately 7 days, then you could schedule a controlled restart to run once every 6 days.  
The interval that’s best for one network could be unsuitable for another. Your assets and how you  
combine them are the greatest predictor of how much time can elapse before your DMPs run out of  
free memory.  
The syntax is mng.reboot=1.  
Best Practices to Manage and Maintain the Schedule  
Avoid placing entries in your schedule that recur often and persist for an unreasonably long time, and  
also avoid all other practices that might cause your schedule to become too large. Otherwise, DMM  
might not generate your manifest files quickly enough and your ACNS CDM or root CE might time out.  
We recommend that you apply this rough algorithm:  
An entry that recurs daily should persist in your schedule for no more than 3 days.  
An entry that recurs weekly should persist in your schedule for no more than 3 weeks.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
18-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 18 Schedule Media to Play and Commands to Run  
Concepts  
Almost never schedule event instances that extend more than 60 days into the future. The exceptions  
to this rule are:  
An entry that recurs monthly can persist in your schedule for as long as 3 months.  
An entry that recurs annually can persist in your schedule for as long as 3 years.  
Furthermore, we recommend these additional best practices:  
Avoid deploying assets to any given DMP more than once per day. Ideally, all deployments should  
occur outside your normal business hours. You can schedule a deployment package that contains  
assets for more than one presentation if the target DMP has sufficient local storage to save the entire  
package. Applied outside normal business hours, this simple method reduces your dependence on  
daytime deployments, which might otherwise disrupt your digital signage temporarily.  
Avoid having any more than approximately 200 events (of all kinds, combined) saved in your  
schedule at any one time.  
Avoid having any more than approximately 100 presentations saved in DMD at any one time. If your  
presentations database grows too large, you might be prevented from designing, saving, and deleting  
presentations, and the start time might be disrupted for your scheduled events.  
Instead of creating a presentation that is similar to one that used to be in your schedule, simply  
modify the old presentation and reschedule it.  
Avoid extending the playback window for your customer-facing presentations and playlists beyond  
the actual hours when customers will see them.  
If you are not sure when or how many times a task or presentation occurs in your schedule, you can  
use the Schedule Reports feature.  
Best Practices to Stop Playback of a Scheduled Job  
Caution  
Do not delete an event from your schedule to stop a presentation from playing on your DMPs.  
When you do this, your DMPs continue to use the presentation as if nothing has changed. This occurs because each deployment  
job includes an instruction to stop, which you delete along with the job that contains it.  
Instead, use Play Now to deliver the Stop All Applications command.  
Restrictions  
External Server Restrictions  
Caution  
It is important to understand all possible limitations and effects of deploying to an FTP server, as well as the exact  
circumstances that lead to these effects. Files are sometimes unplayable or deleted automatically; subdirectories are  
sometimes created automatically; and values that you enter in DMM are sometimes changed automatically.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
18-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 18 Schedule Media to Play and Commands to Run  
Concepts  
You cannot use the Schedules > Play Now feature with external deployment servers.  
All deployments to external servers require that you use Schedules > Play in Future.  
Video files do not play at all when you deploy to an FTP server a presentation whose MPEG files are:  
Requested through Microsoft Proxy Server.  
Requested through Microsoft Internet Security and Acceleration Server.  
When your media library in DMM is the source for a file that you deploy as part of a presentation,  
and when you choose an FTP server as the target to receive that file, DMM transfers copies of the  
relevant file to all of the FTP servers that you have registered. After the transfer is completed, DMM  
deletes the original file from its media library, and then changes the relevant presentation so that it  
uses a URL instead of a local path. The URL that DMM enters automatically is specific to whichever  
FTP server you registered first.  
When an HTTP URL is the source for a deployed file, and when the pathname on the source server  
contains subdirectories that do not exist on the target FTP server, DMM automatically creates the  
required subdirectories on the FTP server.  
Content Delivery Network Restrictions  
ACNS  
We recommend that you avoid using immediate deployments with ACNS, due to the amount of time  
required to distribute assets throughout your network and to its edge. If you do so despite this  
recommendation, DMM always uses the default ACNS channel. You cannot use any other channel.  
ECDS  
We recommend that you avoid using immediate deployments with ECDS, due to the amount of time  
required to distribute assets throughout your network and to its edge. If you do so despite this  
recommendation, DMM always uses the default ECDS channel. You cannot use any other channel.  
WAAS  
We recommend that you avoid using immediate deployments with WAAS, due to the amount of time  
required to distribute assets throughout your network and to its edge.  
Scenarios  
Methods to Pre-empt Only One Instance of a Recurring Event  
In some cases, you might want to do something one time, or for a limited time, that overlaps with a  
recurring event. For example, you might schedule a presentation to run from 9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.  
every weekday in the month of March, but want to show a different presentation on the second Tuesday  
in March.  
The challenge is that your DMP cannot prioritize contradictory events that are scheduled to start  
simultaneously. However, there are several ways to pre-empt a recurring event.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
18-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 18 Schedule Media to Play and Commands to Run  
Concepts  
Method One  
Method Two  
Workflow  
1. Schedule and deploy a recurring event for the first uninterrupted span of dates.  
2. Schedule and deploy the one-time event.  
3. Schedule and deploy a copy of the first recurring event for the second uninterrupted span of dates.  
Background  
Assume that you have created two DMP groups. This scenario calls them Group_A and Group_B.  
For Group_A, schedule an event that recurs throughout the entire span of dates.  
For Group_B, schedule the one-time event.  
Workflow  
1. Move targeted DMPs from Group_A to Group_B when the one-time event should begin.  
2. Return the DMPs to Group_A when the one-time event should end.  
3. Choose Schedules > Play Now.  
4. Click Group_A in the DMP Groups tree.  
5. Ctrl-click each DMP that should start again to show the recurring presentation.  
6. Choose Select an Event Type > Digital Signs.  
7. Click Select Digital Signage.  
8. Click the name of the recurring presentation name.  
9. Click OK.  
Method Three  
Background  
Assume that the one-time event is live streaming video of an important meeting or conference. You can  
schedule the interruption far ahead of time and simply set it to occur once.  
Workflow  
1. Schedule a recurring event to run every weekday, as you might expect, from 9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.  
2. Schedule the (Go to) URL command to start at 9:05 a.m., so that it interrupts the recurring event but  
does not conflict with its start time.  
3. Schedule the (Go to) URL command to stop at 6:00 p.m.  
The recurring event begins again, as expected, at 9:00 a.m. the next day.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
18-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 18 Schedule Media to Play and Commands to Run  
Procedures  
Procedures  
Use ‘Play Now’ to Transmit Assets or Commands Immediately  
You can deploy immediately to one DMP or to one DMP group.  
Before You Begin  
You must already have created and saved what you will deploy.  
You must already have created the group whose member DMPs should receive the deployment.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Schedules > Play Now.  
Choose one of these from the Event Type list, according to your need.  
Digital Signs  
Cast  
System Tasks  
Your choice reveals a button whose name is derived from your choice.  
Click the button to choose particular assets or particular commands.  
A dialog box opens. Its name and elements vary by event type.  
Click the name of the command or asset to be deployed.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Click OK to confirm your selection and close the dialog box.  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard your selection and close the dialog box.  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Step 8  
Expand a group in the DMP Groups tree to list its member DMPs.  
Ctrl-click in this list the name of each DMP that should receive the deployment.  
Click Submit to confirm your selections and deploy the element immediately.  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard your work for this deployment.  
Step 9  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
18-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 18 Schedule Media to Play and Commands to Run  
Procedures  
Related Topics  
Use the ‘Run Task’ Feature to Transmit Assets or Commands Immediately  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Digital Media Players > DMP Manager.  
Navigate in the DMP Groups object selector, expanding its levels as necessary until you find in its  
hierarchy the parent group for a DMP that should receive assets or instructions. Then, click the name of  
this DMP group in the object selector.  
OR  
Choose an option from the Filter list to restrict which DMPs the DMP List table describes.  
Step 3  
(Optional) If DMP data in the table straddles multiple pages, use pagination controls above the table to  
move between pages.  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Choose which DMPs in the DMP List table should receive the assets or instructions that you will deploy.  
Choose an action from the Action list, above the DMP List table.  
Click Go. The specified action starts immediately.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Schedule the Time Slot for a Future Event  
Before You Begin  
You must already have created and saved the elements that you will deploy.  
You must already have created the DMP group that should receive a deployment.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Schedules > Play in Future.  
From the calendar, choose the year, month, and day when the deployment should start.  
The timeline is updated automatically, so that it shows the schedule for that day.  
From the Event Type list, under the timeline, choose the deployment type.  
Step 3  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
18-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 18 Schedule Media to Play and Commands to Run  
Procedures  
Step 4  
When the Schedule Task dialog box opens, complete these steps:  
a. Click Select Group, click the group name for the DMPs or the external (FTP) deployment servers  
that should receive this deployment, and then click OK.  
b. Click the Select <event_type> Tasks button, click the name of the specific event to be deployed, and  
then click OK.  
c. To designate the start and stop times for this event:  
In the Start Time areaFor the deployment date that you chose in Step 2, enter the hour  
(numeric, in the range from 1 to 12) and minute (numeric, in the range from 00 to 59) when  
DMPs should start this event, and then enter either AM or PM as the period.  
In the Stop Time areaUse the same method to specify when DMPs should stop this event.  
Step 5  
From the Repeat list, choose the recurrence interval for this event. The intervals are:  
Never  
Every Day  
Every Week  
Every Month  
Every Year  
Step 6  
Note  
To save your selections, click Save All.  
If you do not click Save All, the schedule discards your selections immediately after you refresh  
your browser or load any other page.  
You must click Save All even if you do not plan to deploy the event right away. Later, when you are  
ready to deploy the event, click Publish All.  
Step 7  
(Optional) To make copies of an event in the schedule, so that it recurs as many times as you want and  
at any interval that you specify:  
a. Click the event description on the timeline, and then choose Add an Event > Duplicate All.  
b. Click the first Select button to choose the group whose event will be copied, and then click OK.  
c. Click the second Select button to choose the group that should receive the copy, and then click OK.  
d. Click Save.  
Step 8  
Step 9  
Click Publish All to transmit the deployment according to your defined schedule and synchronize it if  
you use ACNS or WAAS.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
18-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 18 Schedule Media to Play and Commands to Run  
Reference  
Reference  
Software UI and Field Reference Tables  
Elements of a Tooltip in the Schedule Timeline  
Navigation Path  
Schedules > Play in Future  
Table 18-1  
Schedule Timeline Tooltips  
Category  
Description  
Status  
One of the following:  
NewYou made selections to define a new deployment. However, because you have not yet  
clicked Save, the schedule will discard your selections if you refresh your browser or load any  
other page in it.  
SavedYou made selections to define a new deployment and you clicked Save. You created a  
permanent record for the deployment, but have not scheduled it yet to run.  
PublishedYou made selections to define a deployment, you saved your selections, and the  
deployment is scheduled to run at the times that you specified.  
ScheduledThe deployment is occurring now.  
FinishedThe deployment occurred at the scheduled time and is now stopped.  
App  
The selection that you made from the Applications list.  
Group  
From  
To  
The selection that you made from the DMP Groups list.  
The date and time when the deployment is (or was) scheduled to start.  
The date and time when the deployment is (or was) scheduled to stop.  
The number of times that the deployment is scheduled to recur.  
Repeat  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
18-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 18 Schedule Media to Play and Commands to Run  
Reference  
Table 18-1  
Schedule Timeline Tooltips (continued)  
Category  
Description  
Start Cmd Result  
N/N/N, where:  
(Total/OK/Failed)  
The first N is a color-coded (black) numeral that counts the total number of times that DMM tried  
to deploy the command to start the designated task.  
The second N is a color-coded (green) numeral that counts the number of times that DMM  
succeeded in deploying the command to start the designated task.  
The third N is a color-coded (red) numeral that counts the number of times that DMM failed to  
deploy the command to start the designated task.  
Stop Cmd Result  
(Total/OK/Failed)  
N/N/N, where:  
The first N is a color-coded (black) numeral that counts the total number of times that DMM tried  
to deploy the command to stop the designated task.  
The second N is a color-coded (green) numeral that counts the number of times that DMM  
succeeded in deploying the command to stop the designated task.  
The third N is a color-coded (red) numeral that counts the number of times that DMM failed to  
deploy the command to stop the designated task.  
Elements to Describe the Status of Deployed Events  
Navigation Path  
Schedules > Play in Future  
Table 18-2  
Elements to Describe the Current Status of Scheduled Events  
Category  
Description  
Application Name  
Application Type  
The selection that you made from the Applications list.  
Either Digital Media Designer or one of the following.  
(Go to) URL  
Deployment Package  
DMP Audio/Video Settings  
DMP Discovery (autoregistration)  
DMP Display Controls  
DMP Failover Retry  
DMP Firmware Upgrade  
DMP Startup URL  
File Transfer to DMP or Server  
System Tasks  
From  
The date and time when the deployment is (or was) scheduled to start.  
The date and time when the deployment is (or was) scheduled to stop.  
The number of times that the deployment is scheduled to recur.  
To  
How Often  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
18-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 18 Schedule Media to Play and Commands to Run  
Reference  
Table 18-2  
Elements to Describe the Current Status of Scheduled Events (continued)  
Category  
Description  
Status  
One of the following:  
NewYou made selections to define a new deployment. However, because you have not yet  
clicked Save, DMM will discard your selections if you refresh your browser or load any other page  
in it.  
SavedYou made selections to define a new deployment and you clicked Save. DMM created a  
permanent record for the deployment, but has not scheduled it yet to run.  
PublishedYou made selections to define a deployment, you saved your selections, and DMM  
has scheduled the deployment to run at the times that you specified.  
ScheduledThe deployment is occurring now.  
FinishedThe deployment occurred at the scheduled time and is now stopped.  
Group  
The selection that you made from the DMP Groups list.  
Start Command  
Summary  
(Total/OK/Failed)  
N/N/N, where:  
The first N is a color-coded (white) numeral that counts the total number of times that DMM tried  
to deploy the command to start the designated task.  
The second N is a color-coded (green) numeral that counts the number of times that DMM  
succeeded in deploying the command to start the designated task.  
The third N is a color-coded (red) numeral that counts the number of times that DMM failed to  
deploy the command to start the designated task.  
Stop Command  
Summary  
(Total/OK/Failed)  
N/N/N, where:  
The first N is a color-coded (white) numeral that counts the total number of times that DMM tried  
to deploy the command to stop the designated task.  
The second N is a color-coded (green) numeral that counts the number of times that DMM  
succeeded in deploying the command to stop the designated task.  
The third N is a color-coded (red) numeral that counts the number of times that DMM failed to  
deploy the command to stop the designated task.  
In addition, a status bar at the bottom of the popup window counts the number of errors associated with  
the described deployment.  
FAQs and Troubleshooting  
FAQs  
Q. Can I schedule an event that has no stop date?  
A. Not exactly. However, when you use Play Now to initiate an event, it runs until another event starts.  
Q. What prevents me from seeing the software user interface for Play in Future?  
A. Refresh you browser. If the problem persists, make sure that your client OS, browser, and JRE are  
all set to English.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
18-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
C H A P T E R  
19  
Content Distribution and Delivery  
Revised: May 31, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You will configure and manage how DMP endpoints use content distribution network technologies.  
Audience  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Concepts  
Overview  
Commonly, the bandwidth capacity required to deliver an HD video stream ranges from 10 Mbps to  
15 Mbps. In contrast, an average SD video stream uses approximately one-third as much capacity.  
However, these parameters are highly configurable and will vary from one WAN to another.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Concepts  
Content distribution technologies can make perfect copies of important files from your origin server and  
store the duplicates on multiple nodes in your network. Later, anyone who needs one or more of these  
cached files can obtain them quickly from a node that is closer to them than the origin server and less  
heavily loaded. Such methods improve network scalability and user experience.  
Topics in this chapter explain how to use content distribution technologies with Cisco Digital Media  
Player (DMP) endpoints. Your understanding these important concepts will help you to use content  
distribution successfully.  
Understand DMP Support for the CIFS Protocol  
Common Internet File System (CIFS) is a network protocol for sharing files and for obtaining remote  
access to those files.  
A CIFS share is a mount point on a network attached storage device that supports the CIFS protocol.  
When you choose WAAS as your content distribution method, Cisco Digital Signs instructs DMPs to use  
the CIFS protocol and mount a network share, such as a Windows shared folder, that uses CIFS.  
Related Topics  
Choose a Content Delivery System to Use with DMPs  
In media networks, it is sometimes necessary to distribute large files where bandwidth capacity is  
moderately or severely constrained. The challenge of doing this successfully is that delivering HD or SD  
video streams and deploying large assets often requires an average data transfer rate of greater than  
6 million bits per second (Mbps, or megabits). Media networks can compound your need for bandwidth.  
There is a practical maximum limit in any WAN for how much bandwidth each of its remote sites can  
use, and a content delivery solution can help you to manage multicast file distribution efficiently to the  
DMPs that operate at your remote sites. In this way, content delivery solutions can enhance the  
scalability of your existing network infrastructure and adapt it for media deployments.  
Table 19-1  
Comparison of Supported Content-Distribution Methods  
Method  
Use Cases  
Consider DMS-CD when:  
DMS-CD  
You do not use Cisco Show and Share.  
Your DMPs do not show live video or high-definition video.  
Each site in your WAN contains a maximum of three DMPs.  
Your whole network contains a maximum of 300 DMPs.  
Each site in your WAN has bandwidth capacity of less than T1/E1.  
On average, each site in your organization downloads less than 200 MB daily.  
It takes longer than 5 hours in your WAN to download 300 MB at 128 Kbps.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Concepts  
Table 19-1  
Comparison of Supported Content-Distribution Methods (continued)  
Method  
Use Cases  
Consider ECDS when:  
ECDS  
You use DMPs and Cisco Show and Share.  
Your DMPs show high-definition video.  
Each site in your WAN has a minimum of three DMPs or three Show and Share users.  
Each site in your WAN has less bandwidth capacity than T2/E2.  
On average, each site in your organization downloads 200-300 MB of video daily.  
You need a comprehensive platform for media-delivery, including a Flash streaming server.  
Consider ACNS when:  
ACNS  
You use DMPs and Cisco Show and Share.  
Your DMPs show high-definition video.  
Each site in your WAN has a minimum of three DMPs or three Show and Share users.  
Each site in your WAN has less bandwidth capacity than T2/E2.  
On average, each site in your organization downloads 200-300 MB of video daily.  
You need a comprehensive platform for media-delivery, excepting a Flash streaming server.  
Consider WAAS when:  
WAAS  
You use DMPs and Cisco Show and Share.  
You use Windows Media for live Show and Share streams.  
Each site in your WAN has a minimum of three DMPs or three Show and Share users.  
Each site in your WAN has less bandwidth capacity than T2/E2.  
On average, each site in your organization downloads more than 300 Mbps of video daily.  
You want to use the CIFS protocol when provisioning assets to your DMPs.  
Related Topics  
DMS-CD Concepts  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Concepts  
DMS-CD Overview  
Activation  
Anyone who has purchased a valid license to use this release of Cisco Digital Signs also has a perpetual license to  
use its built-in implementation of DMS-CD. No additional software is required and there is no recurring cost.  
Cisco DMS Content Distribution (DMS-CD) is a file delivery and management mechanism. It conserves  
network bandwidth and optimizes playback performance by provisioning creative assets directly to your  
DMPs. You can use FTP or SFTP to transfer multiple playlists and presentations to DMP local storage.  
Store assets locally on the flash memory card that is preinstalled inside a DMP.  
Store assets locally on an external USB hard drive or flash drive that you attach to a DMP.  
Retry Timeout  
The factory default Retry Count value is 5.  
The factory default Retry Timeout duration is 300 seconds.  
Given these values, you can expect that DMS-CDwhen it uses default valuestakes as long as  
1,500 seconds (25 minutes) to detect assets or determine that a DMP is unreachable and give up. In cases  
when this duration is too long, you might try changing the Retry Timeout value from 300 to 30.  
Concurrent Deployments  
Most DMS-CD deployment preference settings that you define take effect during the next scheduled  
DMS-CD deployment. However, any time that you change the “Number of concurrent deployments”  
value, you must restart your DMM appliance and run a scheduled DMS-CD deployment before the  
changed setting takes effect on your DMPs.  
DMS-CD Performance Factors  
Differential Download Intelligence  
Differential download intelligence in DMS-CD prevents the needless provisioning of any asset more  
than once to any DMP that uses it and already has downloaded it, even if you have used the asset  
repeatedly in multiple playlists or presentations. Your DMPs retain their valid assets and download only  
what is new or has changed.  
Bandwidth Consumption  
A systemwide threshold that you define limits in your WAN how much bandwidth is used per session  
when DMS-CD provisions assets to one of your DMPs.  
For example, a limit of 1.2 mbits means that file transfer speeds for DMS-CD deployments cannot  
exceed the maximum threshold of 1.2 mbits per DMP.  
Thus, if your deployment provisions assets to 20 DMPs, the maximum WAN bandwidth that DMS-CD  
uses is 24 mbits, because 20 x 1.2 = 24.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Concepts  
Resumption of Interrupted and Paused File Transfers  
File transfer resumption in DMS-CD helps to compensate for bandwidth throttling and other constraints  
that might limit how many assets you can provision at a time. Such constraints commonly include a  
limited number of nighttime hours when deployments are certain not to disrupt the digital signage  
messages or Cisco Cast programs that your organization shows to its targeted audiences.  
Values that you define at Deployment Manager > Deployment Preferences determine in part how  
DMS-CD responds to any incomplete file transfers, but its response also considers the size of individual  
files within a deployment package. Finally, a DMP might generate a queue for itself if it is the target of  
multiple deployments, because a DMP can receive data from only one deployment package at a time.  
Outages and Other Disruptions  
When the scheduled delivery of a deployment package is interruptedby a power failure or a network  
outage, for examplewhile you are provisioning assets, the file transfer process might resume  
automatically at a later time.  
When sufficient time remains during the same deployment window that was interrupted, your file  
transfer resumes after your retry interval has elapsed.  
Tip  
You set this interval in the “Deployment retry time (in seconds)” field.  
When the interruption extends past the end of the scheduled deployment window and the  
deployment is scheduled to recur, file transfer resumes automatically the next time that the  
deployment is scheduled to run.  
When the interruption extends past the end of the scheduled deployment window but you did not  
schedule the deployment to recur, file transfer stops without success and does not recur.  
Likewise, the maximum number of times that DMS-CD tries to provision assets for an interrupted  
deployment package is constrained by the “Deployment retry count” value.  
File Size  
When your deployment is scheduled to recur, DMS-CD will either pause or stop the transfer of assets  
whose transfer did not finish during the deployment window. DMS-CD uses file size to determine  
whether an incomplete file is paused or stopped:  
Transfer is stopped for any partially transferred file whose size is less than 6 MB, no matter how  
much of it was transferred. Transfer of a 100 KB file, for example, must start over again from the  
first byte when the deployment recurs.  
Transfer is paused for any partially transferred file whose size is greater than 6 MB, no matter how  
little of it was transferred. A file whose size is 1.6 GB, for example, is paused when none of your  
DMPs can download more than 200 MB per day.  
Tip  
Calculations of this kind can help you to estimate how far in advance you should schedule the first instance of a  
recurring deployment. When you know already, for example, that one-fifth of the data within a deployment package can  
transfer to DMP local storage during the deployment window that you reserved, then you know also that the deployment must  
recur on at least 5 separate days or your DMPs will not receive their assets in time.  
We recommend that your deployments recur once each day.  
When a deployment is scheduled to recur at any other interval than once per daysuch as once per week—then this is the  
interval after which any paused transfer will resume.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Concepts  
DMP Group Memberships  
Each DMP considers its group memberships when it starts to receive provisioned data from DMS-CD.  
DMPs that are assigned to only one DMP group apiece accept provisioned data to the best of  
their capacity.  
DMPs that belong to multiple groups, which are scheduled to receive differing deployments  
simultaneously, can receive only one of these deployments at a time. When they are the target of  
simultaneous deployments, DMPs generate a queue for themselves and receive the various  
deployment packages one at a time. Depending on the size and relative importance of one package  
over another, such DMPs might sometimes lack assets that you planned for them to have.  
Tip  
You might notice after a DMP joins multiple groups that it runs out of local storage space (on usb_1 or usb_2) faster  
than it did before.  
You can use the Play Now feature to deploy an empty playlist to any DMPs whose local storage has kept copies of obsoleted  
assets. This method clears local storage quickly.  
Alternatively, when local storage contains a combination of assetssome needed, others not—you can create and deploy  
a playlist that includes only the useful assets. The DMPs that receive this deployment will keep what they need and delete  
everything else.  
Understand Shared Scheduling Features for Deployments  
Because DMS-CD uses the same scheduling features that are built into Cisco Digital Signs, you can  
schedule assets to be provisioned late at night or at other convenient, planned times. Furthermore,  
reporting features in Cisco Digital Signs show you which DMS-CD deployments have succeeded or  
failed and show you which files were deployed to each DMP.  
Understand DMS-CD Alert Reports  
Monitoring Modes  
The Alert Reports feature supports modes that you can use when checking for DMS-CD  
deployment errors.  
Live monitor mode describes the most recent 100 instances of an event type that you choose. Its data  
is refreshed automatically every 90 seconds.  
Snapshot mode describes only the events that match the combination of all parameters that  
you choose.  
Error Conditions  
DMS-CD logging captures, detects, and reports these error conditions.  
DMS-CD cannot retrieve a file.  
DMS-CD cannot provision a file (DMP out of space or missing USB)  
DMP is not reachable (is down, or has wrong IP)  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Concepts  
Deployment was interrupted (network outage, DMM down, etc.)  
Deployment was not completed during its window  
Alert Types  
Successes or failures, exclusively  
These options from the Type list cause a filtered report to describe only the DMS-CD deployments that  
failed or succeeded.  
Deployment Failures  
Deployment Successes  
DMP-specific  
These options from the Type list cause the filtered report to describe only the events that DMPs reported.  
Therefore, some of them might pertain to disrupted or failed deployments with DMS-CD.  
DMP Outages  
DMP Restarts  
DMP IP Conflicts  
Internal to DMS-CD  
When you choose the All Internal Events option from the Type list, these event types also pertain  
to DMS-CD deployments.  
Deployment error  
Deployment started  
Deployment ended  
Guidelines  
Note  
You must restart your DMP after you switch it from ACNS mode to ECDS mode. Although we recommend generally that you  
restart your DMP after you switch its mode from any content distribution method to another, it is mandatory only when you switch  
from ACNS to ECDS. (CSCto35473)  
DMS-CD Guidelines  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Concepts  
Gather the Essential Data to Develop a Deployment Strategy  
DMS-CD deployments and deployment packages are all unique in their own ways. However, a  
repeatable process supports your development of the strategy for any such deployment. After you gather  
and record the numeric values that describe key factors, simple arithmetic leads you to a deployment  
strategy that we expect should be effective in your network.  
The worksheet in this section explains and records these numeric values and guides you through the  
simple equations to plan a successful deployment.  
Note  
This worksheet assumes that all targeted DMPs in a deployment have identical network bandwidth capacity  
available to them.  
Table 19-2  
Pre-Planning Worksheet for One DMS-CD Deployment  
Factor  
Definition and Supporting Data  
A.  
DMP incoming Either the maximum transfer rate that you defined for DMS-CD or the result of  
transfer rate  
factors that further constrain this rate.  
(A1) What value is in effect for the Maximum Transfer Rate  
(A2) If any factors1 reduce bandwidth capacity per DMP to a lower  
rate than A1, what is the actual rate?  
Q. The lower of these values is exactly what?  
B.  
Total data to be The product of two values that you multiply.  
deployed  
(B1) In this deployment, the package size per DMP is exactly what?  
(B2) This deployment targets exactly how many DMPs that should  
receive its package?  
Q. What is the product (in gigabytes) when you multiply B1 by B2?  
C.  
Q. What value is in effect for the Number of concurrent deployments preference setting?  
Maximum  
concurrent  
deployments  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Concepts  
Table 19-2  
Pre-Planning Worksheet for One DMS-CD Deployment (continued)  
Factor  
Definition and Supporting Data  
D.  
Duration of  
The product of two values that you multiply.  
opportunity for  
deployment  
(D1) How many hours per day are available for nondisruptive  
deployments?  
(D2) How many days remain until all assets in the deployment package  
must be provisioned and available for playback on all targeted DMPs?  
Q. What is the product (counted in hours) when you multiply D1 by D2?  
E.  
Total DMS-CD Gather these values.  
throughput  
(E1) What is the throughput of your DMM appliance?2  
(E2) What value is in effect for the Concurrency preference setting?  
(E3) What DMP Incoming Transfer Rate value did you record in row A?  
(E4) What is the sum when you add E2 to E3?  
Q. Compare the values of E1 and E4. The lower value is exactly what?  
F.  
Shortest  
The quotient when you divide one value by another.  
possible  
(F1) What Total Data to Be Deployed value did you record in row B?  
duration for  
a parallel  
deployment  
(F2) What Total DMS-CD Throughput value did you record in row E?  
Q. What is the quotient (counted in hours) when you divide F1 by F2?  
1. Potentially including any QoS policies that limit how much of your total bandwidth capacity DMS-CD is permitted to use.  
2. Because your DMM appliance uses a 1 GB network adapter for Ethernet, its throughput is likely to be at least 40 mbits in any modern network that is  
not overloaded. If you do not know how to measure server throughput, contact your network administrator.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Concepts  
Limit DMS-CD Disruptions to DMP Performance  
Improper scheduling practices and improper WAN bandwidth parameters in your media network might  
cause DMS-CD to disrupt playback performance temporarily on DMPs. The disruption affects multicast  
video streams, HD videos, Shockwave Flash animations, and image assets that these DMPs show on their  
attached presentation systems while simultaneously downloading newly provisioned, large assets. When  
this disruption occurs:  
Videos might become fragmented (contain artifacts), drop frames, or cut out during playback.  
SWF animations might play slowly.  
Images might redraw slowly.  
DMPs might restart unexpectedly, in rare instances.  
You can configure bandwidth restrictions in your WAN that should help to alleviate these symptoms or  
eliminate them completely, depending on the system load of each DMP.  
Best Practices  
We recommend that you apply these DMS-CD best practices in your network whenever possible.  
Create and maintain only one deployment package for any DMP group whose constituent DMPs  
should play assets from local storage. Simply configure its deployment to recur nightly (or whatever  
other time has the least possible impact on your audience). Then, modify it as necessary, to:  
Include all new or changed assets that member DMPs should obtain or keep for playback.  
Remove obsolete assets that member DMPs should autoclean from local storage.  
DMS-CD syncs DMP storage with the current version of the deployment package and applies all  
changes automatically.  
Note  
This method is simpler and more scalable than developing and maintaining a new package and  
scheduling a new deployment each time that your needs change. Also, it increases the likelihood that large  
deployments will resume and be completed successfully on a slow connection. Furthermore, it prevents deployments  
from becoming too numerous to manage.  
Even if you have not imposed any bandwidth restrictions upon DMS-CD, avoid scheduling  
deployments and playback to run in parallel on DMPs. Otherwise, deployments can take longer to  
finish than you anticipate. (This delay occurs because the load is doubled on DMPs.) For best  
results, schedule DMS-CD deployments to run when no playback is scheduled. During such times,  
there is little or no load on DMPs.  
When playback and deployments must overlap, configure an upper threshold for DMS-CD  
bandwidth consumption. The value that you enter should be less than your network’s maximum  
transfer rate. Adjust and test values as necessary, until you determine exactly how much bandwidth  
DMS-CD can use in your WAN without affecting DMP performance.  
Tip  
Use the “Enable maximum transfer rate” field (at Digital Media Players > Deployment Manager >  
Deployment Preferences) to limit DMS-CD bandwidth consumption.  
Note  
In our tests, we found that using 5 Mbps as the upper threshold provided adequate bandwidth restriction in  
most cases. However, this is not necessarily a value that you should use. Results will vary depending on network  
capacity and the load placed on a DMP.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Concepts  
Related Topics  
Restrictions  
DMS-CD Restrictions  
DMS-CD Capacity Category  
WAN size  
Maximum Threshold  
100 sites  
3 DMPs1  
DMP count, per site  
300 MB2  
75 DMS-CD sessions2, 3  
Data transfer per day, per DMP  
Concurrent sessions per DMM appliance  
1. This value is approximate and variable from one network to another.  
2. This threshold might be lower in your WAN, depending on its total bandwidth capacity.  
3. This threshold might be lower in your WAN, depending on your “Enable maximum transfer rate” value.  
We do not support use of the “Cast” plugin for Digital Media Designer with any content distribution  
system or network. (CSCto35473)  
Even though Microsoft Internet Information Server (IIS) is not case-sensitive, any use of IIS can  
trigger case-sensitive behaviors in DMS-CD. This occurs because DMS-CD uses all lowercase  
letters during its creation of a local folder whose name matches the FQDN of the external IIS host.  
When any asset URL includes even one uppercase letter in reference to the IIS host FQDN,  
DMS-CD cannot find any local folder by that name and, so, cannot find its local copy of assets to  
render. The error message in this case is “Size = Not Available is not available with the File Access  
Service. The status is FAILED.” (CSCtn07580)  
This DMS-CD release does not support live video. It provisions assets that already exist.  
This DMS-CD release provisions assets to DMPs exclusively. You cannot target any other  
device type.  
This DMS-CD release does not delete files from any DMP that belongs to multiple DMP groups.  
For autocleaning to occur on a DMP, it can belong to one DMP group only. Alternatively, you can  
use Play Now to deploy a job to DMPs.  
You can attach only one external USB flash drive or external USB hard drive to a DMP.  
We do not support USB hubs or any other method that you might use to attach multiple drives (or  
other device types) to a DMP.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Concepts  
DMS-CD does not prevent you from using the Actions list or the Play Now feature to start  
transferring a DMS-CD deployment package immediately. However, using either of these methods  
defeats many of the most important benefits of using DMS-CD. We recommend instead that you use  
the Play in Future feature to schedule all of your DMS-CD deployment packages.  
You cannot use the Deployment Status feature (at Digital Media Players > Deployment Manager >  
Deployment Status) to check the progress or status of immediate deployments.  
CIFS Restrictions  
We do not support use of the “Cast” plugin for Digital Media Designer with any content distribution  
system or network. (CSCto35473)  
When the password for a CIFS volume contains even one “%” symbol, a DMP 4310G cannot mount  
CIFS. This behavior is by design.  
Playback is choppy for HD video that a DMP 4310G renders from a mounted CIFS volume.  
However, a DMP 4400G can render the identical file without difficulty. (CSCtj00686)  
There can be only one CIFS mount point, which all DMPs use in common. You cannot set DMPs or  
DMP groups to mount any CIFS share except this one.  
Either your DMPs all use CIFS, or none of them do.  
ACNS Restrictions  
We do not support use of the “Cast” plugin for Digital Media Designer with any content distribution  
system or network. (CSCto35473)  
Note  
You must restart your DMP after you switch it from ACNS mode to ECDS mode. Although we recommend generally that you  
restart your DMP after you switch its mode from any content distribution method to another, it is mandatory only when you switch  
from ACNS to ECDS. (CSCto35473)  
Caution  
Never delete an ACNS channel that Cisco DMS uses. Otherwise, you cannot see, select, edit, or delete in your schedule any  
events that use the deleted channel. In this case, content substitution occurs on your DMPs because scheduled events call upon  
missing assets. So, before you delete any ACNS channel, be sure that you have deleted from your schedule all events that will be  
disrupted by its absence.  
ECDS Restrictions  
We do not support use of the “Cast” plugin for Digital Media Designer with any content distribution  
system or network. (CSCto35473)  
Intra-playlist transitions take longer (by 1 or 2 seconds apiece) during playback in ECDS mode than  
they take in any other mode. Also, a gray screen is visible briefly between videos. (CSCtl143456)  
Note  
You must restart your DMP after you switch it from ACNS mode to ECDS mode. Although we recommend generally that you  
restart your DMP after you switch its mode from any content distribution method to another, it is mandatory only when you switch  
from ACNS to ECDS. (CSCto35473)  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Concepts  
Caution  
Never delete an ECDS channel that Cisco DMS uses. Otherwise, you cannot see, select, edit, or delete in your schedule any  
events that use the deleted channel. In this case, content substitution occurs on your DMPs because scheduled events call upon  
missing assets. So, before you delete any ECDS channel, be sure that you have deleted from your schedule all events that will be  
disrupted by its absence.  
Example Scenario  
Acme might be almost any kind of organization that uses digital signs. In this scenario, Acme uses digital  
signs at five of its sites. The scenario describes how Acme organizes its DMPs across these sites, and  
then optimizes its schedule and settings for efficient delivery of strategic assets to DMPs.  
Because the standard floorplan at Acme allows for five signs per site, the Acme signage network  
combines 25 DMPs with 25 digital signs. As there are five weeknights per week and coincidentally, five  
DMP groups at Acme, its technical staff use a streamlined deployment strategy.  
They create and save just five deployment packages in totalmerely one per DMP group. They update  
the assets in each package according to a schedule for planned changes. They configure each package  
deployment to recur once per week, on a weeknight. Then, as needed, they can use the Play Now feature  
to deploy urgent or mission-critical changes in real time, if the standard timeslot is not appropriate.  
Organizational Logic at Acme  
Table 19-3  
Organizational Logic for DMPs and Digital Signs at Acme  
Item  
Description at Acme  
Locations  
DMP Groups  
Acme calls its locations with digital signs Site A, Site B, Site C, Site D, and Site E.  
Acme sorts its 25 DMPs into five DMP groups.  
The five DMPs in Group 1 receive their scheduled deployment every Monday.  
The five DMPs in Group 2 receive their scheduled deployment every Tuesday.  
The five DMPs in Group 3 receive their scheduled deployment every Wednesday.  
The five DMPs in Group 4 receive their scheduled deployment every Thursday.  
The five DMPs in Group 5 receive their scheduled deployment every Friday.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Concepts  
Table 19-3  
Organizational Logic for DMPs and Digital Signs at Acme  
Item  
Description at Acme  
DMPs  
There are five DMPs per site, and each DMP belongs to only one group. The names of DMPs are always  
derived from a combination of their site (a letter from A to E) and their group (a number from 1 to 5).  
DMPs at Site A use the names A1, A2, A3, A4, and A5.  
DMPs at Site B use the names B1, B2, B3, B4, and B5.  
DMPs at Site C use the names C1, C2, C3, C4, and C5.  
DMPs at Site D use the names D1, D2, D3, D4, and D5.  
DMPs at Site E use the names E1, E2, E3, E4, and E5.  
Group Assignments  
Each DMP group includes one DMP apiece from each site.  
Group 1 includes A1, B1, C1, D1, and E1.  
Group 2 includes A2, B2, C2, D2, and E2.  
Group 3 includes A3, B3, C3, D3, and E3.  
Group 4 includes A4, B4, C4, D4, and E4.  
Group 5 includes A5, B5, C5, D5, and E5.  
Deployment Scheduling Logic at Acme  
Table 19-4 explains how Acme organizes its scheduled deployments.  
Table 19-4  
DMS-CD Deployment Details for Acme  
Estimated Length of  
a Full Deployment1  
Maximum  
Bandwidth  
per DMP  
Aggregate  
Bandwidth per  
DMP Group  
Locations of  
DMP Group Targeted DMPs  
Package Name  
and Total Size  
In Seconds  
In DD:HH:MM  
Regularly scheduled deployment for Group 1 recurs overnight each Monday, from 10:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m.2  
Group 1  
Site A, DMP = A1  
Site B, DMP = B1  
Site C, DMP = C1  
Site D, DMP = D1  
Site E, DMP = E1  
Package 1 = 300 MB 128 Kbit/sec  
640 Kbit/sec  
18750  
00:05:12  
Regularly scheduled deployment for Group 2 recurs overnight each Tuesday, from 10:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m.2  
Group 2  
Site A, DMP = A2  
Site B, DMP = B2  
Site C, DMP = C2  
Site D, DMP = D2  
Site E, DMP = E2  
Package 2 = 300 MB 128 Kbit/sec  
640 Kbit/sec  
18750  
00:05:12  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Procedures  
Table 19-4  
DMS-CD Deployment Details for Acme (continued)  
Regularly scheduled deployment for Group 3 recurs overnight each Wednesday, from 10:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m.2  
Group 3  
Site A, DMP = A3  
Site B, DMP = B3  
Site C, DMP = C3  
Site D, DMP = D3  
Site E, DMP = E3  
Package 3 = 300 MB 128 Kbit/sec  
640 Kbit/sec  
18750  
18750  
18750  
00:05:12  
Regularly scheduled deployment for Group 4 recurs overnight each Thursday, from 10:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m.2  
Group 4  
Site A, DMP = A4  
Site B, DMP = B4  
Site C, DMP = C4  
Site D, DMP = D4  
Site E, DMP = E4  
Package 4 = 300 MB 128 Kbit/sec  
640 Kbit/sec  
00:05:12  
Regularly scheduled deployment for Group 5 recurs overnight each Friday, from 10:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m.2  
Group 5  
Site A, DMP = A5  
Site B, DMP = B5  
Site C, DMP = C5  
Site D, DMP = D5  
Site E, DMP = E5  
Package 5 = 300 MB 128 Kbit/sec  
640 Kbit/sec  
00:05:12  
1. In a full deployment, where the target DMPs have not stored any assets whatsoever that are part of the latest deployment package. In many cases, packages  
will combine new assets with ones that have already been deployed. When this occurs, less time is required because only the new assets, or the changed  
ones, are actually deployed.  
2. Although a full deployment should take roughly 5 hours, Acme pads its schedule to compensate for any problems that might slow down its deployments.  
Procedures  
Configure ACNS or WAAS  
Tip  
Before You Begin  
To see and use the Settings tab, you must be logged in an administrator.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Procedures  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Choose Settings > Media Delivery, and then choose the options that meet your requirements.  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Click Save.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Configure DMS-CD  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Procedures  
Configure Deployment Threshold Preferences  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Digital Media Players > Deployment Manager > Preferences.  
Define the DMS-CD thresholds that should be applied by default in the future, when you transfer  
deployment packages.  
Enter or edit the requested values.  
Choose the file transfer protocol, FTP or SFTP.  
Enable or disable a maximum transfer rate.  
Changes to the maximum transfer rate will have no effect on deployments that are running already. They  
are applied to deployments that start after you save your changes.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Click Update to save your work and put it into effect.  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard your work and restore the previous entries.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Check Disk Space Capacity for Deployments  
Before You Begin  
Create DMP groups and populate them with DMPs.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Digital Media Players > DMP Manager.  
Click in the DMP Groups object selector the name of the DMP group that contains the target DMP.  
The DMP List table is repopulated with the corresponding group membership list.  
(Optional) Would you like to limit how many DMPs the DMP List table describes?  
Use filtering options above the table.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Add together the values that you see in the Internal Storage MB. (Total/Free) column and the Internal  
Storage MB. (Total/Free) column.  
The combination of these values is the total free capacity.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Procedures  
Step 5  
Compare the total free capacity to the expected size of your deployment package.  
When the total free capacity is sufficient, provision the assets in a deployment package, as planned.  
When the total free capacity is not sufficient, do one of the following.  
Reduce the size of the deployment package.  
Delete unused or unimportant assets from the DMP.  
Attach one external USB drive to the DMP if you have not attached one already.  
Replace the external USB drive with one that has greater capacity.  
Step 6  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Create a Deployment Package  
Before You Begin  
Configure download threshold preferences for DMS-CD.  
Check the free disk space on your DMPs for storing provisioned assets.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Choose Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks.  
Choose Deployment Package from the Application Types list.  
Click  
Add New Application.  
Enter a name and description for this deployment package.  
Choose the mount point for this deployment. You can choose only one:  
Flash Storage (also known as usb_1) is the SD memory card installed inside a DMP.  
USB (also known as usb_2) is an external USB hard drive or flash memory drive that is attached to  
a DMP.  
Tip  
To learn which external USB drives we support and have tested, see Cisco DMS compatibility information  
Step 6  
Does this job consist of assets for an emergency notification?  
If so, check the Emergency/Alarm check box.  
If not, uncheck it.  
Step 7  
Step 8  
Step 9  
Populate and save the deployment package.  
Click the name of a category in the Applications list.  
Choose at least one option from the Available Applications list, and then click Select Applications.  
Step 10 Click Submit.  
Step 11 Use the Play in Future feature to schedule deployment of this package to your DMPs that should receive  
it, and then wait for the file transfer to finish.  
Bandwidth capacity in your WAN determines how long you must wait. After the deployment is finished,  
Cisco Digital Signs autogenerates the (Go To) URL action for this deployment package.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Procedures  
Step 12 Choose Digital Signage > Digital Medial Players > Advanced Task > (Go to) URL.  
Step 13 Check that a (Go to) URL action was autogenerated, which adds the prefix LOCAL to the name that you  
entered in Step 4.  
Step 14 Deploy this autogenerated (Go to) URL action.  
Use the Actions list to deploy immediately.  
Use the Play Now feature to deploy immediately.  
Use the Play in Future feature to schedule a future deployment.  
When you use Play in Future, the scheduled start and stop times are derived from the clock in your  
DMM appliance.  
Step 15 Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Edit a Deployment Package  
Before You Begin  
Configure download threshold preferences for DMS-CD.  
Check the free disk space on your DMPs for storing provisioned assets.  
Create at least one DMS-CD deployment package.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Choose Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks.  
Choose Deployment Package from the Application Types list.  
Click the name of the deployment package to be edited.  
Click  
Edit Application.  
As needed, edit the name or description for this deployment package.  
Choose the mount point for this deployment. You can choose only one.  
Flash Storage (also known as usb_1) is the SD memory card installed inside a DMP.  
USB (also known as usb_2) is an external USB hard drive or flash memory drive that is attached to  
a DMP.  
Tip  
To learn which external USB drives we support and have tested, see Cisco DMS compatibility information  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Procedures  
Step 7  
Does this job consist of assets for an emergency notification?  
If so, check the Emergency/Alarm check box.  
If not, uncheck it.  
Step 8  
Step 9  
(Optional) Would you like to repopulate this deployment package?  
Repopulate and save it now.  
Click the name of a category in the Applications list.  
Step 10 Choose at least one option from the Available Applications list, and then click Select Applications.  
Step 11 Click Submit.  
Step 12 Use the Play in Future feature to schedule deployment of this package to your DMPs that should receive  
it, and then wait for the file transfer to finish.  
DMS-CD does not prevent you from using the Actions list or the Play Now feature to start transferring  
a DMS-CD deployment package immediately. However, using either of these methods defeats many of  
the most important benefits of using DMS-CD. We recommend instead that you use the Play in Future  
feature to schedule all of your DMS-CD deployment packages.  
Bandwidth capacity in your WAN determines how long you must wait. After the deployment is finished,  
Cisco Digital Signs autogenerates the (Go To) URL action for this deployment package.  
Step 13 Choose Digital Signage > Digital Medial Players > Advanced Task > (Go to) URL.  
Step 14 Check that a (Go to) URL action was autogenerated, which adds the prefix LOCAL to the name that you  
entered or edited in Step 5.  
Step 15 Deploy this autogenerated (Go to) URL action.  
Use the Actions list to deploy immediately.  
Use the Play Now feature to deploy immediately.  
Use the Play in Future feature to schedule a future deployment.  
When you use Play in Future, the scheduled start and stop times are derived from the clock in your  
DMM appliance.  
Step 16 Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Delete a Deployment Package  
Before You Begin  
You must have saved at least one DMS-CD deployment package.  
Use the Reports feature (at Schedules > Reports) to search your schedule for any instances of the  
deployment package that you will delete. Remove each scheduled instances of it from your schedule.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Reference  
Procedure  
Choose Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks.  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Deployment Package from the Application Types list.  
a. Click the name of the action to be deleted.  
b. Click  
Delete Application.  
c. Click Submit.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Choose (Go to) URL from the Application Types list.  
a. Click the name of the action to be deleted.  
b. Click  
Delete Application.  
c. Click Submit.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Reference  
Software UI and Field Label Reference Tables  
Elements to Define Deployment Thresholds  
Navigation Path  
Digital Media Players > Deployment Manager > Preferences  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Reference  
Table 19-5  
Elements to Configure DMS-CD Deployment Thresholds  
Element  
Description  
Number of  
concurrent  
deployments  
The maximum allowed number of FTP or SFTP threads, or sessions, that can run concurrently when  
DMS-CD provisions assets to DMPs.1 Therefore, the maximum number of DMS-CD deployments that  
might possibly run concurrently in your WAN, if each such deployment targets only one DMP. Otherwise,  
when any deployments target multiple DMPs, this constraint limits how many DMPs can possibly receive  
deployments concurrently in your WAN.2  
Tip  
When you use DMS-CD, it is a best practice that none of your DMP groups should contain more than this  
number of DMPs. If you ever reduce this value, check that doing so has not caused any of your DMP groups to contain  
more DMPs than the new number.  
The permitted value is any whole number in the range from 1 to 1000. The factory-default value is  
100 threads. We recommend that you avoid using any value greater than 100. Each incrementally higher  
value authorizes more concurrent DMS-CD deployments to DMPs and an increased load on your DMM  
appliance. You might try reducing this value if you notice that the CPU load is high on your DMM  
appliance during DMS-CD deployments.  
Note  
Any time that you change this value, you must restart your DMM appliance before the changed setting takes  
effect on your DMPs.  
Deployment time The count of how many minutes will be allowed to elapse after a DMS-CD deployment package begins  
limit per file (in  
minutes)  
to provision any file. Upon reaching this threshold, the file moves to the back of the queue and its transfer  
is deferred.  
The next file advances to the front of the queue and the deployment continues. DMS-CD applies this  
threshold to a deployment package as many times as necessary until it has cycled through all of its files,  
and then the transfer is resumed for a deferred file after it returns to the front of the queue. This threshold  
might cause the transfer of any especially large file to be distributed across days. Bottlenecks are  
prevented and as many assets are provisioned as can be provisioned.  
When you derive this value from the maximum transfer rate, large files in DMS-CD deployment packages  
are more likely to transfer quickly.  
The permitted value is any whole number in the range from 1 to 10080, where 10,080 minutes is the same  
as 168 hours or 7 days.The factory-default value is 1440 minutes, which is exactly 24 hours.  
Deployment retry The count of how many times DMS-CD should try again to restart a failed deployment, until DMS-CD  
count  
stops trying.  
In combination with the deployment retry time, this setting has significant impact on how long it takes  
DMS-CD to detect failed deployments. For example, 5 retries x 300 seconds = 1,500 seconds  
(25 minutes), while 5 retries x 30 seconds = 150 seconds (2.5 minutes).  
The permitted value is any whole number in the range from 1 to 100. The default value is 5 retries. We  
recommend that you do not change this value.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Reference  
Table 19-5  
Elements to Configure DMS-CD Deployment Thresholds (continued)  
Enable maximum Enforces or ignores a maximum transfer rate that you specify.  
transfer rate  
This rate is the upper threshold allowed for bandwidth consumption by DMS-CD during its deployments  
to any one DMP in your WAN. We measure this rate in kilobits per second (Kbps). The value that you  
enter should be less than the maximum transfer rate of your network.  
In combination with the Number of concurrent deployments value and the number of DMPs in a group  
that you target, this threshold limits how much bandwidth DMS-CD can consume during a deployment.  
For example, assume for a moment that QoS policies in your network limit DMS-CD bandwidth  
utilization to a maximum of 64 Kbps, and you have enabled the maximum transfer rate setting with a  
value of:  
64 KbpsIndividual DMPs will each consume 64 Kbps per deployment. So, if you then set the  
number of concurrent deployments value to 10, you will use 64 Kbps x 10 = 640 Kbps. Furthermore,  
you cannot set the Number of concurrent deployments value any higher than 1, because 64 x 1 = 64.  
32 KbpsIndividual DMPs will each consume 32 Kbps per deployment. So, if you then set the  
number of concurrent deployments value to 10, you will use 32 Kbps x 10 = 320 Kbps. Furthermore,  
you cannot set the Number of concurrent deployments value any higher than 2, because 32 x 2 = 64.  
21 KbpsIndividual DMPs will each consume 21 Kbps per deployment. So, if you then set the  
number of concurrent deployments value to 10, you will use 21 Kbps x 10 = 210 Kbps. Furthermore,  
you cannot set the Number of concurrent deployments value any higher than 3, because 21 x 3 = 64.  
The permitted value is any whole number in the range from 28 to 102400, where 102400 Kbps is the same  
as 100 Mbps. The factory-default setting ignores this threshold. If you prefer to enforce it, check the  
check box.  
Deployment  
Protocol  
FTP or SFTP, according to your security requirements.  
When you choose SFTP, connections are encrypted between your DMM server and your DMPs.  
Otherwise, these sessions use clear text. Even though the factory-default setting is FTP, we recommend  
that you use SFTP.  
Maximum file  
size (in MB)  
The maximum number of megabytesper filethat DMS-CD will transport inside a multifile  
deployment package to your DMPs, before the file that reached this threshold is moved to the back of the  
queue and its transfer is deferred.  
The next file advances to the front of the queue and the deployment continues. DMS-CD applies this  
threshold to a deployment package as many times as necessary until it has cycled through all of its files,  
and then the transfer is resumed for the deferred file after it returns to the front of the queue. This  
threshold might cause the transfer of any especially large file to be distributed across days. Bottlenecks  
are prevented and as many assets are provisioned as can be provisioned.  
The permitted value is any whole number in the range from 10 to 1024000, where 1,024,000 MB is the  
same as 1 TB. The factory-default maximum size is 600 MB.  
Note  
Although it is technically feasible to enter a file size as great as 1024000 MB, playback fails for  
any file that is larger than 1.9 GB, regardless of the DMP model type. This size is constrained by  
the limits of streaming.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Reference  
Table 19-5  
Elements to Configure DMS-CD Deployment Thresholds (continued)  
Deployment retry The count of how many seconds must elapse before DMS-CD tries again to transfer a deployment  
time (in seconds) package to a DMP on which the transfer failed or was interrupted. DMS-CD will never try to resume an  
interrupted or failed transfer until at least this many seconds have elapsed. When you edit this value, you  
change how quickly DMS-CD works around a failed or disrupted deployment.  
The permitted value is any whole number in the range from 5 to 10800, where 10800 is equal to 3 hours.  
The factory-default value is 300 seconds.  
Enable Resume  
Enables or disables the option to resume a DMS-CD file transfer that was interrupted. The factory-default  
behavior is to resume interrupted transfers. This behavior supports incremental transfer of large files  
through slow or unreliable networks over days.  
However, DMPs in this release do not have any ability to compare file modification time stamp values  
remotely. Our default behavior assumes that any static filename that persists at a static URI identifies a  
file that has never changed. So long as we retain a copy of the complete file as it existed while we  
transferred it, we will not check its URI again. This design does not consider that some assets might be  
dynamic, not static.  
You should deselect this check box and disable this feature when your assets are dynamic. After you  
disable this feature, DMS-CD will overwrite its copy of every asset whose file size has changed.  
1. Each such thread maintains a transfer rate that is equal to or less than the maximum transfer rate in your WAN.  
2. Although you can schedule deployments to run concurrently among your various DMP groups, a DMP will serialize in a queue any overlapping  
deployments that it is targeted to receive. See DMP Group Memberships, page 19-6.  
Related Topics  
Elements to Define a DMS-CD Deployment Package  
Navigation Path  
Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks  
Table 19-6  
Understanding the Advanced Task to Define a DMS-CD Deployment Package  
Application Name  
Description, Icons, and Options  
Deployment Package  
Configure a DMS-CD deployment to DMP local storage.  
Name  
A unique and human-readable name for the deployment task that you are configuring for DMS-CD.  
You must enter a name. The name is unique in the sense that you have not used it previously as the  
name for anything that can be scheduled.  
Description  
Mount Point  
A brief description. The description is optional.  
Choose whether the assets should be provisioned to the flash memory card inside the DMP (usb_1)  
or to the one external USB drive that you attached to the DMP (usb_2).  
Tip  
To learn which external USB drives we support and have tested, see Cisco DMS compatibility  
information on Cisco.com.  
Emergency/Alarm  
Check (tick) this box if the transferred files will be used during emergencies. Otherwise, do not check this  
box. Assets for emergencies are saved to a special partition  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Reference  
Table 19-6  
Understanding the Advanced Task to Define a DMS-CD Deployment Package (continued)  
Application Name  
Description, Icons, and Options  
Deployment Package (continued)  
Configure a DMS-CD deployment to DMP local storage. (continued)  
Application Types  
The list of categories for advanced tasks. Click a category to see its tasks.  
Available Applications Advanced tasks in the category that you clicked. Click anywhere in a row to select the corresponding  
task.  
Select ApplicationsMoves from the Available Applications table to the Selected  
Applications table the tasks that you selected.  
NameThe unique and human-readable name that identifies a particular task.  
DescriptionA brief description. The description is optional.  
Selected Applications Advanced tasks that you selected from the Available Applications table, so that you could include  
them in the file transfer operation that you are configuring. Click a file transfer task to select its  
assets for deployment.  
/
Move Selected Item Up/DownReorders the list so that the highlighted item moves up  
(or down) one row, exchanging places with the item that was above it (or below it).  
Delete Selected ItemMoves from the Selected Applications table to the Available  
Applications table the applications that you selected.  
/
Zoom In/OutShows only the Selected Applications table, hiding the Available  
Applications table. Alternatively, shows the Selected Applications table and the Available  
Applications table simultaneously.  
Elements to Define WAAS, ACNS, or ECDS Settings  
Table 19-7  
Elements for Using WAAS, ACNS, or ECDS  
Element  
Description  
Would you like to  
configure settings for  
WAAS, ACNS or CDS  
at this time?  
Either Yes or No.  
YesYou will use one of these content distribution methods.  
NoYou will not use any of these methods.  
WAAS  
User  
The username for mounting the CIFS share.  
The password for mounting the CIFS share.  
The name of the CIFS share.  
Password  
Share  
Hostname/IP  
The hostname or IP address of the CIFS share server.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Reference  
Table 19-7  
Elements for Using WAAS, ACNS, or ECDS (continued)  
Element  
Description  
ACNS  
CDM Address  
The routable IP address or resolvable DNS hostname of the appliance or services module (“blade”)  
that runs ACNS and Content Distribution Manager software.  
Port  
The TCP port for login access to CDM. The port number by default is 8443.  
The username for login access to CDM.  
User  
Password  
The password that corresponds to the CDM username that you entered.  
Choose from the list of channels.  
Default ACNS  
Channel  
ECDS  
CDM Address  
The routable IP address or resolvable DNS hostname of the appliance or services module (“blade”)  
that runs ECDS and Content Distribution Manager software.  
Port  
The TCP port for login access to CDM. The port number by default is 8443.  
The username for login access to CDM.  
User  
Password  
The password that corresponds to the CDM username that you entered.  
Default CDS Service Choose from the list of services.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Reference  
FAQs and Troubleshooting  
Troubleshoot DMS-CD  
Check Deployment Status Details  
Tip  
Values in the Timestamp column always signify one of these:  
The moment when you clicked Publish All to provision the described deployment package.  
When the described deployment succeeded.  
When the described deployment failed.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Digital Signage > Digital Media Players > Deployment Manager > Deployment Status.  
(Optional) Would you like to limit how many deployment packages the table describes? If so, use  
filtering options above the table.  
Step 3  
Examine the Status column for any use of the word “Failed.”  
a. Whenever you see that a deployment package has failed, click its icon in the far right column.  
b. Examine the Deployment Details popup window for any error message that might help you to  
troubleshoot the failure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Reference  
Figure 19-1  
Deployment Details  
For example, an error message in Figure 19-1 states that DMP login credentials were incorrect.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Step 4  
Related Topics  
Check Appliance System Logs for Deployment Errors  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Log in to AAI on your DMM appliance.  
Choose DMM_CONTROL > DMM_LOG_LEVEL > DEBUG, and ensure that the logs are verbose.  
Choose APPLIANCE_CONTROL > GET_SYSLOG,.  
Choose a method to receive the logfiles.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Reference  
Step 5  
Search through the DMS-CD.log and catalina.out logfiles for messages about:  
DMS-CD deployment events  
DMP deployment events  
Application deployment events  
(in this case, “application” means “deployment package”)  
File management events  
Error events  
Debug logs  
Step 6  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Use Snapshot Mode or Live Monitor Mode to Check for Deployment Errors  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Administration > Alerts > Alert Reports.  
Do one of the following.  
When you will use live mode  
Would you like  
to review 100  
recent errors?  
a. Click Live Monitor Mode.  
b. Choose an option from the Type list.  
When you will use snapshot mode  
Would you like  
to review errors  
between two  
a. Click Snapshot Mode.  
b. Set a range of dates and a range of times.  
c. Choose an option from the Type list.  
time stamps?  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Click Apply.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Reference  
FAQs for ACNS  
Q. Soon after I send copies of assets to my Content Engines, what prevents their playback on DMPs?  
A. Your network topology and available bandwidth affect how long it takes for content replication to  
finish. Before your DMPs can play assets from a Content Engine, these assets must reach the  
Content Engine. Delay the playback of replicated assets from your content distribution network,  
until you know that ACNS replication is finished.  
Tip  
Remember to click Publish on the Schedules page. Otherwise, playback cannot occur.  
Q. How can I verify when content replication is finished in CDNFS?  
A. You can telnet to a Content Engine to verify this. To learn how, see your Content Engine  
product documentation.  
FAQs for WAAS  
Q. In Cisco DMS 5.2.2, why would a DMP 4310G in WAAS mode stop playing a video after 1 or 2seconds?  
A. A combination of factors might trigger this behavior. To recover from it one time, restart your DMP.  
Or, to prevent this from happening, turn failover Off, set the recovery failover timeout to  
1 millisecond, and the number of retries to 1. (CSCtj85446)  
https:// DMP_IP_address :7777/set_param?ciscocraft.mv_failover_timeout=1&ciscocraft.mv_  
failover_retries=1&mib.save=1&mng.reboot=1  
Troubleshoot ACNS  
Troubleshoot Choppy Playback of Videos from Your ACNS Network  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Reference  
Is the HTTP bit rate (bandwidth) setting too low on your Content Engine?  
The factory-default bandwidth setting for HTTP sessions (up to 1.5Mbps) on a Content Engine  
is not sufficient for MPEG-2 video.  
SD MPEG-2 video requires approximately 5Mbps.  
HD MPEG-2 video requires approximately 15Mbps.  
Use the bitrate command, as follows, to increase the maximum bandwidth on a Content  
Engine to 6Mbps per HTTP session.  
bitrate http default 6000  
Are too many DMPs using your Content Engine?  
Two factors affect the upper limit for how many DMPs should use one Content Engine.  
The resolution of the MPEG-2 files that you use (SD or HD).  
The designed capacity of the Content Engine model that you use.  
For example, the HTTP caching throughput is approximately 40Mbps on a Content  
Engine565, which means that this model cannot support any more than:  
Eight DMPs that play SD MPEG-2 video at 5Mbps.  
Two or three DMPs that play HD MPEG-2 video at 15Mbps.  
Are HTTP requests from DMPs redirected correctly to your Content Engine?  
1. Telnet to your Content Engine and issue this command:  
show statistics http savings  
2. Verify that the HTTP savings level is high.  
OR  
When you see that the HTTP savings level is low, verify that you have correctly  
configured your router andif you use it on your Content Enginetransparent  
WCCP mode.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Reference  
Is the HTTP proxy setting wrong in DMPDM to use a Content Engine as the proxy?  
Verify that proxy settings are correct for DMPDM, and then correct them as needed.  
1. Click Basic in the Settings list.  
2. Verify in the HTTP Proxy table that each of the following is true.  
You enabled the Use HTTP Proxy option.  
Your proxy server IP address points to the closest Content Engine that you will use.  
You entered the correct port number.  
3. Did you change anything in Step 2?  
a. Click Apply.  
b. Click Save Configuration in the Administration list.  
c. Click Save.  
d. Click Restart DMP in the Administration list.  
e. Click Restart.  
Note  
Ensure that your proxy server is powerful enough to handle its full load of HTTP sessions.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Reference  
Troubleshoot Unlisted or Missing ACNS Channels in Digital Signs  
Do time setting differ between Digital Signs and your ACNS server?  
When time settings are not synchronized between your DMM appliance and your ACNS  
server, the differences might cause Digital Signs to reject the digital certificate from your  
ACNS server. We recommend that you configure your ACNS server, your DMM appliance,  
and each of your Content Engines to synchronize their time settings to an NTP server. 1  
CDM Procedure  
1. Log in to Content Distribution Manager.  
2. Choose Devices > Device Groups.  
3. Expand the table of contents so that you see General Settings > Services >  
Date/Time > NTP, and then click NTP.  
4. Check the Enable check box in the NTP Settings area.  
5. Enter one ordinary IPv4 IP address In the NTP Server text box, to specify which NTP  
server you use.  
OR  
Enter as many as four such addresses, where each IP address is separated from its  
neighbor by one space.  
6. Click Submit.  
AAI Procedure  
1. Log in to AAI on your DMM appliance.  
2. Choose DATE_TIME_SETTINGS, and then press Enter.  
3. Choose NTP, and then press Enter.  
4. Enter or choose the NTP settings, and then confirm each individual change.  
5. Press Enter.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Reference  
Did you enter the wrong CDM port number, username, or password in Digital Signs?  
Caution  
Well-known, factory-default values for Content Distribution Manager (CDM) become wrong in your  
network as soon as a CDM administrator overwrites them with secure values. You must use values  
that are actually correct in your network.  
Be sure in Digital Signs to enter correct CDM values at Settings > ACNS Settings. These are  
the factory-default values for CDM.  
port number8443  
usernameadmin  
passworddefault  
Did you use a recycled or duplicate ACNS channel name?  
You cannot duplicate or recycle channel names. See "Why do I see an HTTP 500 error when  
I use ACNS?"  
1. Changing the time settings after you add content to the schedule might affect the availability of that content.  
Troubleshoot ACNS Assets That Your DMPs Do Not Play  
Is the ACNS channel origin server misconfigured?  
You must associate each origin server for any ACNS channel with the public IP address that  
one of these devices uses:  
Your DMM appliance.  
The external publishing server that you use with Digital Signs.  
The root Content Engine in your content delivery network.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Reference  
Is the ACNS channel quota misconfigured?  
Consider the following points when you configure the channel quota for DMS in CDM.  
On each Content Engine, the total disk space for the channel must not exceed the CDNFS  
disk space allocation.  
The combined size of all content files in a channel must not exceed the amount of disk  
space that you allocated for the channel in the Channel Quota field at Contents >  
Channels > Definition.  
Worksheet  
Due to overhead, a file uses more disk space than its own size. You can anticipate how  
much space to reserve for a file.  
1. What is the actual file size in kilobytes (KB)?  
File size in KB =  
2. Divide the file size in KB by the file system’s fixed block size in bytes—a 4096-byte unit.  
File size in KB / 4096 =  
3. Round up the quotient to the nearest integer. The result counts exactly how many 4 KB  
blocks the file has filledor partially filled.  
Used file system blocks =  
4. Multiply the total number of used file system blocks by 4096 bytes. The result measures  
actual disk space consumption in bytes.  
Total disk usage in bytes =  
Note  
4096 bytes x 4 = 16384.  
The integer 4 represents disk space that is reserved for internal system usage.  
5. Add 16384 to the total disk space consumption in bytes.  
Minimum disk space to reserve =  
Tip  
We recommend that you reserve 10 percent more space than you estimate the file will consume. This  
cushion ensures that space remains available to other internal system functions.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 19 Content Distribution and Delivery  
Reference  
Is the ACNS channel fully configured to use an external manifest file?  
1. Log in to CDM.  
2. Choose Services > Channels.  
3. Click Channel Content in the table of contents.  
4. Click Change Method.  
5. Check Specify external manifest file, and then click Save.  
6. Enter any arbitrary text in the Manifest URL text box.  
7. Enter 0 (zero) in the Check Manifest Every N mins text box.  
8. Click Submit.  
Later, each time that you publish content from Digital Signs to ACNS, your ACNS server  
automatically fills in the correct manifest location.  
Have you checked if any other content acquisition problems affect the external manifest file?  
1. Log in to CDM.  
2. Choose Services > Channels.  
3. Click Channel Content in the table of contents.  
4. Click Validate, and then consider the following while you read the validation report:  
Does any message at the end of the report say that your manifest file is correct?  
Are your Content Engines in sync with the device that hosts your manifest file?  
Does the manifest file refer to files that you use in the affected ACNS channel?  
Did anyone change the Time setting for your DMM appliance, but not restart it?  
You must restart your DMM appliance after the time setting is changed in AAI or in Digital  
Signs. Otherwise, some scheduled deliveries might not occur.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
19-36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
P
A R T  
3
Communicate Anything with  
Cisco Digital Signs  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C H A P T E R  
20  
Playlists  
Revised: May 31, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You will organize media assets for sequential playback on presentation systems that your DMPs control.  
Audience  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Concepts  
Guidelines  
Best Practices to Optimize DMP Settings for Playlists  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
20-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 20 Playlists  
Procedures  
Improve Transition Speeds  
We recommend that you disable the video failover feature on DMPs.  
Reduce or Resolve Black-Screen Delays After Video Playback  
We recommend that you enable syslog on DMPs long enough to configure its settings, even if you have  
no plans to use it. When you will not use syslog:  
1. Set the syslog server address to 127.0.0.1.  
2. Save your changes.  
3. Disable syslog.  
4. Save your changes.  
5. Restart the DMP.  
Restrictions  
You cannot add an advanced task (or a system task) to a playlist. However, you can schedule them to  
occur between playlists.  
Procedures  
Create and Organize Playlists  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Digital Signage > Playlists.  
Select the options and enter the values that meet your requirements.  
When you choose options anywhere on the Playlists page, it is updated automatically to show the options  
and features that are relevant to your selection.  
Step 3  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
20-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 20 Playlists  
Reference  
Change the Sequence of Playback  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Click an asset that should be moved.  
Click either Move Playlist Item Up or Move Playlist Item Down.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Reference  
Software UI and Field Reference Tables  
Elements to Define a Playlist  
Navigation  
Digital Signage > Playlists  
Table 20-1  
Elements to Define a Playlist  
Element  
Description  
Title  
The title for this playlist.  
Assets  
A table in which each row describes one asset. Attributes are sorted into these columns.1  
Title  
A unique and human-readable name for the asset.  
The type that best describes the asset.  
File Type  
Video  
Shockwave Flash  
Images  
HTML  
Firmware  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
20-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 20 Playlists  
Reference  
Table 20-1  
Element  
Elements to Define a Playlist (continued)  
Description  
{Estimated | Planned}  
Respectively:  
An estimate of the actual running time from start to finish of the described asset,  
without regard for the amount of time the playlist has reserved to show it.  
The amount of time that is reserved in the playlist to show this asset.  
A planned duration of 0 (zero) seconds in the playlist causes a video to play from beginning  
to end. To skip a video instead of playing it, you must remove it from the playlist. Nonvideo  
assets must have a duration of 1 second or more for each that you include in a playlist.  
Size  
The file size.  
Delete  
Resolution  
Choose the resolution of your DMP display from the Select list or enter its width and  
height, in pixels.  
Options  
Randomize  
Enables or disables a randomized sequence of playback for assets in this playlist. To turn  
randomization on, check the check box. To turn randomization off, uncheck the check box.  
Description  
A description of this playlist. The description is optional.  
Playlist Owner  
Your name or the name of the person who manages this playlist.  
1. To choose more assets from your media library that this playlist should include, click Add Assets.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
20-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C H A P T E R  
21  
Proof of Play  
Revised: May 31, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You will audit and run reports that demonstrate your playback of media assets on your Cisco Digital Signs.  
Audience  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Concepts  
Overview  
You can audit which assets your DMPs play... and where... and when... and for how longacross any  
supported range of dates that you specify.  
Proof of play reports are available per DMP, per DMP group, and per insertion. We use a dedicated proof  
of play service to collect these records and generate these reports.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
21-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 21 Proof of Play  
Concepts  
Restrictions  
Caution  
Proof-of-play features fail unless:  
The Syslog Collector IP Address entry in DMPDM points to your DMM appliance.  
The fully qualified domain name of your DMM appliance contains fewer than 30 characters.  
Glossary  
Timesaver  
Go to terms that start with... [  
|
].  
I
The campaign or other common goal among any one set of presentations, playlists, and assets that you  
consider an affinity group.  
insertion  
R
The agency or other entity that requests an insertion or prepares resources for an insertion.  
requestor  
Insertions  
Cisco Digital Signs includes methods to identify and assemble an affinity group from any combination  
of presentations, playlists, and assets. We call this affinity group package an insertion.  
Mingled elements within an insertion all share one clear and unifying purpose. For example, the  
elements of your first insertion might all advertise a community celebration, even though they use  
various languages or differ in other, key ways. However, you recognize for your own purposes that at  
least one significant factor (the community celebration, in this example) unites them as an affinity group.  
The benefit of insertions is that you can audit and verify the scope of playbackindividually and  
collectivelyfor all elements that support one goal, initiative, policy, campaign, or event. On a  
DMP-by-DMP basis, you can discover and demonstrate exactly which assets:  
Played successfully, and when.  
Were interrupted or prevented from playing, and when.  
Note  
Proof of play features in Cisco Digital Signs ignore the playback of assets that Cisco developed—including all  
samples and templates that you receive with DMM.  
Syslog data provides the start and stop times for playback.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
21-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 21 Proof of Play  
Procedures  
A populated insertion audits the playback of:  
Each asset that you reference directly, as a single element regardless of its context.  
Each asset that you reference indirectly, as one element within the context of a playlist  
or presentation.  
Workflow  
1. Add assets to your media library.  
2. Develop, schedule, and publish presentations and playlists.  
3. Define report collection parameters for proof-of-play.  
4. Run reports.  
Procedures  
Prepare DMPs to Support Proof of Play  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
21-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 21 Proof of Play  
Procedures  
Enable Syslog and NTP  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Do one of the following.  
Use elements in Digital Signs to enable these services.  
Would you  
like to  
a. Choose Advanced Tasks > System Tasks.  
b. Create a new system task.  
enable these  
services  
from Digital  
Signs?  
c. Enter a meaningful name in the Name field, such as Enable PoP access  
on DMPs.  
d. Choose Set from the Request Type list, and then enter this string:  
init.syslog=on&init.syslog_collector=<DMM_routable_IP>&mib.save=1  
&mng.reboot=1  
e. Click Submit.  
f. Click OK.  
g. Deploy to all DMPs that should support proof of play.  
Use elements in DMPDM to enable these services  
Would you  
like to  
a. Click Browser in the Settings list.  
enable these  
services  
from  
b. Enter the routable IP address of your DMM appliance in the Syslog  
Collector IP Address field.  
DMPDM?  
c. Click Apply.  
d. Click NTP in the Settings list, and then choose On from the Enable NTP  
Service list.  
e. Enter pool.ntp.org in the Hostname 1 field, if you have not already done so.  
f. Choose your locale from the Time Zone list, and then click Apply.  
g. Save Configuration  
h. Restart.  
Step 2  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
21-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 21 Proof of Play  
Procedures  
Enable Proof of Play Features in DMM  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Log in as superuser.  
Choose Proof of Play > Configuration.  
Enter the fully qualified, DNS-resolvable DMM appliance domain name in the DMM FQDN field.  
For example: dmm.example.com  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Click Register.  
Use fields in the Authentication area to enter the superuser name and password for your DMM appliance.  
Define settings in the Data Size/Rotation Rules area.  
Choose an option in the Archiving Rules area to set how many days of playback data to accumulate  
before archiving it.  
Step 8  
Step 9  
Click Update.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
21-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 21 Proof of Play  
Procedures  
Create Requestors  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Digital Signage > Insertions, and then click Manage Requestors.  
The Manage Requestors dialog box opens.  
Click Add New Requestors.  
The Add New Requestor dialog box opens.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Enter at least a name but also, optionally, a description.  
Click Save.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Create Insertions  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Choose Digital Signage > Insertions, and then click Create Insertion.  
The Create New Insertion dialog box opens.  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Enter a name for this insertion.  
Associate a requestor with this insertion.  
Choose when this insertion should become active, and then choose when it should stop.  
Click Add Content.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
21-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 21 Proof of Play  
Procedures  
The Select Resources dialog box opens.  
Step 6  
Use check boxes in the table to mark assets that you might use.  
Use options on the left to filter what the table shows.  
Use pagination controls under the table to control how many assets you see.  
Use the Search function above the table to locate particular assets quickly.  
Step 7  
Step 8  
Click OK to populate your insertion with the assets that you marked.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Run a Report  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Proof of Play > Reports.  
Choose reporting criteria.  
Report Type options are Insertion, DMP, or DMP Group.  
Reporting scope options are Summary and Detailed.  
A summary report counts successes and failures.  
A detailed report counts either successes or failures.  
You must specify the date range.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
21-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 21 Proof of Play  
Procedures  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Click Run.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Export a Report  
Before You Begin  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose a format from the Export list.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
21-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 21 Proof of Play  
Procedures  
View Previous Reports  
Before You Begin  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Click View previous reports.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Use the Proof of Play Dashboard  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Choose Proof of Play > Dashboard.  
Step 2  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
21-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 21 Proof of Play  
Reference  
Use Deployment Reports  
You can view, configure, and export additional reports for the presentations and tasks that you have  
deployed in your digital signage network.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Choose Schedules > Reports.  
Check the check boxes for the relevant DMP groups.  
Enter date range values in the From field and the To field.  
From the Report Type list, select the report type.  
Click Go.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Reference  
FAQs and Troubleshooting  
FAQs  
Q. What might prevent proof-of-play features from working at all?  
A. The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) for your DMM appliance must not exceed 30 characters.  
dmm.example.com  
VALID for Proof of Play  
123456789012345678901234567890  
digitalmediamanager.example.com  
NOT VALID for Proof of Play  
Q. How do insertions differ from presentations and playlists?  
A. They are fundamentally different.  
Before playback can start for a presentation or playlist, you must target DMP groups and reserve  
timeslots for playback.  
After a reserved timeslot has elapsed, you can verify whether playback occurred as scheduled  
for its programming.  
Q. Are insertions required in proof of play?  
A. No. Insertions are just one of three supported report types. You can also obtain proof of play reports  
per DMP or per DMP group.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
21-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 21 Proof of Play  
Reference  
Q. Can I associate one asset with multiple insertions?  
A. Yes.  
Q. What triggers universal proof of play auditing for an asset?  
A. There are two scenarios in which we validate each instance of playback for an asset.  
Scenario  
Details  
Exceptions  
Your insertions already include all  
presentations and playlists that  
use the asset.  
In this case, because you have This universal verification  
not used the asset anywhere  
outside of an insertion, we  
verify its every instance of  
playback.  
becomes conditional when you  
use the asset anywhere outside  
an insertion.  
You added the asset explicitly to  
an insertion.  
In this case, we audit playback When you play it as just one  
for this asset no matter how or part of a presentation or  
when you play it, or in what  
context.  
playlist that is notin its own  
rightpart of any insertion:  
We do not verify playback  
for the playlist as a whole.  
We do not verify playback  
for any other assets than  
the one that you audit  
explicitly.  
Q. What triggers conditional proof of play auditing for an asset?  
A. We might validate some instances of playback but not others. We cannot audit playback consistently  
for an asset whose instances of playback occur sometimes outside any insertion.  
Q. What prevents proof of play auditing for an asset?  
A. We cannot validate instances of playback for an asset whose every instance of playback occurs  
outside any insertion.  
Q. What are the implications for emergency events?  
A. See CSCtd23249  
Troubleshooting  
The log file location for proof of play features is: /var/apache-tomcat/proofofplay-core.log  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
21-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 21 Proof of Play  
Reference  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
21-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C H A P T E R  
22  
Plan for and Manage Emergencies  
Revised: May 31, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
Caution  
Emergency conditions might prevent messages from playing through your DMPs.  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You will use Cisco Digital Signs for public safety messaging.  
Audience  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Concepts  
Overview  
When emergencies of any kind affect sites where you deploy digital signage, you can use DMP displays  
to alert your viewers, warn them about dangers that might affect them, and direct them to safety. Or you  
can provide other kinds of information to them as you see fit. Until you stop playing emergency  
messages, they override all events that were scheduled to run automatically.  
It is important to remember that emergency message insertions in your schedule will override only the  
events that are scheduled to run automatically. Furthermore, such insertions will override these events  
on only the DMPs that the emergency message insertion affected. All other DMPs in your network will  
abide by their schedule, without disruption.  
Emergency conditions might prevent messages from playing on your DMP displays.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
22-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 22 Plan for and Manage Emergencies  
Procedures  
Note  
Consider very carefully which DMM users should have permission to work with your schedule and manage  
your DMP groups. Although all of the “Play in Future” features are suspended (for affected DMPs only) while an emergency  
is in progress, none of the “Play Now” features or “DMP Manager” features are suspended. Therefore, it is possible for a careless  
user or malicious user with sufficient permissions to start another event manually on the DMPs where an emergency message  
should play.  
If policies in your organization require of you that one or more screen zones must show assets that are  
editable, you can stage the editable assets remotely on one of your external deployment servers instead  
of staging them locally on your DMPs. Then, the people in your organization who are entrusted to edit  
these assets can change themto update the emergency message, for examplein real time.  
After an emergency has stopped and normal scheduling has resumed on a DMP group and its children,  
any playlist or presentation that was scheduled for playback at that time will start from the beginning.  
Procedures  
Create Deployment Packages for Emergencies  
Before You Begin  
Populate the playlist or design the presentation whose assets you will transfer to your DMPs.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Define a deployment task for DMS-CD to provisioning emergency assets to DMP local storage.  
Alternatively, do the following to define a file transfer task that you can deploy:  
a. Choose Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks, and then click File Transfer to DMP or Server.  
b. To create a new file transfer task, click  
Add New Application.  
c. After the page is refreshed, do the following to define behaviors for, and save, the file transfer task.  
1. Enter a specific name, such as “Fire” or “Flash Flood,” for the type of emergency. You might  
want to use a less specific name, such as “Emergencies,” if this task will transfer the assets for  
multiple presentations or playlists, or if your organization uses one playlist or presentation for  
emergencies of all kinds.  
2. From the DMP Publishing Protocol list, choose FTP or HTTP, and then check the  
Emergency/Alarm check box.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
22-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 22 Plan for and Manage Emergencies  
Procedures  
3. Click Presentations in the Applications list if the assets are part of a saved presentation.  
OR  
Click Playlists if the assets are part of a saved playlist.  
4. After the page is refreshed, click in the Available Applications list the name of the presentation  
or playlist whose assets should be transferred, and then click  
Select Applications.  
5. (Optional) To transfer the assets for multiple playlists and presentations, repeat the  
preceding step.  
6. Click Submit to save this task, so that it becomes available for deployments.  
Note  
Even though you created and saved a file transfer task, you have not used it yet. Your DMPs will not  
have local copies of the emergency assets until after you run this task successfully.  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Provision the emergency assets to your DMPs.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Provision Emergency Assets Immediately to DMP Local Storage  
Use the ‘Run Task’ Feature to Provision Emergency Assets Immediately  
Before You Begin  
Create and save deployable messages for playback during emergencies.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Click the DMP Manager tab.  
Use check boxes in the table to mark DMPs that should immediately show the emergency message.  
Click Run Task.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
22-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 22 Plan for and Manage Emergencies  
Procedures  
The Run Task dialog box opens.  
Use options in the top pane to add DMPs to, or remove them from, your emergency deployment.  
Use options in the Select Tasks pane to filter which advanced tasks the table shows.  
Use pagination controls under the table to control how many advanced tasks you see.  
Use the Search function above the table to locate particular tasks quickly.  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Click to highlight the best system tasks for the type of emergency.  
Click OK.  
The Run Task dialog box closes and a message tells you that your selected task was deployed.  
DMM transfers assets to your DMPs.  
DMM creates as many Go-to URL entries as the number of presentations and playlists that are part  
of the deployment.  
DMM applies the prefix “Alarm” to each of these Go-to URL entries.  
Step 6  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
22-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 22 Plan for and Manage Emergencies  
Procedures  
Related Topics  
Use the ‘Play Now’ Feature to Provision Emergency Assets Immediately  
Before You Begin  
Create and save deployable messages for playback during emergencies.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Choose Schedules > Play Now.  
From the Select an Event Type list, choose System Tasks.  
Click Select System Tasks and wait until the Select Event dialog box opens.  
Click Deployment Package in the Type column if you created a DMS-CD deployment task for  
this emergency.  
OR  
Click File Transfer to DMP or Server in the Type column if you created a file transfer task for  
this emergency.  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Step 7  
Click the task name in the Application Name column.  
Click OK to confirm your selection and close the Select Event dialog box.  
Click the name in the DMP Groups tree of the group whose member DMPs should have local copies of  
the emergency assets.  
Step 8  
Click Submit to issue the command immediately.  
It transfers assets to your DMPs.  
It creates as many Go-to URL entries as the number of presentations and playlists that you chose.  
It applies the prefix “Alarm” to each of these Go-to URL entries.  
Step 9  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
22-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 22 Plan for and Manage Emergencies  
Procedures  
Schedule the Future Staging of Emergency Assets  
Before You Begin  
Create and save deployable messages for playback during emergencies.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Choose Schedules > Play in Future.  
From the calendar, choose the year, month, and day when the assets should be transferred.  
The timeline is updated automatically, so that it shows the schedule for that day.  
Choose Advanced Tasks from the Add an Event list, which is located under the timeline.  
Use features of the Schedule Task dialog box to choose the DMPs or the external servers.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
a. Click Select Group, and then click the name of the group whose members should have local copies  
of the emergency assets.  
b. Click OK to confirm your selection and close the Select DMP Group dialog box.  
Click Select System Tasks and wait until the Select Event dialog box opens.  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Click Deployment Package in the Type column if you created a DMS-CD deployment task for  
this emergency.  
OR  
Click File Transfer to DMP or Server in the Type column if you created a file transfer task for  
this emergency.  
Step 7  
Step 8  
Click the task name in the Application Name column.  
Note  
You cannot use DMS-CD to deploy to an external server. DMS-CD supports deployments to DMPs only.  
Click OK to confirm your selection and close the Select Advanced Tasks dialog box.  
Tip  
You can use the provided controls to adjust the start and stop time for this task. Remember to allow sufficient  
time for the transfer to complete. The amount of time required can vary according to the cumulative file size of the  
selected assets, the capacity of your network, any congestion in your network, and possibly other factors. Do not use any  
of the provided controls for repeating a task.  
Step 9  
Click Save to confirm your selections and close the Schedule Task dialog box.  
Step 10 Click Save All to save your work in the schedule before you try to publish it.  
Step 11 Click Publish All to transmit the deployment according to the schedule that you defined.  
Step 12 Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
22-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 22 Plan for and Manage Emergencies  
Procedures  
Related Topics  
Start Playback of an Emergency Message  
Before You Begin  
Create and save deployable messages for playback during emergencies.  
Provision assets for the emergency message to DMP local storage or a network server.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Choose Digital Media Players > Emergencies.  
OR  
Choose Schedules > Emergencies.  
Click Start Emergency.  
Step 2  
Step 3  
From the Select Emergency list, choose the playlist or presentation that your DMPs should play during  
the type of emergency that is now in progress.  
Entries that you see in the Select Emergency list are derived from file transfer tasks that you saved after  
checking the Emergency/Alarm check box. You cannot add the “ALARM” prefix manually to the name  
of a (Go to) URL task to make the task appear in the Select Emergency list. Nor can you delete the  
“ALARM” prefix manually from the name of a (Go to) URL task to exclude the task from the Select  
Emergency list.  
Step 4  
Expand the Select DMP Group tree, click the entry for the DMP group whose member DMPs should all  
announce the emergency, and then click Start.  
When you choose a DMP group that has child groups, the child groups and their member DMPs are also  
selected automatically.  
While this emergency is in-progress, the event-scheduling features at Schedule > Play in Future will be  
suspended temporarily for whichever group and children you chose. However, your other DMP groups  
will not be affected. You still can schedule events for those other groups. Later, after you stop this  
emergency, the event-scheduling features at Schedule > Play in Future will be restored for the group and  
children that you chose.  
Step 5  
To confirm your selections and start playback immediately of your emergency presentation or emergency  
playlist, click OK. (Emergency conditions might prevent messages from playing on your  
DMP displays.) Alternatively, to discard your selections without playing any assets for any emergency,  
click Cancel.  
A message tells you whether you submitted the emergency successfully. After you dismiss the message,  
the page is refreshed. If you submitted the emergency, the DMP group that you chose in Step 4 is colored  
red in the Select DMP Group tree.  
Step 6  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
22-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 22 Plan for and Manage Emergencies  
Procedures  
Tip  
You can submit an emergency to a DMP group while it is showing a playlist or presentation that describes some  
other emergency. There is no need to explicitly stop playback of the current emergency message before you start another one.  
Related Topics  
Stop Playback of an Emergency Message  
Before You Begin  
Start playback of an emergency message.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Choose Digital Media Players > Emergencies.  
OR  
Choose Schedules > Emergencies.  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Click Stop Emergency.  
Expand the Select DMP Group tree, click the DMP group that is colored red, and then click Stop.  
If you choose a DMP group that has child groups, the child groups and their member DMPs are also  
selected automatically.  
Step 4  
To confirm your selections, which will stop playback of your emergency message and restore normal  
scheduling for the DMP group (and children) that you chose, click OK. Alternatively, to discard your  
selections without stopping the emergency, click Cancel.  
A message tells you whether you stopped the emergency successfully. After you dismiss the message,  
the page is refreshed.  
If you stopped the emergency, the DMP group that you chose in Step 3 is no longer colored red in the  
Select DMP Group tree.  
Step 5  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
If you selected a DMP group whose member DMPs were not showing emergency messages, these DMPs  
will stop and then restart their playback of whatever asset they are scheduled to show.  
If separate emergencies were in effect simultaneously across multiple DMP groups and you stopped the  
emergency for only one group, remember that the event-scheduling features at Schedule > Play in Future  
still are suspended for all groups where emergencies remain in effect.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
22-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
P
A R T  
4
Deliver IPTV Programming with Cisco Cast  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C H A P T E R  
23  
Welcome [to Cisco Cast]  
Revised: May 31, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You will manage the delivery of IPTV services to presentation systems connected to your DMP endpoints.  
Audience  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Concepts  
Overview  
Features of Cisco Cast help your organization to deliver video-on-demand and live broadcast TV  
channels over IP networks to presentation systems that you connect to DMPs.  
These DMPs might be in your conference rooms, public venues, executive offices, or other settings.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
23-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 23 Welcome [to Cisco Cast]  
Concepts  
Restrictions  
Feature License Restrictions  
Activation  
See the “Understand Licenses” section in Part 1, Chapter 3, “Licenses.”  
Centralized Administration  
Cisco Cast includes powerful features for administrators.  
Customize on-screen menus with a logo and a skin.  
Configure video channel assignments.  
Specify what channels and programs should be available to the DMP displays where your  
organization will deploy Cisco Cast, and when they should be available.  
You can make programming available that suits your purpose at a particular location, for a particular  
audience, at a particular time of day.  
Live news and financial  
information  
Sales and marketing messages  
Entertainment  
Educational or training content  
for classrooms  
Corporate communications  
Any other programming that  
suits your purpose.  
Hospitality and healthcare providers might even use Cisco Cast in support of in-room IPTV.  
Related Topics  
On-Premises Operation  
Easy navigation logic helps your on-premises operator to choose among your program offerings for  
Cisco Cast. Its on-screen menus, categories, and program guides support interaction through handheld  
remote control units, telephones, and touchscreensall sold separately.  
Your on-premises operator can change channels, adjust audio volume levels, play live streams, or play  
VoD streams.  
Workflow  
1. Install the license for Cisco Cast on your DMM appliance.  
2. Deploy DMPs and presentation systems to sites where you will show IPTV programming.  
3. When your IPTV programming will include live TV.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
23-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 23 Welcome [to Cisco Cast]  
Procedures  
Negotiate with a cable or satellite TV service in your region for the right to redistribute their package  
of TV channel signals, in whole or in part.  
Configure one encoder apiece for each TV channel signal that you will stream in real time.  
- Use a Scientific Atlanta 9032SD encoder for standard definition signals.  
- Use a Scientific Atlanta 9050HD encoder for high definition signals.  
4. Use Skin Customization options to enable or disable the electronic program guide (EPG) for Cisco Cast.  
a. When you will use an EPG, choose a population method for each channel.  
b. When you will use an EPG and populate its channel descriptions from an EPG data subscription,  
define the subscription settings.  
c. When your DMM appliance does not have direct Internet access and should use a proxy server  
to obtain EPG data from your data service provider, configure a SOCKS proxy for Cisco Cast.  
Procedures  
Start Cisco Cast  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Point your browser at your DMM appliance.  
When you use HTTP, be sure to specify port 8080.  
When you use HTTPS, be sure to specify port 8443.  
Be sure to use the fully qualified appliance DNS name and not merely its IP address.  
For example, https://dmm.example.com:8443  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Choose Cast from the global navigation or click Cast on the DMM landing page.  
The TV Channels tab is preselected by default.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
23-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 23 Welcome [to Cisco Cast]  
Procedures  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
23-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C H A P T E R  
24  
Redistribute Live TV  
Revised: May 31, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You will use Cisco Cast to deliver live television feeds to presentation systems at high-bandwidth sites.  
Audience  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Concepts  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
24-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 24 Redistribute Live TV  
Procedures  
Guidelines  
Site Assessment for Live Video Programming  
Organizations that use Cisco Cast tend to show live video programming at their sites with the greatest  
bandwidth capacity, such as their main site. Live video programming is not suitable for remote branch  
offices with low bandwidth capacity.  
When you plan how many TV channels to configure, consider the actual bandwidth capacity in your  
WAN and at each remote site where you will use Cisco Cast. The typical rate of bandwidth consumption  
will be in the range from 2 Mbps to 16 Mbps per channel, per site.  
Restrictions  
Channel Count Restrictions  
Features of this Cisco Cast release support 99 or fewer channels of live broadcast programming and VoD  
programming, combined.  
Codec Restrictions  
Any digital encoders that you use for live broadcast channels must adhere to the MPEG2-TS standard  
for streaming and must support at least one of these codecs:  
MPEG1  
MPEG2  
MPEG4/h.264 (supported on DMP 4400G endpoints only)  
For this reason, we recommend that you use a Scientific Atlanta 9032SD encoder or 9050HD encoder to  
encode the video streams that your DMPs use for Cisco Cast channels.  
Procedures  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
24-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Chapter 24 Redistribute Live TV  
Procedures  
Add Channels  
You can define many attributes for a new TV channel in your lineup. Permitted channel assignments  
range from 1 to 99.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Click the TV Channels tab.  
In the Channel Number column, identify the channel to be defined and then, in the corresponding row,  
click Set Up Channel in the Actions column.  
The Add a New Channel dialog box opens.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Choose the options or enter the values that meet your requirements.  
Click Add a Channel to save your entries.  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard your entries.  
Step 5  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Edit Channels  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Click the TV Channels tab.  
Notice where the Channel Number column intersects a row that describes the targeted channel  
Click the arrow ( ) in that row’s Actions column  
The Actions menu expands so that you can see and choose among its options.  
Click Edit Channel Setting.  
Step 4  
The Edit an Existing Channel dialog box opens.  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Choose the options or enter the values that meet your requirements.  
Click Update Channel to save your entries.  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard your entries.  
Step 7  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
24-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 24 Redistribute Live TV  
Procedures  
Related Topics  
Reassign Channel Numbers  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Click the TV Channels tab.  
In the Channel Number column, identify the channel to be edited.  
Do one of the following.  
When you will use the nearest number  
Would you like  
to reassign this  
channel to the  
nearest unused  
number?  
a. Click the up ( ) arrow to associate this channel definition with  
whichever lower-numbered channel is nearest among the  
undefined channels.  
(The arrow points up because lower rows are reserved for  
lower-numbered channels.)  
OR  
Click the down ( ) arrow to associate this channel definition with  
whichever higher-numbered channel is nearest among the  
undefined channels.  
(The arrow points down because higher rows are reserved for  
higher-numbered channels).  
b. Proceed to Step 4.  
When you will choose a specific number  
Would you like  
to specify the  
number for  
a. Notice where the Channel Number column intersects a row that  
describes the targeted channel.  
this channel?  
b. Click the arrow ( ) in that row’s Actions column.  
The Actions menu expands so that you can see and choose among its  
options.  
c. Click Reassign to Any Unused Channel.  
d. Choose from the list in the Actions column which channel number to  
assign to the targeted channel.  
e. Proceed to Step 4.  
Step 4  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
24-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 24 Redistribute Live TV  
Procedures  
Related Topics  
Delete Channels  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Click the TV Channels tab.  
In the Channel Number column, identify the channel to be deleted; then, click the arrow ( ) in the  
Actions column for that row.  
The Actions menu expands so that you can see and choose among its options.  
Click Delete This Channel.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
The Delete Confirmation dialog box opens.  
Click Yes to delete the channel.  
OR  
Click No to retain the channel.  
Step 5  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
List Only the Defined (Active) or Undefined (Inactive) TV Channels  
You can filter the TV Channels table so that it describes defined channels only or undefined channels  
only. By default, the table describes all channels.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Click the TV Channels tab.  
From the Channel View list above the column headings, choose one option.  
All Channels (default)Shows the combination of all defined and undefined channels.  
Active ChannelsShows only the defined channels.  
Inactive ChannelsShows only the channels that are not yet defined.  
Step 3  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
24-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 24 Redistribute Live TV  
Reference  
Reference  
Software UI and Field Reference Tables  
Elements to Manage TV Channels  
Navigation Path  
Cast > TV Channels  
The TV Channels table describes the defined and undefined TV channels for your network and includes  
features that help you to manage these channels.  
Table 24-1  
Elements of the TV Channels Table  
Element  
Description  
Channel View list  
Enables or disables a filtered view of which channels this table describes, based on which option you  
choose:  
All ChannelsShows the combination of all defined and undefined channels.  
Active ChannelsShows only the defined channels.  
Inactive ChannelsShows only the channels that are not yet defined.  
Channel Number  
One numeral per row, in the range from 1 to 99, where any numeral can be the TV channel number that  
you associate with a particular multicast stream. The default behavior for this table is that it shows all  
99 possible channel numbers, one per row.  
Your choice from the Channel View list might limit how many rows the table contains, and this can  
affect indirectly how many channel numbers you see.  
When you sort the table by clicking a column heading, channel numbers might be rearranged  
temporarily into an unrecognizable sequence. To sort channels back into the expected sequence if their  
sequence has become unrecognizable, click the Channel Number column heading.  
Channel Name  
Description  
Blank when the corresponding row describes an undefined TV channel. Otherwise, shows a value that  
you entered or an option that you chose from a list when you defined the channel. To understand these  
values, see Table 24-2 on page 24-8.  
Multicast Address:  
Port  
Call Letters for  
Channel  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
24-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 24 Redistribute Live TV  
Reference  
Table 24-1  
Elements of the TV Channels Table (continued)  
Description  
Element  
Reassign to Nearest Two buttons, either of which can change the association between a channel definition and a channel  
Unused Channel  
number. The channel definition in the corresponding row becomes associated instead with the closest  
channel (of a higher number or a lower number, respectively) that is undefined. These buttons have no  
effect when every channel is already defined.  
The first row and last row of this table will only ever show one of these buttons apiece. These rows  
differ from all other rows in the table because you cannot use any channel number that is lower than  
the lowest supported channel number or higher than the highest supported channel number. The first  
row shows only , while the last row shows only  
.
Associates the channel definition that the corresponding row describes with whichever  
lower-numbered channel is nearest among the undefined channels. The arrow points up because  
table rows above this row are reserved for lower-numbered channels.  
Associates the channel definition that the corresponding row describes with whichever  
higher-numbered channel is nearest among the undefined channels. The arrow points down  
because table rows above this row are reserved for higher-numbered channels.  
Actions  
One of these:  
Set Up ChannelOpens the dialog box where you can enter values and define attributes for a TV  
channel. This button is visible only in rows that describe undefined TV channels.  
—A list from which you can choose one of the following options. This list is visible only in rows  
that describe defined TV channels.  
Edit Channel SettingsOpens the dialog box where you can edit the values and attributes  
of a channel that is already defined.  
Reassign to Any Unused ChannelAssociates the channel definition that the corresponding  
row describes with whichever channel is nearest among the undefined channels. The new  
channel number might be higher or lower than whichever channel number was in effect until  
you changed it.  
Delete This ChannelDeletes all entries and attribute values from the definition of the  
channel that the corresponding row describes. The relevant channel number will not be  
associated with any defined channel unless or until you define a new channel for it or associate  
an existing channel with it.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
24-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 24 Redistribute Live TV  
Reference  
Elements to Define Channel Settings  
Navigation Path  
Cast > TV Channels > Set Up Channel  
Cast > TV Channels > > Edit Channel Settings  
Table 24-2  
Elements for Channel Definition  
Element  
Description  
Your Name for  
This Channel  
A meaningful, brief, and unique description of the channel that the corresponding row describes, such  
as China Central Television, Univision, Al-Jazeera, BBC-1, Star Cricket, HBO, or CNN.  
Address Type  
The method (multicast or HTTP) that your DMPs will use to receive the video stream for this channel.  
Choose an option from the list to enter the correct kind of address. Your choice determines which other  
fields appear on this page. The options are:  
Multicast AddressThe routable IP address and UDP port for a streaming server, as described in  
the “Multicast Address: Port” row elsewhere in this table.  
HTTP URLThe full HTTP URL for one video file of a supported type, as described in the  
“HTTP URL” row elsewhere in this table.  
Multicast Address: The IP address and port number of the streaming server from which your DMPs will receive the  
Port  
multicast stream for this channel. You must specify the port number. This field is visible only after you  
choose Multicast Address from the Address Type list. Later, if you choose any other option from the  
Address Type list, Cisco Cast will ignore the values in this field.  
HTTP URL  
The exact URL and path that points to one MPEG video file on an HTTP server. You must use HTTP  
as the protocol and the filename extension must be MPG. This field is visible only after you choose  
HTTP URL from the Address Type list.  
Text to Show if  
Program Guide is  
Not Available  
Text that describes this channel. The electronic program guide (EPG) shows this text when no other  
information is available. When the EPG uses this text, it does not describe individual programs for this  
channel.  
EPG Provider  
Associates or disassociates this channel with one EPG data source and specifies the nature of that  
source if you associate one with this channel. You can choose whether to use any data source. The  
options are similar to these:  
TMSYour EPG will use data from Tribune Media Services to describe this channel and  
its programs.  
<XMLTV>Your EPG will use data in the XMLTV format to describe this channel and  
its programs.  
Upload CSVYour EPG will use data from a CSV file to describe this channel and its programs.  
NoneYour EPG will use a brief, generic statement to describe this channel and its programs.  
Note  
EPG data is not required for Cisco Cast to work. You can use options at Cast > Skins Customization to enable or  
disable the EPG. You are not required to subscribe to any EPG data service.  
CSV File (Browse) The method to find and select a CSV file that you have stored locally and will upload to your  
DMM appliance.  
Download the  
CSV Template  
A downloadable template file in Microsoft Excel format that you can use to define the EPG attributes  
for programs on one channel. This link is visible only when you have chosen Upload CSV from the  
EPG Provider list.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
24-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 24 Redistribute Live TV  
Reference  
Table 24-2  
Elements for Channel Definition (continued)  
Description  
Element  
Call Letters  
for Channel  
A list of call letters for TV channels that your EPG subscription includes. The list is variable according  
to your location in the United States, the package of channels that you receive from your cable or  
satellite TV provider, the nature of your contract with TMS, and possibly other factors. Your list might  
include some or all of these call letters, possibly among others:  
ABCAmerican Broadcasting Company  
AZAAzteca América  
CBCCanadian Broadcasting Corporation  
CBSCBS Broadcasting  
CWThe CW Television Network  
FOXFox Broadcasting Company  
MNTMyNetworkTV  
NBCNational Broadcasting Company  
PAXION Television  
PBSPublic Broadcasting Service  
SRCSRC  
TELTelemundo  
TLFTeleFutura  
TQSTélévision Quatre Saisons  
TVATele Vida Abundante  
UNIUnivision  
This list is visible only after you choose Tribune Media Services from the EPG Provider list.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
24-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 24 Redistribute Live TV  
Reference  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
24-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C H A P T E R  
25  
Video on Demand  
Revised: May 31, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You will make prerecorded video assets available for playback on demand through IPTV services to your presentation systems.  
Audience  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Concepts  
Overview  
Categories help you to manage how VoDs are organized within the interactive menu system at sites  
where you deploy Cisco Cast.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
25-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 25 Video on Demand  
Concepts  
Guidelines  
Site Assessment for VoD Programming  
Remote branch offices are better suited to VoD programming than they are to live video programming.  
Common use cases for VoD programming include training and executive communications.  
We recommend that you use a content delivery system to provision the assets for your VoD  
programming, particularly if your remote sites have low bandwidth capacity.  
Restrictions  
Channel Count Restrictions  
Features of this Cisco Cast release support 99 or fewer channels of live broadcast programming and VoD  
programming, combined.  
Workflow to Stage VoD Assets to DMP Local Storage  
You can stage Cisco Cast assets directly to a DMP, for local storage on:  
Its internal SD flash memory card (usb_1).  
An external USB drive (usb_2).  
This technique conserves WAN bandwidth and avoids latency that might detract from the quality of your  
Cisco Cast VoD programming. It is useful also if you do not have any dedicated content delivery solution  
in place.  
1. Create the DMP group whose member DMPs should store VoD assets.  
2. Define the channel lineup.  
3. Customize the menu system.  
4. Define VoD categories.  
5. Add video assets to the media library.  
6. Populate VoD categories with video assets from the media library.  
7. Verify that the FTP service is enabled on target DMPs.  
8. Create a DMS-CD deployment package for the EPG.  
9. Stage your EPG to DMPs that should serve VoDs from local storage.  
10. Transfer your customized menu system, channels list, VoD playlist, and video assets to DMPs.  
11. Monitor progress and the current status of your deployment.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
25-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Chapter 25 Video on Demand  
Procedures  
Procedures  
Add a New VoD Category  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Choose Video on Demand > Categories.  
The Categories area is on the left, and after you click a category, a table on the right describes the videos  
that are mapped to that category.  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Click Actions > Create a Category.  
Enter a descriptive name for the category.  
Click Save.  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard your work.  
Step 5  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Add a New VoD Subcategory  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Choose Video on Demand > Categories.  
The Categories area is on the left, and after you click a category, a table on the right describes the videos  
that are mapped to that category.  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Click the category that should contain the subcategory.  
Choose Actions > Create a Category.  
Enter a descriptive name for the subcategory.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
25-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 25 Video on Demand  
Procedures  
Step 5  
Click Save.  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard your work.  
Step 6  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Edit a VoD Category  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Choose Video on Demand > Categories.  
The Categories area is on the left, and after you click a category, a table on the right describes the videos  
that are mapped to that category.  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Click the name of the category to be edited.  
Choose Actions > Modify Category.  
Edit the values.  
Click Save.  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard your work.  
Step 6  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Delete a VoD Category  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Choose Video on Demand > Categories.  
The Categories area is on the left, and after you click a category, a table on the right describes the videos  
that are mapped to that category.  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Click the name of the category that you want to delete.  
Click Actions > Delete Category.  
The Delete Confirmation dialog box opens.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
25-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 25 Video on Demand  
Procedures  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Click Yes to delete the category.  
OR  
Click No to retain it.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Map a Video to a VoD Category  
Each video that you map to a category will be listed as a VoD in the interactive menu system at sites  
where you deploy Cisco Cast.  
Before You Begin  
Add the video to your shared Media Library for digital signage and Cisco Cast.  
Create the category. See Add a New VoD Category, page 25-3.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Click the Video on Demand tab.  
In the Categories area, click the name of the category to which you will add a video.  
In the area that lists videos, click Map Videos to Category.  
The VoD Mapping dialog box opens. A tree on the left shows the hierarchy of categories for assets in  
your shared Media Library and, after you click a category, an untitled table on the right describes each  
asset in that category.  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Click the Media Library category that contains the video that you want to use as a VoD.  
The videos in this category are described in the untitled table on the right.  
Click the name of the video, and then drag and drop it to the area below.  
Tip  
To choose more than one video, hold down the Shift key while you click each name.  
Step 6  
Click Submit Mapping to add the video.  
The category that you chose is now part of the categories tree on the Video on Demand page. Later,  
whenever you choose this category in the tree, an untitled table on the left side of the page will describe  
each video that you added to it as a VoD.  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard your entries.  
Step 7  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
25-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 25 Video on Demand  
Procedures  
Organize Videos in VoD Categories  
When you organize the videos in a VoD category, you set the order in which Cisco Cast plays the videos  
at your deployment sites.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Click the Video on Demand tab.  
In the Categories area, click the name of the category that includes the videos to be organized.  
The videos in this category are described in the untitled table on the right.  
Click the name of the video; then, drag and drop it to its new location in the list.  
Videos that are higher in the list will be shown before videos that are lower in the list.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Remove a Video from a Category  
When you remove a video from a category on the Video on Demand page, you remove it also from the  
interactive menu system at sites where you deploy Cisco Cast.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Click the Video on Demand tab.  
In the area that lists videos, click Map Videos to Category.  
The VoD Mapping dialog box opens.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Click the Remove link that corresponds to a video that should be removed.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Stage an EPG to DMP Local Storage  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Choose Digital Media Players > Advanced Tasks.  
Choose Deployment Package from the Application Types list.  
Click Add New Application.  
Choose Cast from the Applications list.  
Enter Deploy-Local-Cast in the Name field.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
25-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 25 Video on Demand  
Reference  
Step 6  
Choose an option from the Mount Point list.  
When you will use usb_1  
Choose Flash Storage (default).  
Should “usb_1”1  
be the local  
mount point?  
Should “usb_2”2  
be the local  
When you will use usb_2  
Choose USB.  
mount point?  
1. “usb_1” is the CF, SD, or SSD memory card inside your DMP.  
2. “usb_2” is an external hard drive or flash drive that you have attached to your DMP.  
Step 7  
Step 8  
Step 9  
Click the name of your Cisco Cast program guide, and then click Select Application.  
Click Submit.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Reference  
Software UI and Field Reference Tables  
Elements to Manage VoD Categories  
Navigation Path  
Cast > Video on Demand > Categories  
Table 25-1  
Elements for Managing VoD Categories  
Element  
Description  
Categories selector  
A hierarchical tree (an object selector) of VoD categories. Highlight the name of a  
category to designate it as the one that should contain a VoD that you will map to it.  
Actions  
Options that you can choose, whose effect is relative to the category that you chose.  
Create a Category  
Modify Category  
Delete Category  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
25-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 25 Video on Demand  
Reference  
Table 25-1  
Elements for Managing VoD Categories (continued)  
Element  
Description  
untitled table  
Each row describes one VoD asset that is mapped to a category for Cisco Cast. Asset  
attributes that these columns describe are derived from records in your media library:  
Title  
Description  
Duration  
Source  
Map Videos to Category  
Opens a dialog box in which you can choose the videos to be mapped.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
25-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C H A P T E R  
26  
Electronic Program Guide  
Revised: May 31, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You will configure and populate the channel and program listings for IPTV services to your presentation systems.  
Audience  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Concepts  
Overview  
Electronic program guide (EPG) data is not required for Cisco Cast to work. You can enable or disable  
the EPG for Cisco DMS. You are not required to subscribe to any EPG data service.  
Tip  
To have and use an EPG without entering into a subscription contract, you can create and upload a CSV file that  
contains program descriptions that you have entered.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
26-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 26 Electronic Program Guide  
Concepts  
Guidelines  
Note  
When you negotiate a subscription contract to receive EPG data in any format, tell your data provider that you will use  
its EPG data with Cisco Cast. Knowing this, your provider can ensure that your license grants you sufficient permissions so that  
you are not in violation of its terms.  
Understand EPG Data Formats  
We support the XMLTV and TMS data formats for subscriptions to electronic program guide (EPG) data.  
XMLTV  
XMLTV is an emerging, open-source format for EPG data, based in part on RFC 2838 and maintained  
by the XMLTV Project. An EPG data file that complies with this format contains structured records that  
describe the attributes of episodes and channels individually.  
Cisco DMS supports EPG data subscriptions that retrieve a single GZIP-compressed XMLTV file from  
an ftp server. Many subscription providers compile and deliver EPG data in this way, including these  
providers based in the United States:  
FYI Television, Inc. (http://www.fyitelevision.com/)  
1901 N State Hwy 360 3rd Floor  
Grand Prairie, TX 75050  
Schedules Direct (http://www.schedulesdirect.org/)  
8613 42nd Ave S  
Seattle, WA 98118  
Tribune Media Services  
Tribune Media Services (TMS; http://tms.tribune.com/products/k-epgs.html) sells subscriptions to EPG  
data in several proprietary data formats that it controls. Cisco DMS supports only one of these data  
formats. Specifically:  
The name of the supported product is TV Schedules, United States.  
The scope of the supported product is Fourteen (14) rolling days.  
Subscriptions that use this format are available only within the United States.  
Other EPG subscription products from TMS use data formats that we do not support. If you are already  
a TMS customer, check whether your preexisting subscription contract already authorizes you to obtain  
and use EPG data in the supported format.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
26-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 26 Electronic Program Guide  
Concepts  
Note  
To learn more about the supported TMS data format or to negotiate the commercial contract for a subscription,  
contact Amy Mann, the director of new media sales at Tribune Media Services. Her toll-free telephone number is  
800 833-9581, ext. 2333, and her email address is [email protected]. To ensure that your contract includes sufficient  
permissions, be sure to say that you intend to use TMS data for Cisco Cast.  
It might be necessary to adjust security settings in your network so that you can receive EPG data from TMS. The ftp server  
on your DMM appliance must be able to reach the TMS ftp server.  
Data from TMS is proprietary, copyrighted, and licensed. Although TMS compiles this licensed data in good faith, neither Cisco  
nor TMS makes any express or implied warranties regarding the data or its merchantability or fitness for any purpose.  
Understand Methods to Describe EPG Channels  
Generic Channel  
Descriptions  
You can disassociate a channel from all EPG data sources.  
In this case, the only information that an EPG will show about the channel is exactly the text that you  
enter in the Text to Show if Program Guide is Not Available field. This brief message, which you enter  
one time, describes the channel in a broad and general sense, and straddles all time slots.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
26-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 26 Electronic Program Guide  
Concepts  
Channel Descriptions  
from a CSV File  
You can enter descriptions into a CSV file for each program that a channel will show.  
With this method, you can have and use an EPG without entering into a subscription contract. To  
populate an EPG completely, you must create and upload a separate CSV file for every channel that  
your EPG should include. EPG provider-related prerequisites do not apply if your channel will use  
programming data from a CSV file.  
There are strict requirements for what constitutes a valid CSV file. It must use syntax and formatting  
that are perfectly consistent with output from a downloadable Microsoft Excel format template that we  
provide for your use. We strongly recommend that you derive your CSV files from the free template.  
Click Download the CSV Template to obtain a copy of the template, and start using it to define the  
EPG attributes for programs on one channel. You can define the attributes for only a few programs or  
for as many as 14 days of programs.  
Populate fields in the template as follows, where each table row contains the attributes for one program  
in the EPG for the corresponding TV channel.  
DateThe date and time of day when one described program will start. Start times for programs  
in your CSV file must use the format MM/DD/YY HH:mm.  
DurationThe total running time for the described program. Duration values for programs must  
use numerals, which indicate the total duration in minutes.  
TitleThe title that the program guide should show for the described program. Program titles are  
limited to a maximum of 23 characters. When the text to be displayed in a program title should  
show any visible quotation marks, you must enter exactly \" for each quotation mark that should  
be visible.  
DescriptionThe actual description that the program guide should show for the program.  
Descriptions are limited to a maximum of 50 characters. When the text to be displayed in your  
program guide should show any visible quotation marks, you must enter exactly \" for each  
quotation mark that should be visible.  
Define the attributes for programs on one channel, and then save and upload your CSV file.  
Channel Descriptions  
from a Data  
Subscription  
You can negotiate with a vendor of programming data to establish a paid subscription, by which you  
will gain automatic access to current program schedules and descriptions for multiple channels. Before  
your channel can use any EPG data from a subscription provider, you must enter your subscription  
details and synchronize data on the EPG Providers tab. Then, you must configure the channel on the  
TV Channels tab. The supported data formats are:  
TMSYour EPG will use Tribune Media Services data to describe the channel and its programs.  
<XMLTV>Your EPG will use data in the XMLTV format to describe the channel and its  
programs. The provider name here is not necessarily “XMLTV.” Instead, it matches exactly what  
you entered for the provider name when you configured your subscription settings, assuming that  
you have an XMLTV data subscription.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
26-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 26 Electronic Program Guide  
Procedures  
Related Topics  
Procedures  
Add or Edit Subscriptions to Data from an EPG Provider  
You use elements on the EPG Providers page to define the settings for your EPG data subscriptions, view  
a summary of all subscriptions that you have defined and, optionally, choose whether to edit, delete, or  
synchronize a subscription.  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Click the EPG Providers tab.  
Do one of the following:  
To define the settings for a new subscription, click Add an EPG Provider.  
To edit a subscription that you defined previously:  
a. In the EPG Provider Name column, identify the subscription to be edited; then, click the  
corresponding arrow ( ) in the Actions column.  
The Actions menu expands so that you can see and choose among its options.  
b. Click Edit.  
A dialog box opens, in which you can define or edit the attributes for this subscription.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Choose the options or enter the values that meet your requirements, as described in Table 26-1 on  
Do one of the following:  
To save your entries, do one of the following:  
If you are defining a new subscription, click Add Provider.  
If you are editing a subscription that you defined previously, click Update Provider.  
To discard your entries, click Cancel.  
Step 5  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
What to Do Next  
Would you like to associate a subscription with a channel?  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
26-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 26 Electronic Program Guide  
Procedures  
Delete Settings That Define a Subscription  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Click the EPG Providers tab.  
In the EPG Provider Name column, identify the subscription to be deleted; then, click the corresponding  
arrow ( ) in the Actions column.  
The Actions menu expands so that you can see and choose among its options.  
Click Delete.  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Click Yes to delete the subscription.  
OR  
Click No to retain the subscription.  
Step 5  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Synchronize EPG Channel Schedules and Program Descriptions  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Click the EPG Providers tab.  
Examine entries in the EPG Provider Name column.  
a. Identify the subscription whose TV channel schedules and program descriptions should be  
synchronized to your EPG.  
b. Click the corresponding arrow ( ) in the Actions column.  
The Actions menu expands so that you can see and choose among its options.  
Click Synchronize.  
Step 3  
The Performing EPG Synchronization dialog box opens. It shows a progress indicator ( ) that spins  
until synchronization has finished. This dialog box closes itself automatically upon completion, unless  
you dismiss it manually before that.  
Step 4  
Step 5  
(Optional) Would you like to dismiss the dialog box? If so, click Run in Background.  
Synchronization finishes in the background so that you can continue your work.  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
26-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 26 Electronic Program Guide  
Reference  
Reference  
Software UI and Field Reference Tables  
Elements to Define EPG Provider Settings  
Table 26-1  
Elements for Defining EPG Subscription Settings  
Element  
Description  
Provider Name  
Data Format  
The name that you use to distinguish this provider from all other providers.  
The file format for your subscription data, after you download and decompress it. One  
of these:  
Tribune Media Services - TV Schedules  
XMLTV  
Host or IP Address  
The routable IP address or DMS-resolvable hostname of the ftp server where you obtain  
EPG data from your subscription provider.  
Username  
Password  
Your username to log in to the specified ftp server.  
The password to authenticate your username to the specified ftp server.  
The ftp server subdirectory path where EPG data files are stored for your subscription.  
Remote Path  
Enter the full pathname, including the actual filename for the .gz (gzipped) archive, if the  
data format is XMLTV. For example, you might enter pub/xmltv.xml.gz.  
Proxy Settings (Optional)  
Proxy Hostname  
Proxy Port  
The routable IP address or DNS-resolvable hostname and port number of the proxy server  
that your DMM appliance should use if it does not have direct Internet access.  
Note  
Note  
Do not enter a colon before the port number.  
Do not configure proxy settings for DMM appliances that have direct access to the Internet.  
Automatic Synchronization Time  
Hour  
The exact time of day when your DMM appliance should synchronize its program guides  
for Cisco Cast with the latest available EPG data from your service provider.  
Minute  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
26-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 26 Electronic Program Guide  
Reference  
FAQs and Troubleshooting  
Troubleshoot EPG Highlighting  
A DMP 4310G does not always render yellow highlighting correctly in the electronic program guide  
(EPG) listings for Cisco Cast.  
As you navigate through EPG program listings, yellow highlights on screen should always indicate  
which listing is the current focus of your navigation. However, this highlighting can become offset from  
your true focus. Before the EPG reaches this state, all of the following must be true simultaneously.  
A DMP 4310G controls the digital sign that shows your EPG.  
Your EPG navigation focus reaches to the outermost edge of your navigable EPGwhether top,  
bottom, left, or right.  
You use an arrow button or other control that is not valid for your current focus.  
The reason this control is not valid in this context is that it would move focus beyond the  
outermost edge.  
To recover from this state, press any valid button. Alternatively, double-press the same arrow button or  
other control that you previously invoked in error. The yellow highlight is then restored to your  
true focus.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
26-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
C H A P T E R  
27  
Look and Feel  
Revised: May 31, 2011  
OL-15762-03  
We prepared this material with specific expectations of you.  
You will define and apply a “skin” to your IPTV menus.  
Audience  
Note  
This material pertains to multiple releases of Cisco DMS.  
5.2.0  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
Concepts  
Overview  
You can customize the interactive menu system that is presented to viewers at your deployment sites and  
choose which features this menu should include.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
27-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Chapter 27 Look and Feel  
Procedures  
Procedures  
Choose the Color Scheme for Your Menu System  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Click the Skin Customization tab.  
In the Choose a Skin area, click the radio button for the color scheme that you want.  
Click Save to save your work.  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard your work.  
Tip  
Menu customizations do not take effect until you deploy them to DMPs.  
Step 4  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Specify Which Features Your Menu System Should Include  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Click the Skin Customization tab.  
In the Features to Include in the Cisco Cast Main Menu area, check the check box for each feature that  
the menu system should include:  
Electronic Programming Guide  
Video on Demand  
Live TV Channels  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
27-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Chapter 27 Look and Feel  
Procedures  
Step 3  
Click Save to save your work.  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard it  
Tip  
Menu customizations do not take effect until you deploy them to DMPs.  
Step 4  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Show a Custom Logo in Your Menu System  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Click the Skin Customization tab.  
In the Upload a Custom Logo area, click Browse.  
Choose the file to be uploaded, and then click Open.  
Click Preview to view the logo file.  
Check the Display Custom Logo check box.  
The logo appears in the upper right of the menu system.  
Click Save to save your work.  
Step 6  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard it  
Tip  
Menu customizations do not take effect until you deploy them to DMPs.  
Step 7  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
27-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 27 Look and Feel  
Procedures  
Show the Cisco Logo in Your Menu System  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Click the Skin Customization tab.  
Check the Display Cisco Logo check box.  
The logo appears in the lower left of the menu system.  
Click Save to save your work.  
Step 3  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard your work.  
Tip  
Menu customizations do not take effect until you deploy them to DMPs.  
Step 4  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Choose the Date and Time Formats for Your Menu System  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Click the Skin Customization tab.  
Choose either mm/dd/yyyy or yyyy/mm/dd from the Date Format list.  
mm is the month  
dd is the date in the month  
yyyy is the year  
Step 3  
Check the Use Military Time check box when your menu system should use a 24-hour clock that counts  
from 00:00 to 23:59 the hours that pass from one midnight to the next.  
OR  
Uncheck this check box when your menu system should use a 12-hour clock that counts from 12:00 to  
11:59 the hours that pass from midnight to noon (designated as a.m.), and again from noon to midnight  
(designated as p.m.).  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
27-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Chapter 27 Look and Feel  
Procedures  
Step 4  
Click Save to save your work.  
OR  
Click Cancel to discard it  
Tip  
Menu customizations do not take effect until you deploy them to DMPs.  
Step 5  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
Related Topics  
Deploy Menu System Customizations to Your DMPs  
Procedure  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Choose Digital Media Players > DMP Manager.  
Use check boxes in the table to mark DMPs that should use this menu skin.  
Click Run Task.  
The Run Task dialog box opens.  
Use options in the top pane to add DMPs to, or remove them from, your menu skin deployment.  
Use the Search function above the table to locate your Cast-PG task in particular.  
Step 4  
Click to highlight your Cast-PG task.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
27-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Chapter 27 Look and Feel  
Procedures  
Step 5  
Click OK.  
The Run Task dialog box closes and a message tells you that your selected task was deployed.  
DMM transfers assets to your DMPs.  
DMM creates as many Go-to URL entries as the number of presentations and playlists that are part  
of the deployment.  
Step 6  
Stop. You have completed this procedure.  
User Guide for Cisco Digital Media Manager 5.2.x  
OL-15762-03  
27-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

BenQ Projector MS614 User Manual
Black Box Computer Hardware LPS500A MM LC User Manual
Blue Rhino Gas Grill NSG3902B User Manual
Blue Rhino Patio Heater 153100 User Manual
Bosch Appliances Security Camera VIP X1600 XF User Manual
Britax Car Seat CS User Manual
Cadillac Work Light SUPERCHARGED 44L NORTHSTAR V8 User Manual
Calibre UK Computer Monitor 8ID User Manual
Chamberlain Washer Dryer 953CB User Manual
Char Broil Burner 466650414 User Manual